1504-Cochrane SH Permit Spec 2015 04 13
COCHRANE SUPPORTED HOUSING – SENIORS LIVING 515 11TH STREET, COCHRANE, ON specifications 2015 04 13 issued for Permit cjp project no 1504 ARCHITECTS CASTELLAN JAMES + PARTNERS ARCHITECTS INC CONSULTING ENGINEERS CGV BUILDERS – DESIGN BUILD CONTRACOTRS K.LANG ENGINEERING LTD Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS INDEX Page 1 Architectural Seal Castellan James + Partners Architects Inc. has prepared the following specification sections: VOLUME 1 of 1: DIVISIONS 0 TO 17 No. of Pages Title Page Seals Sheets Specifications and Drawings Index Abbreviations 1 1 6 7 00400 1 Site Investigation DIVISION 1 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 01015 General Requirements 01030 Final Clean-Up 01300 Submittals 01340 Shop and Interference Drawings 01350 Environmental protection and Safety Requirements 01400 Quality Control 01545 Construction Health and Safety 01546 Fire Safety Requirements 01600 Products and Workmanship 01630 Product Options 01900 General Requirements for Building Envelope 7 2 3 2 4 4 6 3 2 3 2 DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK 02000 02220 02226 02231 02395 02821 1 5 2 2 2 3 Site Work General Requirements Excavation and Backfilling Topsoil and Finish Grading Clearing and Grubbing Sodding and Seeding Chain Link Fencing DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE – REFER TO STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL DWGS AND SPECS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY 04200 04700 Masonry Manufactured Stone 7 2 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Miscellaneous Metals 4 DIVISION 6–WOODS AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 3 6 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 06210 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS INDEX Installation of doors and Finished Hardware Page 2 2 DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOSITURE 07120 Bituminous Dampproofing 07195 Membrane Air / Vapour Barriers 07200 Building Insulation 07310 Asphalt Single Roofing 07400 Wood Siding & Metal Soffit 07571 Epoxy Floor Finish 07840 Firestopping and Smoke Seals 07900 Sealants 2 4 3 3 4 2 7 5 DIVISIONS 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens 08120 Aluminium Doors 08210 Wood Doors 08337 Folding Security Grilles 08520 Exterior Windows & Doors 08521 Aluminium Curtain Wall and Windows 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing 4 3 2 2 5 11 5 3 DIVISIONS 9 - FINISHES 09250 09300 09510 09650 09756 09900 6 3 3 3 1 6 Gypsum Board Ceramic Tile Acoustical Ceilings Resilient Tile Flooring and Base Concrete Floor Sealing Painting and Finishing DIVISIONS 10 - SPECIALTIES 10160 Metal Toilet Partitions 10800 Washroom Accessories 10990 Misc. Specialties 2 5 1 DIVISIONS 11 - EQUIPMENT 11521 Access/Roof Hatch 2 DIVISIONS 12 12480 2 Foot Grilles DIVISIONS 13 TO 14 - NOT USED DIVISIONS 15 and 16– MECHANICAL-ELECTRICAL – REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS DIVISIONS 17- NOT USED END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 ABBREVIATIONS Page 1 1. Usage of Abbreviations 1.1 Many words or expressions that are repeated frequently on the drawings are abbreviated to reduce the amount of wording that might obscure the detailing. To avoid misinterpretation, these abbreviations are listed, with their full meaning, in this Section. 1.2 In addition to those noted in Article 2, some other abbreviations, commonly used in Specifications, are separately listed, in Article 4. Refer also to civil, structural, mechanical, electrical drawings and specifications for other abbreviations used in these documents. 1.3 Abbreviations not listed here may be used in Room and Door Schedules, and technical Sections of the specifications and are defined in the Schedules and specification sections where they are used. 2. List of Architectural Drawing Abbreviations A ABV AFF ACCT CLR AC ACU AC MET D ACP AC PLAS ACT AWU AWP ACL Above Above Finished Floor Accent Colour Acoustic Acoustic Ceiling Unit Acoustic Metal Deck Acoustic Panels Acoustic Plaster Acoustic Tile Acoustic Wall Unit Acoustic Wall Panel Acrylic Cube Louvre ADH ADJ AGG A/C AVB AL or ALUM AB AN or ANOD ARCH AD ASPH ADJ Adhesive Adjustable Aggregate Air Conditioner Air Vapour Barrier Aluminum Anchor Bolt Anodized Architectural Area Drain Asphalt Adjustable BH BOT BL BR BLDG BU BUR BH or BLKHD Bore Hole Bottom Bottom Layer Brick Building Built-up Built-Up Roof Bulkhead CEM CEM BD CTR C/L CC CT CMT Cement Cement Board Centre Centre Line Centre to Centre Ceramic Tile Ceramic Mosaic Tile B BE B BSMT B PL BM BRG BLK BLKG BD Baked Enamel Base Basement Base Plate Beam Bearing Block Blocking Board C CAB CANT CPT CPT T CI CB CLG Cabinet Cantilever Carpet Carpet Tile Cast Iron Catch Basin Ceiling Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 ABBREVIATIONS Page 2 C (cont.’d) CF CHAN CHK CH PL CO CLR CLOS COFF CRC CW COL COMPL C/W CONC CONC BL Chair Fabric Channel Checkered Checker Plate Cleanout Clear Closet Coffered Cold Rolled Channel Cold Water Column Complete Complete With Concrete Concrete Block CONC/H CONC/S CS CE COND CONN CONST CONT CJ or CJT CONV CK CG CB CWP Concrete with Hardener Concrete with Sealer Concrete Sealed Conductive Epoxy Conduit Connect or Connection Construction Control or Continuous Control Joint Convector Cork Corner Guard Cove Base Crystalline Waterproofing DR DWL DS DRP DWG DF DD Door Dowel Downspout Drapery Drawing Drinking Fountain Dutch Door EP EP TER EQUIP ESO EXH EXIST EM EXP JT or EJ EXP EXP STR EXT Epoxy Epoxy Terrazzo Equipment Owner Supplied Equipment Exhaust Existing Expanded Metal Expansion Joint Exposed Exposed Structure Exterior FA FE or FEXT FH FHC FHR Fire Alarm Fire Extinguisher Fire Hose Fire Hose Cabinet Fire Hose Rack D DP DL D or DP DMNT DET DIA DIM DO DIV Dampproofing Dead Load Deep Demountable Detail Diameter Dimension Ditto Division E EA EE EF EW ELEC EP EL or ELEV ELEV EMERG ENCL EQ Each Each End Each Face Each Way Electrical Electrical Panel Elevation Elevator Emergency Enclosure Equal F FEAT W FAP FBRGL FLD FIN Feature Wall Fibre Acoustic Panel Fibreglass Field Finish or Finished Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 ABBREVIATIONS Page 3 F (cont.’d) FPRG FRR FLUOR FTG FGL FF Fireproofing Fire-resistance Rating Fluorescent Footing Float Glass Force Flow Heater FL FD FDN FR FUT Floor Floor Drain Foundation Frame Future GRAN T GF GB or GBD GPC GPW Granite Tile Ground Floor Gypsum Board Gypsum-Plaster Ceiling Gypsum-Plaster Wall HOR EF HB HW HYD HP Horizontal Each Face Hose Bibb Hot Water Hydrant Hydro Pole INV Invert KD KO Knockdown Knockout G GALV GA GL GL BLK GR GRAN Galvanized Gauge Glass Glass Block Grade Granite H HDW HDWD HTR HT or HGT H HC HC WD HM HOR Hardware Hardwood Heater Height Hollow Hollow Core Hollow Core Wood Door Hollow Metal Horizontal I ID INS or INSUL INT Inside Diameter Insulation or Insulated Interior J J or JAN JT Janitor Joint K KPL kN kPa Kickplate Kilonewton Kilopascals Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 ABBREVIATIONS Page 4 L LAM LDG LAT LAV LAP Laminate Landing Lateral Lavatory Lay-in Acoustic Panel LP LWB LIN LL LG Lighting Panel Light Weight Block Linoleum Live Load Long MCL MET DK METF MET GRTG MET GR CLG MLP MET LIN CLG MT MET T PTN MIN MTD Metal Cubic Louvre Metal Deck Metal Flashing Metal Grating Metal Grid Ceiling Metal Lath and Plaster Metal Linear Ceiling Metal Threshold Metal Toilet Partition Minimum Mounted NTS Not to Scale OPP OD OA O/H Opposite Outside Diameter Overall Overhead PL PLYWD PVC PCT P or PREC PCON PREFAB PREF PRFL PROP L PA Plaster or Plate Plywood Polyvinyl Chloride Porcelain Ceramic Tile Precast Precast Concrete Prefabricated Prefinished Profile Property Line Public Address M MH MR MACH MFR MAS MAS FL MO MAX MECH MPa MWP MET Manhole Marble Machine Manufacturer Masonry Masonry Flashing Masonry Opening Maximum Mechanical Megapascal Membrane Waterproofing Metal N NF NRC NIC Near Face Noise Reduction Coefficient Not in Contract O OGL OC OWSJ OPNG OPR Obscure Glass On Centre Open-Web Steel Joist Opening Operator P PT PTD PR PNL PF PARG PTN P ACS FLG PER PL or PLAS PLAM Paint Painted Pair Panel Panel Fabric Parging Partition Pedestal Access Flooring Perimeter Plaster Plastic Laminate Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 ABBREVIATIONS Page 5 Q QT Quarry Tile R R RWL REC RECEPT REINF RCB RCONC REQD REQT RB Radius or Resilient Rainwater Leader Recessed Receptacle Reinforced / Reinforcing Reinforced Cement Board Reinforced Concrete Required Requirement Resilient Base RSF RA REV RM RSD RD RO RFT RSF RST Resilient Sheet Flooring Return Air Revised or Revision Room Rolling Steel Door Roof Drain Rough Opening Rubber Floor Tile Rubber Sheet Flooring Rubber Stair Treads SQ ST S&U S&V SS or ST STL STD SPD STL STL BM STL FL DK STL PL STN ST SEW STR SVT SUSP SWBD Square Stain Stain and Urethane Stain and Varnish Stainless Steel Standard Standard Proctor Density Steel Steel Beam Steel Floor Deck Steel Plate Stone Storm Sewer Structure or Structural Solid Vinyl Tile Suspended Switchboard T T&B TOPG TDD TRGL TRANSV T TYP Top Top and Bottom Topping Towel Dispenser Unit Translucent Glass Transverse Tread Typical S SAN SND SNR SAN SEW SCHED SCRN SECT SVC SV SIM SL SS SC WD STC SC SPEC SF SFPRG Sanitary Sanitary Napkin Dispenser Sanitary Napkin Receptacle Sanitary Sewer Schedule Screen Section Sheet Vinyl Cove Sheet Vinyl Flooring Similar Sliding Janitor Slop Sink Solid Core Wood Door Sound Transmission Class Special Coating Specification Sports Flooring Sprayed Fireproofing T TEL TP TMPD TPGL TRR TER TER T TSAT TH THR T&G Telephone Telephone Panel Tempered Tempered Plate Glass Temperature Rise Rating Terrazzo Terrazzo Tile Thermostat Thick or Thickness Threshold Tongue and Grooved Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 ABBREVIATIONS Page 6 U UCUT UGRD U/S U/F UNS Undercut Underground Underside Unfinished Unless Noted Otherwise UP or U/P U UR Unpainted Urethane Urinal VEST VCF VCT VT VWF Vestibule Vinyl Coated Fabric Vinyl Composition Tile Vinyl Tile Vinyl Wall Fabric WD WD BK WDV Wood Wood Blocking Wood Veneer REINF RC Reinforcement Reinforced Concrete SECT STIRS SW Section Stirrups Short Way T T&B TLL TUL T&S Top Top and Bottom Top Lower Layer Top Upper Layer Temperature & Shrinkage Steel V VEF VOF Vertical Vertical Each Face Vertical Outside Face WCol WWF Wind Column Welded Wire Fabric V V VB VENT VERT VERT B VERT EF Varnish Vapour Barrier Ventilated or Ventilation Vertical Vertical Blinds Vertical Each Face W WH WR or WRM WP WT W/ 3. Wall Hydrant Washroom Waterproof or Waterproofing Weight With List of Structural Drawing Abbreviations B BM BL. BUL Bottom Beam Bottom Lower Layer Bottom Upper Layer CANT COL CONC Cantilever Column Concrete -DODP DWLS DIAG Ditto Deep Dowels Diagonal EW Each Way H HEF HOF Horizontal Horizontal Each Face Horizontal Outside Face L LW Long Long Way Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 4. ABBREVIATIONS List of Specification Abbreviations AA ACI AISC ANSI ASTM AWI AWMAC CAN CCDC CEC CEMA CGSB CISC CLA CPCA CPCI CRCA CSA DND FM IEEE IPCEA NAAMM NBC NEMA NRC OBC OGCA OPSS SSPC TTMAC ULC The Aluminum Association American Concrete Institute American Institute of Steel Construction American National Standards Institute American Society of Testing and Materials Architectural Woodwork Institute Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada Standards Council of Canada Canadian Construction Documents Committee Canadian Electrical Code (published by CSA) Canadian Electrical Manufacturer's Association Canadian Government Standards Board Canadian Institute of Steel Construction Canadian Lumberman's Association Canadian Painting Contractors' Association Canadian Prestressed Concrete Institute Canadian Roofing Contractor's Association Canadian Standards Association Department of National Defence Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Building Code National Electrical Manufacturer's Association National Research Council Ontario Building Code Ontario General Contractors Association Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications Steel Structures Painting Council Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Association of Canada Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada Conform to these standards, in whole or in part, as specifically requested in the specifications. * * * END OF SECTION Page 7 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 00400 GEO-TECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND SITE ASSESSMENT Page 00400-1 1. Division One Requirements 1.1 The provisions of all Sections of Division One shall apply to each section of the Specifications, including those of Divisions 15 and 16. 2. Geo-technical Investigation 2.1 A Geotechnical Investigation report prepared by CGV Builders for information purposes only. The report was carried out for CGV Builders for guidance in design and construction of this project. 2.2 The report does not form part of the Contract Documents. It shall be understood that such examination shall be for reference only and comments and recommendations contained therein shall not be taken as superseding the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2.3 No responsibility is assumed by the Consultant or by the Owner for the scope or accuracy of the bore-hole logs, and the soil investigation of this site. The Contractor shall satisfy himself with regards to all matters relating to sub-surface conditions. 3. Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Materials 3.1 Should the Contractor encounter buried items containing environmentally hazardous substances such as, but not limited to, oil tanks, stop work and notify the Consultant immediately. Do not proceed until written instructions have been received from the Consultant. 3.2 In the event of unexpected discovery of friable material that may contain asbestos, suspend work in area in question and immediately report, orally and in writing to office of Construction Health and Safety Branch, Ministry of Labour nearest to work place and to Consultant. The Consultant will authorize remedial work, if any, in writing. Do such remedial work as addition to Contract. 3.3 In addition to inspection and testing specified to be provided as part of Work or provided by Contractor for its own verification of Work, CGV Builders may appoint separately an independent inspection and testing company to confirm asbestos abatement work is satisfactorily performed. The Owner will pay costs of such additional inspection and testing; except where such additional tests or inspections reveal work not in accordance with Contract then Contractor shall bear cost of such tests and further tests as required, to verify acceptability of corrected work * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 01005-1 1. Division One Requirements 1.1 The provisions of all Sections of Division One shall apply to each section of the Specifications, including those of Divisions 15 and 16. 2. Subdivision of Work 2.1 The Specifications have generally been divided into trade divisions, and the trade divisions into sections for the purpose of ready reference, but a section may consist of more than one (1) Subcontractor or supplier. The responsibility for determining which Subcontractor or Supplier provided labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the work rests solely with the Contractor. 3. Contracts 3.1 By CGV Builders 4. Discrepancies and/or Omissions 4.1 If the Contractor finds discrepancies in, or omissions in the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents or has any doubt as to the meaning or intent of any part thereof the Consultant shall be notified at once. The Consultant will send written instructions or explanations. Oral instruction should be relied upon. 5. Examination 5.1 Make a careful examination of the site of the project, and investigate and be satisfied as to all matters relating to the nature of the work to be undertaken, as to the means of access and egress thereto and there from, as to the obstacles to be met with, as to the rights and interests which may be interfered with during the construction of the work, as to the extent of the work to be performed and any and all matters which are referred to in the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents, or which are necessary for the full and proper understanding of the work and the conditions under which it will be performed. 5.2 Before commencing the work of any Section, the work of other Sections upon which it may depend, shall be carefully examined. Report any defects, which might affect the new work in writing to the Consultant. Commencement of new work shall imply acceptance of all work by other Sections upon which the new work depends. 6. Public Utilities and Services 6.1 Verify limitations imposed on project work by presence of utilities and services, and ensure no damage occurs to them. 6.2 Notify service authorities concerned so that they protect, remove, relocate or discontinue them, as they may require. 6.3 Make arrangements and pay for connection charges for services required for project work. 6.4 Locate poles, pipes, conduit, wires, fill pipes, vents, regulators, meters, and sanitary service work in inconspicuous locations. If not shown on drawings, verify location of service work with Consultant before commencing installation. 7. Verification of Inverts 7.1 Verify all field service connections to ensure that drainage runs can meet the inverts of the site services. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 01005-2 7.2 Give notification immediately of any apparent difficulties or discrepancies. 8. Co-ordination of Other Contractors' Work 8.1 Co-operate with, correlate, co-ordinate this work with that of Other Contractors who may have separate contracts with the Owner, in order to complete the work as expeditiously as possible. 8.2 Prior to commencement of work, ensure that all Other Contractors are fully conversant with the extent of the Work, the conditions and materials on the project, the schedule of completion, restrictions to safety, and to access. Also ensure that all Subcontractors are fully conversant with the extent of work involved with Other Contractors. 8.3 Have regard to work on adjacent lands,. 9. Building Dimensions and Coordination 9.1 Ensure that all necessary job dimensions are taken and all trades are co-ordinated for the proper execution of the work. Assume complete responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of such dimensions, and for co-ordination. 9.2 Verify that all work, as it proceeds, is executed in accordance with dimensions and positions indicated which maintain levels and clearances to adjacent work, as set out by requirements of the drawings, and ensure that work installed in error is rectified before construction resumes. 9.3 Check and verify all dimensions referring to the work and the interfacing of all services. Verify all dimensions, with the trade concerned when pertaining to the work of other trades. Be responsible to see that Subcontractors for various trades cooperate for the proper performance of the Work. 9.4 Avoid scaling directly from the drawings. If there is ambiguity or lack of information, immediately inform the Consultant. Be responsible for any change through the disregarding of this clause. 9.5 All details and measurements of any work which is to fit or to conform with work installed shall be taken at the building. 9.6 Advise Consultant of discrepancies and if there are omissions on drawings, particularly but not limited to, reflected ceiling plans, ceramic tile, and flooring, which affect aesthetics, or which interfere with services, equipment or surfaces and air distribution pathways required as part of the Displacement Ventilation . DO NOT PROCEED without direction from the Consultant. 9.7 Ensure that each Subcontractor communicates requirements for site conditions and surfaces necessary for the execution of the Subcontractor's work, and that he provides setting drawings, templates and all other information necessary for the location and installation of material, holes, sleeves, insets, anchors, accessories, fastenings, connections and access panels. Inform other Subcontractors whose work is affected by these requirements and preparatory work. 9.8 Prepare interference drawings to properly coordinate the work where necessitated. Refer to Section 01340, Shop and Interference Drawings. 9.9 Where work incorporates metric modular components the following rules apply: .1 Actual opening dimensions in masonry including doors, windows, walls, louvres and actual room sizes are 10 mm (3/8") greater than nominal dimensions given on Drawings. Actual thicknesses of walls, piers and overall Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 01005-3 lengths of walls or buildings are 10 mm (3/8") less than nominal dimensions given on Drawings unless indicated otherwise. .2 Unless indicated otherwise Drawing details at scales of 1/2” = 1’-0” (1:10) or larger indicate "actual" rather than "nominal" dimensions. 10. Labels and Nameplates 10.1 Do not install permanent or permanently attached labels, trademarks, and nameplates in visible locations on materials and components, unless required for operating instructions or by Jurisdictional Authorities. 11. Use of Premises Before Substantial Performance 11.1 The Owner shall have the right to enter and occupy the building, in whole or in part, for the purpose of placing fittings and equipment, or for other use, before completion of the Contract if, in the opinion of the Contractor and Consultant it is deemed that, such entry and occupancy does not prevent or interfere with the Contractor in the performance of the Contract. Such entry shall in no way be considered as an acceptance of the Work in whole, or in part, nor shall it imply acknowledgement that terms of the Agreement are fulfilled. 12. Lines, Levels, and Existing Survey 12.1 Existing grades and other known conditions of site are shown on Site Plan. This survey information has been established by personnel engaged by the Contractor. No responsibility is assumed by the Owner or Consultant for accuracy of this survey information. 12.2 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for and execute complete layout of work to locations, lines and elevations indicated. Establish other necessary lines and levels, and erect substantial batter boards and maintain their accurate position. 12.3 The Contractor shall employ an Ontario Land Surveyor to: .1 Layout new building additions on site and establish a permanent bench mark or widely separated bench marks, as required by building configuration. .2 Verify elevations established for each floor as construction proceeds. .3 Verify relation of building floor elevations to permanent bench marks. .4 Verify that no restrictions in force, or probable in the near future, are violated by the placement of construction on the site, or lines of traverse to all public utilities. .5 Correlate geodetic elevation of bench mark with the elevations in use by all public utilities adjacent to the project. .6 Verify accuracy of all site dimensions shown on Drawings. .7 Provide to the Consultant a survey plan indicating location of building on site. .8 Provide verification by survey of the permitted and prescribed limits of site disturbance and that no site disturbance has occurred beyond the defined limits. Refer documents prepared by the owner’s Civil Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 01005-4 Engineers for construction fences identifying limit of site disturbance, etc. 13. Examination Before Execution of Work 13.1 Make good defects in the Work on which further execution of work depends. 13.2 Verify dimensions of prepared work before fabrication of that work which is dependent on the prepared work. 13.3 Do not proceed with the execution of the work unless the work, which is to receive it and site conditions are satisfactory. Commencement of all work of all sections shall imply that prepared work and site conditions are satisfactory. 14. Specification Reference to Standards and Codes 14.1 Where reference is made to published standards and codes, such references shall be considered to refer to the 2012 edition of The Ontario Building Code for standards. 15. Air Leakage and Expansion Control 15.1 Recognizing that wall and roof materials are not dimensionally stable, and that they move differentially from the structural frame, the location of cracks should be anticipated and an airtight diaphragm and/or flexible sealants incorporated to maintain air-tightness, and to prevent problems due to vapour condensation. 15.2 In addition, connections between structural steel members are not airtight and perimeter connections must be made airtight. 15.3 Although concealed behind convectors, panelling, wallboard or suspended ceilings, the interior surfaces of exterior walls and roofs shall be made airtight. Ensure that backup masonry walls are well laid with full mortar joints, and that wallboard joints are sealed. 15.4 The manner of installation of all pipes, ducts, conduits, and electrical outlets shall be thoroughly co-ordinated to prevent the occurrence of air leaks: when pipes or conduits run adjacent to exterior walls and are to be furred in, not only shall the exterior wall be airtight, but it shall be adequately insulated to prevent cold spots on which condensation could occur in the cold space. Provide a continuous air seal between the airtight part of a wall or ceiling and the frames of all openings such as windows, doors, hatches, ducts, grilles, louvres, structural steel members and the like. 15.5 As a general rule, the air / vapour barrier must be on the interior (warm) side of the insulation and should be in contact with it. 15.6 In addition to the specific requirements in each technical section of the Specification, make allowance for expansion control throughout the construction. Ensure that poured paving and slabs, exterior to the building structure, together with applied materials are not tight to building face, and that expansion control joints are left to accommodate movement. 15.7 Take particular care in constructing walls around wet areas such as showers, to avoid moisture transfer to adjacent building areas. 16. Local Labour and Fair Wages 16.1 Wherever possible, the Contractor shall give preference to the use of local labour, building mechanics, suppliers and sub-trades. Rates of wages, hours and conditions of work of persons employed on the work shall be in accordance with Provincial Codes, and as generally recognized and accepted in the locality. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 01005-5 17. Locating Services Prior to Placing of Slabs 17.1 Record exact location of all services with dimensions to the Grid Lines and Datum Lines, and show on Record Drawings prior to placing concrete. DO NOT place concrete until this is done. Co-ordinate Mechanical, Electrical, and concrete trades. 18. Sleeving 18.1 Assess requirements for sleeving the structural elements for passing of pipes, conduits and other mechanical or electrical components, and include all work required for approved interfacing between the structure, all mechanical and electrical work, and other components of the work. 19. Concealing of Mechanical and Electrical Components 19.1 Include work required to modify indicated location of pipes, ducts, conduits, and other mechanical or electrical components to fully conceal such components from view in finished spaces, except where indicated otherwise. 20. Life and Fire Safety 20.1 Enforce all requirements established by Jurisdictional Authorities and Underwriters for life safety, fire prevention, and fire protection. 21. Drainage 21.1 Ensure that positive drainage is provided to roof, floor, away from building, site drains and catch basins, as set in their final positions, and at all other locations to prevent water infiltration into the building. Provide constant slopes for drained surfaces to drains and drainage courses. 21.2 Verify the extent of each area served by a drain, or drainage course, to eliminate possible undrained surfaces. Coordinate the work of involved Subcontractors before each of their work proceeds. 22. Work Not in Contract 22.1 Work not in this Contract (noted N.I.C. on drawings) shall be co-ordinated and managed by the Contractor 23. Documents at Job Site 23.1 Maintain at job site, one copy each of the following and make same available to the Consultant upon request: .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 Contract drawings. Specifications. Addenda. Reviewed shop drawings. Change orders. Other modifications to Contract. Field test reports. Copy of approved work schedule. Manufacturer's installation and application instructions. Standards (latest edition) referred to in Specifications. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .11 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 01005-6 2012 Ontario Building Code. 24. Existing Conditions 24.1 Make good surfaces and finishes damaged or disturbed due to Work of this Contract to match existing. Ensure that material used to repair damage is compatible with existing work. 24.2 Term "make good" shall mean repairing or filling operations performed on existing floors, walls, ceiling or any other exposed surfaces. Perform cutting and patching where applicable as specified herein. It is intended that finished surfaces match and line with existing adjoining surfaces. 24.3 Restore Site to condition equal to or, if specified elsewhere, to condition better than existing conditions. 24.4 Restore lands outside of limits of Work which are disturbed due to Work to original condition in addition to complying with requirements of General Conditions of the Contract. 25. Cutting and Patching 25.1 Do not cut, drill or sleeve load-bearing members without obtaining Consultant’s written approval for each condition. 25.2 Schedule and coordinate Work to minimize cutting and patching. Cut and patch as required to make work fit. Use workers qualified in work being cut and patched to ensure that it is correctly done. 25.3 Cut, patch and make good to accommodate Work and to leave Work in finished condition. Cutting in this sense shall mean actual cutting of components to allow new components to pass through or to provide new openings. Cutting shall not mean mere drilling of holes to accommodate screws, anchors, bolts or other fasteners as such. Such drilling is part of Section's installation function. 25.4 Use workers qualified in work being cut and patched to ensure that it is correctly done. 25.5 Make cuts with clean, true, smooth edges to tolerances required and in conformance with industry practice for applicable class of work. Make patches undetectable in finished work. 25.6 Cutting and patching of existing concrete slab-on-grade shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the extent to suit the requirements of Divisions 15 and 16. 26. Windload for Exterior Application 26.1 Design and install framing, hangers, fasteners, supports, and all accessories required to complete the work to withstand local windloads and/or uplifts. All members shall be of sizes and strength to carry all loads imposed and provide stiffness required 27. Clean Up 27.1 Further to the General Conditions, maintain the work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and debris, other than that caused by the Owner, other Contractors or their employees. 27.2 Conform to all requirements established by jurisdictional authorities for environmental and pollution control. 27.3 Prevent dust from spreading to adjoining properties. Keep roads and sidewalks free from excavated materials, dirt and Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS debris, snow, and ice. * * * END OF SECTION Page 01005-7 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01030 FINAL CLEAN-UP Page 01030-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. As per Section 01561 Environmental Protection Mitigation Measures As per Section 1355 Waste and Materials Management 1.2 1.2.1 Description This Section covers work for final clean-up as applicable to this Project. 1.3 1.3.1 Environmental Practices Implement environmentally sound practices in this Project by incorporating products that lessen burden on environment in production, use and final disposition wherever possible. Support implementation of reduction, reuse and recycling strategies and use of environmentally sound products. Promote use of environmentally responsible packaging practices by reducing and/or eliminating products with excessive packaging in this Project. Employ environmentally sound products which are made, used and disposed of in a manner that significantly reduces harm to environment. Where possible make product selection criteria based on requirements CSA Z760-94, Life Cycle Assessment and CSA Z762-95, Design for the Environment. Use products which improves energy efficiency in its production and use, reduces hazardous by-products, uses recycled material, and/or product itself can be recycled or reused, and/or in some way is environmentally benign. Section Section 1355 Waste and Materials Management 1.3.2 1.3.4 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 Dust Control and Cleaning Requirements unused Standards: Maintain project in accordance with the latest edition of The Occupational Health and Safety Act. Hazards Control .1 Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily. .2 Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. .3 Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws: .1 Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. .2 Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, paint thinner, and cleaning agents, in storm, sanitary drains, streams or waterways. Waste Disposal Do not burn rubbish on Site. Obtain approval, and use following off-site disposal alternatives, depending upon materials involved; burying, composting, recycling, municipal collection, or local dump or sanitary landfill site. Section 01355 Waste and Materials Management Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01030 FINAL CLEAN-UP Page 01030-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 Materials Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. Follow manufacturers instructions and requirement for cleaning materials and surfaces. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 – EXECUTION General: as per Division 1 requirements. 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.2.7 3.2.8 3.2.9 3.2.10 3.2.11 3.2.12 3.2.13 3.2.14 3.2.15 3.2.16 Cleaning work Execute cleaning to ensure that building interior is cleaned free from accumulations of construction waste materials, dust, scuffs on walls and floors. Be responsible for collection and disposal of materials used in final cleaning. Vacuum-clean all interior spaces of work areas where required. Obtain from each Subcontractor, instructions which designate proper methods and materials to be used in final cleaning. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not cause harm or nuisance for building occupants. Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for cleaning. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from all sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish resilient and terrazzo surfaces to designated shine finish. Clean and polish glass and mirrors. Clean bulbs and lamps. Clean diffusers and grilles. Clean sinks, faucets, and water closets and controls. Broom-clean paved surfaces; rake clean other ground surfaces. Final cleaning to be performed only after all other work and trades have been completed and building is ready for occupancy by Owner. Conform to all requirements established by jurisdictional authorities for environmental and pollution control. Immediately report to project manager any deficiencies or damages to finishes, furniture, fixtures or any surfaces in work area . END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 1. Submittals During Progress of Construction 1.1 Submit the following during the course of construction: .1 Construction schedule updates. .2 Report on any damage, on conditions or problems arising out of receipt of equipment on site. .3 Samples .5 Page 01300-1 .1 The Contractor shall submit for the Consultant's approval such standard manufacturers' samples as the Consultant may reasonably require. Samples shall be labelled as to origin and intended use in the work and shall conform to the requirements of the contract documents. .2 Submit samples where specified in each applicable trade section of the Specifications. Unless specified otherwise make samples of adequate size to represent the material intended for use on this project. .3 Where the degrees of marking or colour cannot be adequately be shown in a single sample, submit a range of samples to show the extremes of colour and marking. Identify samples with project number, date, and name of Contractor. Materials used in building shall correspond to approved samples for quality, colour, texture, finish, and thickness. .4 Where the degrees of marking or colour cannot be adequately be shown in a single sample, submit a range of samples to show the extremes of colour and marking. Identify samples with project number, date, and name of Contractor. Materials used in building shall correspond to approved samples for quality, colour, texture, finish, and thickness. .5 Submit two (2) samples of each item required unless specified otherwise. Record Drawings .1 Maintain, as the work progresses, until project duration, one (1) set of project Record Drawings. The full size drawings shall be in white prints while the 8-1/2" x 11" detail drawing sheets shall be in photocopies. Refer to mechanical and electrical for their requirements. .2 Record accurately on the Record Drawings, all changes to the Contract Documents as constructed, such as Consultant / Engineer originated changes, Contractor / Subcontractor originated changes, Site Instructions, Supplementary Instructions, Addenda, instructions by correspondence and Jurisdictional Authority approvals. Carefully record location of concealed elements as required for future maintenance, alteration work, and building additions. Delete information made obsolete by changes, and accurately draw or duplicate instructions and indicate all changes listed herein. Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Specification Divisions for additional requirements. .3 Clearly mark each of the project Record Drawings "Project Record Copy". Maintain in good condition. Make the File Copy available at all times for inspection or use by the Consultant. .4 Keep the File Record Drawings current and do not record irrelevant information. Do not Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS Page 01300-2 permanently conceal any work until the required information has been recorded. .5 Submit to the Consultant, the record drawings and one (1) bound photocopy of the Drawing Detail Sheets with the application for Substantial Performance of the project. .6 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, Shop and Interference Drawings and in accordance with Mechanical and Electrical Divisions of the Specifications. .7 List of Paint Materials: Submit list of paint materials in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Finishing. 2. Submittals When Project is Substantially Performed 2.1 Manufacturer's Data Book and Shop Drawings .1 Provide the Owner with shop drawings and Manufacturer's Data Books at the completion of the Project. .2 Shop drawings shall consist of two complete sets of final "REVIEWED" and "REVIEWED AS MODIFIED" shop drawings, on which corrections have been recorded of changes made during fabrication and installation of unforeseen conditions. Do not include drawings which were noted "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". .3 The Manufacturer's Data Book shall consist of two (2) bound copies of hard, black, vinyl-covered loose leaf binders, to accommodate 8-1/2" x 11" sheets. Binders shall match in all dimensions. A title sheet labelled "Manufacturer's Data Book" with project name, and the date of Substantial Performance and list of contents shall precede data. Organize required material into applicable sections of work. Each section shall be marked by labelled tabs protected with celluloid covers fastened to hard paper dividers. .4 The Manufacturer's Data Book shall contain: .1 Equipment and operating instructions on all operable equipment and on all mechanical and electrical equipment, plumbing fixtures, and architectural hardware. Notes shall be typed. Drawings shall be neatly drafted and inked, or white-printed. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for additional requirements. .2 Maintenance instructions for all exterior, and interior floors, walls and ceiling surfaces. .3 Operating and maintenance instructions for all mechanical and electrical equipment. .4 Original brochures on all equipment. .5 Parts lists on all equipment including a list of suppliers. .6 All additional material used in the project beyond that indicated by brochures listed under the various sections, showing manufacturers and sources of supply. .7 Names, addresses and telephone numbers of the designer(s) and major contractor(s) who worked on the building. .8 Commissioning data such as air and water flows and regulating valve positions. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.2 2.3 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS Page 01300-3 Affidavits .1 Submit to the Consultant affidavits which are specified in other Sections of the Specifications. .2 Submit affidavits in duplicate, and signed by a responsible officer of the certifying company. Final Hydro Inspection Certificates/Approval Certificates: Collect the following from each trade whose work requires Electrical Safety Authority inspection / approval certificates and submit to the Consultant: .1 Original, final Electrical Safety Authority inspection certificates. .2 Original approval certificates (CSA, ULC, etc.) for specified equipment. 2.4 Extra Materials: Provide the Owner with extra materials for future maintenance use, as specified in the technical Sections of the Specifications. 2.5 Plumbing, Heating and Building Inspection Certificates: Submit to the Consultant certificates of Plumbing, Heating and Building Inspection. 2.6 Record Drawings: Refer to "Record Drawings" and "Record Specifications" articles in this section. For information to be recorded, submit two copies of "as constructed" drawings showing all changes from the original contract documents. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01340 SHOP AND INTERFERENCE DRAWINGS Page 01340-1 1. Shop Drawing General Requirements 1.1 Where specified or where deemed to be required by the Consultant, submit shop drawings to the Consultant in the following manner: 1.1.1 Submit one (1) original and five (5) prints of each shop drawing with title block appearing at lower right-hand corner. Do not fold originals. Submit originals in roll form to enable legible prints to be made. 1.1.2 The use of photographed Consultant's drawings for shop drawing purposes is not acceptable, unless otherwise approved by Consultant in writing. 1.1.3 Prior to submission to the Consultant the Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review the Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalogue numbers, and similar data, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractor's review of each shop drawing shall be indicated by stamp, date, and signature of a responsible person. The Shop Drawing shall clearly indicate whether it is for review or for record purposes. 1.1.4 The Contractor (and Subcontractor(s) where appropriate), shall mark any information requested by the fabricator, confirm any matters in doubt, check and sign each trade shop drawing, and make any other notations he considers necessary before submitting to the Consultant for review. 1.1.5 Drawings requiring several or extensive changes will be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT", otherwise one (1) white print and original will be returned marked "REVIEWED" or "REVIEWED WITH COMMENTS" and shall not be returned to the Consultant. Drawings marked "NOT REVIEWED" are either not required, or from an unacceptable supplier. 1.1.6 Manufacturer's catalogue cuts will be acceptable, providing they are 8-1/2" x 11" originals, and they indicate all choices including sizes, colours, model number, options, and other pertinent data. Only three (3) copies need to be submitted to the Consultant, except for colour sample sheets. 1.2 Shop drawings shall show: 1.2.1 The name of the project. 1.2.2 Kinds of material and finishes. 1.2.3 Sections, arrangements and details which indicate complete construction, as well as all interconnections with other work. 1.2.4 Fabrication and erection dimensions, together with quantities and/or locations. 1.2.5 Assumed design loadings, all dimensions of elements and material specifications for all load-bearing members. 1.2.6 Data verifying that superimposed loads will not affect function, appearance and safety of work shown on shop drawings, as well as other work interconnected. 1.2.7 Proposed chases, sleeves, cuts, and holes in structural members. 1.2.8 The time that the fabricator considers necessary from the date that he receives the Contractor's authority to proceed (and shop drawing is returned) until the fabricated work will be delivered to the site, and for installation, if appropriate. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01340 SHOP AND INTERFERENCE DRAWINGS Page 01340-2 1.2.9 A 4-1/2" x 3" high block for Consultant's review stamp, and another block of the same size for review stamp of Contractor's Engineer. 1.3 The review by the Consultant is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. The review shall not mean that the Consultant approves the detail design inherent in the shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with the Contractor submitting same, and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation, and for coordination of the work of all trades. 1.4 The review of this drawing and/or any notes added to it, does not constitute authorization to proceed with any work which, in the Contractor's or Supplier's opinion, will involve extra cost to the Owner. 1.5 In the event of any conflict between the Contract Documents and a shop drawing, the Contract Documents shall govern. 1.6 Keep copies of "reviewed" and "reviewed with comments" shop drawings on site for Consultant's review. 2. Interference Drawings 2.1 The Contractor shall prepare colour-coded interference drawings in order to properly coordinate the work of all trades, such as, but not restricted to, plumbing and fire protection, sheet metal and air conditioning, electrical and building structure. 2.2 Bear all costs involved for the preparation of these drawings and any changes to the drawings necessitated due to interference discovered by their preparation. Advise all trades and the Consultant of any rerouting or relocation required. 2.3 If interferences are discovered advise Consultant immediately and do not proceed until adjustments are approved. 2.4 Submit copies of drawings for the Consultant's records. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01350 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01350-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 Description 1.2.1 This Section covers work for protection of environment as applicable to this Project. 1.2.2 Provisions of this Section supplement requirements of Contract Documents. 1.3 Environmental Practices 1.3.1 Implement environmentally sound practices in this Project by incorporating products that lessen burden on environment in production, use and final disposition. Support implementation of reduction, reuse and recycling strategies and use of environmentally sound products. Promote use of environmentally responsible packaging practices by reducing and/or eliminating products with excessive packaging in this Project. 1.4.2 Employ environmentally sound products which are made, used and disposed of in a manner that significantly reduces harm to environment. Product selection criteria be based on requirements of CSA Z760-94, Life Cycle Assessment and CSA Z762-95, Design for the Environment. Use product which improves energy efficiency in its production and use, reduces hazardous by-products, uses recycled material, and/or product itself can be recycled or reused, and/or in some way is environmentally benign. 1.4 Build Green Products 1.4.1 Build Green Products: Building materials, building finishes, furnishings or specialty products which have a recycled content originating from industrial, commercial, institutional or household sources, or which demonstrate efficient use of renewable resources. These products must meet the criteria of the Build Green Labeling Program and demonstrate current compliance with applicable codes and standards. 1.5 Packaging Requirements: 1.5.1 Implement waste reduction on this Project by using products specified in Contract Documents from manufacturers who promote reduction and elimination of excessive packaging practices in accordance with Ont. Reg. 104/94. Adhere to Canadian Code of Preferred Packaging Practices. 1.5.2 Use, where appropriate, combination of packaging materials such as re-usable containers, blanket wrap or cushioning material provided that all reasonable requirements of materials handling, transportation and storage are observed. 1.5.3 Use packaging materials such as kraft paper and corrugated cartons that is made from reclaimed products to facilitate recycling of secondary materials. 1.5.4 Use packaging material which clearly displays their recycled content and recyclability. 1.5.5 Ensure packaging materials are removed from Site and disposed of in an environmentally responsible manner. 1.6 Indoor Air Quality Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01350 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01350-2 1.6.1 Conform to requirements of CSA Z204-94 - Guidelines for Managing Indoor Air Quality in Office Building (Occupational Health and Safety) including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1.6.2 Commissioning process shall be in accordance with requirements of Division 15; involve Owner, Consultants, SubContractors in performance verification (including temperature control and facility automation systems) and generally as follows; .1 check initial operation of all equipment; .2 verify performance of initial testing and balancing; .3 review and assembling equipment documentation; .4 preparation of commissioning brief; and .5 preparation preliminary operating manual. 1.6.3 Take measures to prevent entry of dust into existing and new HVAC systems throughout construction phase. 1.6.4 Take into consideration use of electrically powered equipment on Site in lieu of gas or propane powered to reduce possibility of carbon monoxide sickness and odours of gas or propane spreading throughout building. 1.6.5 Schedule sequence of installation of finishing materials to reduce harm to indoor air quality. Provide necessary ventilation during and after installation of ‘wet’ products such as paints, sealants, adhesives and of ‘packaged dry’ products. 1.6.6 Isolate substances producing hazardous emissions from circulating air. Locate outside air intakes away from potential sources of contaminations. 1.7 Dust Control and Cleaning Requirements 1.7.1 Standards: Maintain project in accordance with the latest edition of The Occupational Health and Safety Act. 1.7.2 Hazards Control 1.7.3 1.7.4 .1 Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily. .2 Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. .3 Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws: .1 Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. .2 Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, paint thinner, excavated material or debris in storm, sanitary drains, streams or waterways. Undertake control measures to prevent nuisances due to dust in any phase of construction. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01350 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01350-3 1.7.5 Transport dusty materials in covered haulage vehicles 1.7.6 Transport wet materials in suitable watertight haulage vehicles. 1.8 Waste Disposal 1.8.1 Do not burn rubbish on Site. Obtain approval, and use following off-site disposal alternatives, depending upon materials involved; burying, composting, recycling, municipal collection, or local dump or sanitary landfill site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. 2.1.2 Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.2 During Construction 3.2.3 Execute cleaning to ensure that building, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Keep site clear of snow, mud and pooling of water due to severe rain. Ensure that work is not stopped because of failure to provide access to site. 3.2.4 Wet down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust. 3.2.5 At reasonable intervals during progress of Work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3.2.6 Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3.2.7 Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off Owner's property. 3.2.8 Vacuum-clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue vacuum cleaning on an asneeded basis until building is ready for Substantial Performance or occupancy. 3.2.9 Obtain from each Subcontractor, instructions which designate proper methods and materials to be use in final cleaning, and submit such instructions to the Consultant. Include instructions in Manufacturer's Data Book specified in Section 01300, Submittals. 3.2.10 Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. 3.2.11 Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01350 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01350-4 3.3 Final Cleaning 3.3.1 At completion of Work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery, and surplus materials, and clean all surfaces exposed to view; leave project clean and ready for occupancy. 3.3.2 Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning. 3.3.3 In preparation for Substantial Performance or occupancy, conduct final inspection of interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, and of concealed spaces. 3.3.4 Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from all sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish resilient and ceramic surfaces so designated to shine finish. Vacuum carpet. 3.3.5 Clean and polish glass and mirrors. 3.3.6 Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. 3.3.7 Broom-clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. 3.3.8 Clean filters, exposed ductwork, and structure. 3.3.9 Clean bulbs and lamps and replace those burned out. 3.3.10 Clean diffusers and grilles. 3.3.11 Clean sinks, faucets, and water closets and controls. 3.3.12 Remove snow and ice from access to building. 3.3.13 Maintain cleaning until project, or portion thereof, is occupied by Owner. 3.4 Removal of Temporary Facilities 3.4.1 Completely remove temporary facilities from site, including signs and foundations, making good any damage when no longer required. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 1. Related Requirements 1.1 Section 01300: Submission of samples to confirm product quality 1.2 Section 01600: Material and workmanship quality - reference standards 2. Independent Testing and Inspection Companies 2.1 Naming of Companies Page 01400-1 .1 The Consultant will name independent inspection and testing companies to inspect and report on compliance of Work with the Specifications. For simplicity, independent inspection and testing companies are referred to in the documents as "Inspector(s)". .2 Inspection and testing by Inspector(s) is carried out for the Consultant's information and does not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.2 Payment: Unless specified otherwise, payment for inspection and testing will be paid by the Owner. 2.3 Work to be Tested and/or Inspected: As listed in individual specification Sections. 2.4 Access to the Work: Representatives of the Inspector(s) shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide assistance and facilities for such access in order that the Inspector(s) may properly perform its function. 2.5 Extent of Testing: The extent of testing and inspection and the number of tests, if not specified in the applicable technical section of the Specifications, shall be verified with the Consultant before proceeding. Extra payment for testing and inspection beyond what the Consultant intends will be the Contractor's responsibility. 2.6 Notification of Work to be Tested: Be responsible for notifying all Inspector(s) as to when they will be required to inspect the work. Notify Inspector(s) at least 48 hours prior to testing. 2.7 Materials for Testing and Mock-Ups 2.7.1 Submit samples and/or materials required for testing. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as not to cause delay in the Work. 2.7.2 Provide labour and facilities to obtain and handle samples and materials on site. Provide sufficient space to store and cure test samples. 2.8 Reports: Inspector(s) will submit copies of inspection and test reports promptly to the Consultant, the Owner, the Contractor, other applicable Consultants, and jurisdictional authorities. 3. Contractor's Quality Control 3.1 Obtaining and payment of inspections, tests, or Engineer's stamps required by Code or Ordinances, or by a plan approval authority and made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, unless otherwise provided by the Contract Documents. 3.2 Be responsible for inspection or testing performed exclusively for own quality control and convenience, and testing, Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL Page 01400-2 adjustment and balancing of mechanical and electrical systems, and pay all costs associated therewith. 4. Inspection by Consultant 4.1 Give the Consultant advance notice of shop fabrication, field erection and other phases of the Work so as to afford him reasonable opportunity to inspect the Work for compliance with contract requirements. Failure to meet this requirement may be cause for the Consultant to classify the Work as defective. 4.2 Uncover any Work that has been designated for special tests, inspections or approvals before such is made, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed and make good such Work. 4.3 The Consultant may order any part of the Work to be examined if such Work is suspected to be not in accordance with the Contract Documents. If, upon examination such Work is found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correct such Work and pay the cost of examination and correction. If such Work is found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner will pay the cost of examination and replacement. 5. Mock-Ups 5.1 General 5.1.1 Prior to proceeding with the Work, prepare mock-ups as requested in the individual sections of the specifications and in this section. Include for Work of all Sections required to provide mock-ups. 5.1.2 Construct in specified locations or as selected by the Consultant. 5.1.3 Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence, so as not to cause any delay in the Work. 5.1.4 Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. 5.1.5 Remove mock-ups at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Consultant. 6. Construction Tolerances 6.1 Unless more restrictive/demanding requirements are specified in other Sections, the following construction tolerances could be accepted: .1 "plumb and level" - 3 mm in 3 m (1/8” in 10’-0”). .2 "square" - 10 seconds more or less than 90 degrees. .3 "straight" - 3 mm (1/8”) under a 3 m (10’-0”) long straight edge. .4 Tolerances shall not be cumulative. 7. Non-Compliance With Inspections and Tests 7.1 If the initial inspections and tests required to establish compliance with the Contract Documents indicates noncompliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent testing or re-inspection occasioned by non-compliance shall be Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL Page 01400-3 performed by the same Inspector(s) and the cost thereof borne by the Contractor. 7.2 Where factual evidence exists that defective workmanship has occurred or that work has been carried out incorporating defective materials, the Consultant may have tests, inspections or surveys performed, analytical calculation of structural strength made and the like in order to help determine whether the work must be replaced. Tests, inspections or surveys carried out under these circumstances will be made at the Contractor's expense, regardless of their results, which may be such that, in the Consultant's opinion, the work may be acceptable. 7.3 All testing shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, except where this would in the Consultant's opinion cause undue delay or give results not representative of the rejected material in place. In this case, the tests shall be conducted in accordance with the standards given by the Consultant. 7.4 Materials or workmanship which fails to meet specified requirements may be rejected by the Consultant whenever found at any time prior to final acceptance of the work regardless of previous inspection. If rejected, defective materials or work incorporating defective materials or workmanship shall be promptly removed and replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Consultant, at no expense to the Owner. 8. Testing and Demonstration of Operable Equipment and Systems 8.1 Ensure that the Owner's representatives are adequately instructed in all aspects of operation and maintenance of manual and automated systems and/or equipment, and all tests and adjustments have been performed to ensure smooth, trouble free operation is achieved, in compliance with Contract Documents. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01545 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY Page 01545-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3.7 1.3.8 1.4 1.4.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall perform the Work in a safe manner and shall comply with all applicable municipal, provincial, and federal legislation and any other regulation by authorities having jurisdiction of construction projects and contractual obligations with the owner. In the event of conflict between any provisions on the above authorities, the most stringent provision shall apply. Comply with City of Timmins requirements. References The Occupational Health & Safety Act - Occupational Health & Safety Legislation. Ont. Reg. 213/91 - Regulation for Construction Projects. Ont. Reg. 516/92 - Regulation for Industrial Establishment. Ont. Reg. 860/90 - Work Place Hazardous Material Information System (W.H.M.I.S.) The Environment Protection Act: .1 Ont. Reg. 347 - Waste Management .2 Ont. Reg. 346 - Air Emissions .3 Ont. Reg. 362 - PCBs .4 Ont. Reg. 630 - Spills Ont. Reg. 403/97 - Ontario Building Code 1997 Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act Workplace Safety & Insurance Board (WSIB) CSA S350-M80 – Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures CAN/CSA-S269.2 - Access Scaffolding for Construction Purposes. Canadian Electric Code, Part 1 CSA C22.1-1994 (17th Edition). Information Requirement Prior to commencement of this contract, the Contractor must provide an Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Procedures as described in the Occupational Health and Safety Act for review by the Consultant. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the company's CAD7 Workplace Safety & Insurance Board Rating for review by the Consultant. The Contractor shall ensure and provide evidence that any individual with responsibility for the project's implementation is a competent worker as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act for approval by the Consultant. The Contractor where required by the O.H.S.A. Regulations, shall register the project with the Director of Construction Health and Safety Branch of the Ministry of Labour within (30) thirty days of undertaking the project and prior to starting work on the site. A copy of the registration (Notice of Project) must be posted on a visible location on the site and a copy forwarded to the Consultant. The Contractor shall propose the name of any competent worker as supervisor with accompanying qualification for approval by the Consultant. The Contractor shall draft and present to the Consultant for review an emergency plan to be used in the case of a critical injury, accident or incident on site. This document must be kept up to date and must be discussed with all trades and Sub-Contractors working on site. The Contractor shall provide to the Consultant copies of all inspection reports including all accident/incident reports and associated documentation. The Contractor shall provide to the Consultant copies of all PR-13 and PR-14 documentation required. Construction Safety Measures The Contractor shall conform to and enforce strict compliance with the Occupational Health & Safety Act and Construction Regulations, the Environmental Protection Act, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.4.2 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 1.6.5 SECTION 01545 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY Page 01545-2 (WHMIS), Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, and any other pertinent legislation for construction projects. .1 The Contractor for purposes of the Occupational Health & Safety Act, will be designated as the constructor for this project and will assume all of the responsibilities of the constructor set out in that Act and its Regulations. .2 The Contractor shall monitor the Work to ensure that all applicable Health & Safety Regulations are followed. Violations will be documented, appropriate action taken, and records kept on file. .3 The Contractor shall be informed of any minor violations of the Occupational Health & Safety Act or its Regulations and shall correct such minor violations immediately. .4 The Consultant or its authorized representative shall stop the Work immediately for any major violation of the Occupational Health & Safety Act or its Regulations. The Contractor shall not resume the Work until any such violation has been rectified. .5 The Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the progress of the Work due to a violation of legislated or City health and safety requirements, and shall take the necessary steps to avoid delay in the final completion of the Work without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide a telephone, first aid kit, stretcher, blanket, eye wash station, and any other measures foreseeable in the site office, or other appropriate location, for emergency use. Inspections and Reports The Contractor shall note any preventative or corrective measures taken to uphold site safety on Inspection Reports and supply them for review by the Consultant if requested. The Contractor shall ensure, and provide documented evidence that the work is being inspected especially as it relates to temporary structures, bracing falsework, form work, scaffolds, work platforms, excavations, cranes and hoisting equipment or any other area requiring inspection under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials, and regarding labelling and provision of material safety data sheets acceptable to Labour Canada and Health and Welfare Canada. Deliver copies of (MSDS) Material Safety Data Sheets to the Consultant on delivery of materials. Further to the requirements of the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), commence application of flammable, noxious or volatile materials only after the following requirements are met: .1 Notify the Consultant at least 48 hours in advance of the start of application and receive permission to proceed. .2 Provide adequate ventilation during application. .3 Provide enclosures as required and as directed by the Consultant to contain fumes / vapours within application area. .4 Post warning signs and barriers as required by regulations and as directed by the Consultant to restrict access to application area. .5 Provide workers with necessary respiration devices to safeguard health. .6 Provide a suitable number of fire extinguishers immediately adjacent to the area of application for volatile and flammable materials. .7 Material Safety Data Sheets are provided directly to the Consultant for all products brought onto Site, as soon as such materials are brought onto Site where required by the Construction Safety Act. Additional copies of Material Safety Data Sheets to remain on site. Notwithstanding the requirements of preceding paragraphs, applications which might affect the well being of any occupants and workers on Site or disrupt work of other contractors may be rescheduled by the Consultant for evening or week-end work. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all information regarding the handling of all materials, avoidance of spills, cleanup, installation of materials, ventilation, smoking regulations and the like, designed to minimize the levels of indoor air pollution in the final work shall be communicated to all subcontractors and Safety Committees. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.7 1.7.1 1.7.2 1.7.3 1.7.4 1.7.5 1.7.6 1.7.7 1.7.8 1.7.9 1.7.10 1.7.11 SECTION 01545 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY Page 01545-3 Designated Substance Requirements The Contractor shall propose a work plan for the removal of designated substances, in accordance with all applicable legislation, for review and discussion with the Consultant and Sub-Contractors prior to work in this area proceeding. Where there is a requirement to dispose or store PCBs or other hazardous wastes, the Contractor shall propose a safe handling plan for review and approval by the Consultant prior to the work in this area proceeding. Permits will have to be secured by the Contractor, as necessary. Prior to starting work, the Contractor shall register the project as a hazardous waste site and document the waste generated providing documentation describing the proposed activities with the Ministry of the Environment and Energy (MOEE). The Contractor shall provide evidence of competency with regards to the Environmental Protection Act, Bill 309. The Contractor shall ensure and provide evidence that all hazardous waste removed from the site is sent to a licensed waste disposal site by a licensed carrier and advise the Consultant when necessary testing is to be carried out. The Contractor shall retain copies of all hazardous waste manifests on file. The Contractor shall establish and provide evidence of having established approved PCB storage facilities to accommodate waste generated from on-site activities. Provide evidence that registration procedures are being followed. The Contractor shall ensure that appropriate handling of all waste materials occur. The Contractor shall perform regular inspections of the work and note the location and description of designated substances on site and communicate the information to all Sub-Contractors/workers. The Contractor shall inspect the project daily to monitor compliance with Designated Substances Regulations. The Contractor shall provide access to the Consultant for review of all inspection reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 Protective Clothing, Equipment and Devices Comply with requirements of Section 21 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. The Contractor shall provide six safety helmets at the site for visitors. All visitors must wear safety helmets and approved safety boots and other equipment as required. 2.2 2.2.1 Fall Protection Comply with requirements of Section 26 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Section 85 - Ont. Reg. 516/92. 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 Housekeeping Comply with requirements of Section 35-39 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Sections 52-58 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. The Contractor shall implement a daily job site clean up program for all trades to maintain the Work site in a tidy and safe condition. .1 Keep work areas, stairways, walkways, clean of obstruction, scrap materials, lumber, rags and other debris. .2 Pile or stack materials in a orderly manner; wedge or block materials to prevent rolling. Provide fire extinguishing equipment in sufficient numbers. Have equipment inspected regularly and recharge when necessary. 2.3.3 2.4 2.4.1 Ventilation and Respiratory Protection Comply with requirements of Section 46 to 47 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Section 127 to 128 -Ont. Reg. 516/92. 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 Signs Comply with requirements of Section 44 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. The Contractor shall post signs in prominent locations and in sufficient numbers to warn workers of a hazard on a project. The Contractor shall post the Corporation's Safety Awareness Bulletin as supplied by the Consultant The Contractor shall post signage restricting access to authorized personnel only. Ensure that site access is strictly controlled. 2.5.3 2.5.4 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01545 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY Page 01545-4 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 Confined Space Comply with requirements of Section 60 to 63 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Section 67 to 71 - Ont. Reg. 516/92. The Contractor shall ensure, if the Work involves entering a confined space, procedures as laid out in Sections of Ont. Reg. 213/91 are followed. Proof of competency shall be provided upon request by the Consultant. 2.7 2.7.1 2.7.2 Public Way Protection Comply with requirements of Section 64 to 66 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. The Contractor shall ensure that every measure foreseeable is taken to protect the general public. Where necessary, provide covered ways for public passage. 2.8 2.8.1 Access / Egress Comply with requirements of Section 70 to 72 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. 2.9 2.9.1 Ladders Comply with requirements of Section 78 to 84 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Section 18, 19 and 73 - Ont. Reg. 516/92. 2.10 2.10.1 2.10.2 2.10.3 Scaffolding and Work Platforms Comply with requirements of Section 125 to 142 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. Design and construct scaffolding in accordance with CSA S269.2. The Contractor shall ensure that all scaffolding over 15 m (49’-0”) or 10 m (32’-8”), if shell and tube, is designed and inspected by a Professional Engineer. 2.11 2.11.1 Elevating Work Platforms Comply with requirements of Section 143 to 149 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Sections 51 to 54 Ont. Reg. 516/92. 2.12 2.12.1 2.12.2 Electrical/Mechanical Hazards and Lockout Comply with requirements of Section 45 and 181 to 195 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Sections 40 to 44 - Ont. Reg. 516/92. Comply with requirements of Sections 48, 60 and 188 - Ont. Reg. 213/91 and Sections 46, 72, 78 to 82 - Ont. Reg. 516/92. 2.13 2.13.1 2.13.2 Roofing Comply with requirements of Section 207 to 211 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. The Contractor shall follow the Safety Guidelines for Roofers issued by the Construction Safety Association of Ontario. 2.14 2.14.1 Demolition Comply with requirements of Section 212 to 221 Ont. Reg. 213/91, Section 72 - Ont. Reg. 516/92 and CSA S350-M80 – Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Excavations and Trenches 3.1.1 Comply with requirements of Section 222 to 242 - Ont. Reg. 213/91. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall coordinate and monitor the Work of all trades involved in trenching related work on the project. 3.1.3 If an excavation affects the stability of adjacent structures, the Contractor shall obtain the services of a Professional Engineer at his own cost who will specify in writing precautions to be taken to protect the structure affected. This record shall be maintained on site and strictly adhered to during the work. 3.1.4 Prefabricated, hydraulic or engineered support systems shall be designed by a Professional Engineer and a record shall be maintained on site which includes the capability of each device. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 SECTION 01545 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY Page 01545-5 Exits and Occupied Floor Areas Maintain all exits and accesses to exits serving portions of the building scheduled to be in use by the Owner in the event of sequential occupancy, including corridors and doorways, free of impediments and obstructions. Where an exit or access to exit is unavoidably blocked provide an acceptable alternate exit and/or access route, clearly defined and protected so that it is separated from the construction area by a smoke and dust tight partition equivalent to a 45 minute fire separation. Proposed alternate exits shall be to the satisfaction of authorities having jurisdiction. Modifications to Fire Alarm System Where/as work involves or necessitates modifications, connection and/or ongoing installation work to the fire alarm system, carefully phase and schedule such work, under the direction and coordination of a technical representative of the manufacturer of the fire alarm equipment, to minimize number and duration of temporary shutdown required. Whenever a shutdown occurs which may leave all or a portion of the premises without fire alarm protection, notify the Owner and municipal fire department in advance of the time and estimated duration of such shutdown, so that the Owner may institute alternate protective measures acceptable to the fire department. END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01546 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01546-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1. Fire Safety Plan 1.1 All Contractors and their personnel shall be familiar with this section and its requirements. 2. Fire Department Briefing 2.1 The General Contractor shall coordinate arrangements for the trade Contractors to be briefed on Fire Safety at their prework conference by the Fire Chief before any work is commenced. 3. Reporting Fires 3.1 Know the location of nearest fire alarm box and telephone, including the emergency phone number. 3.2 Report immediately all fire incidents to the Fire Department as follows: .1 .2 activate nearest fire alarm box, or telephone. 3.3 Person activating fire alarm box shall remain at the box to direct Fire Department to scene of fire. 3.4 When reporting a fire by telephone, give location of fire, name or number of building and be prepared to verify the location. 4. Interior and Exterior Fire Protection and Alarm Systems 4.1 Fire protection and alarm systems shall not be: .1 obstructed, .2 shut off, or .3 left inactive at the end of a working day or shift without notification and authorization from the Fire Chief or his representative. 4.2 Fire hydrants, standpipes and hose systems shall not be used for other than fire fighting purposes unless authorized by the Fire Chief. 5. Fire Extinguishers 5.1 The Contractor shall supply fire extinguishers, as scaled by the Fire Chief, necessary to protect, in an emergency, the work in progress and the Contractor’s physical plant on site. 6. Blockage of Roadways 6.1 The Fire Chief shall be advised of any work that would impede fire apparatus response. This includes violation of minimum overhead clearance, as prescribed by the Fire Chief, erecting of barricades and digging of trenches. 7. Smoking Precautions 7.1 Although smoking is not permitted in hazardous areas, care must still be exercised in the use of smoking materials in Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01546 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01546-2 non-restricted areas. 7.2 Smoking is not permitted within the existing building. 8. Rubbish and Waste Materials 8.1 Rubbish and waste materials are to be kept to a minimum. 8.2 The burning of rubbish is prohibited. 8.3 All rubbish shall be removed from the work site at the end of the work day or shift or as directed. 8.4 Extreme care is required where it is necessary to store oily waste in work areas to ensure maximum possible cleanliness and safety. 8.5 Greasy or oily rags or materials subject to spontaneous combustion shall be deposited and kept in an approved receptacle and removed as required. 9. Flammable Liquids 9.1 The handling, storage and use of flammable liquids are to be governed by the current National Fire Code of Canada. 9.2 Flammable liquids such as gasoline, kerosene and naptha may be kept for ready use in quantities not exceeding 45 litres provided they are stored in approved safety cans bearing the Underwriter’s Laboratory of Canada or Factory Mutual seal of approval. Storage of quantities of flammable liquids exceeding 45 litres for work purposes, requires the permission of the Fire Chief. 9.3 Transfer of flammable liquids is prohibited within buildings or on jetties. 9.4 Transfer of flammable liquids shall not be carried out in the vicinity of open flames or any type of heat-producing devices. 9.5 Flammable liquids having a flash point below 38oC such as naptha or gasoline shall not be used as solvents or cleaning agents. 9.6 Flammable waste liquids for disposal, shall be stored in approved containers located in a safe ventilated area. Quantities are to be kept to a minimum and the Fire Department is to be notified when disposal is required. 10. Hazardous Substances 10.1 If the work entails the use of any toxic or hazardous materials, chemicals and/or explosives, or otherwise creates a hazard to life, safety or health, work shall be in accordance with the National Fire Code of Canada. 10.2 The Fire Chief is to be advised, and a ‘Hot Work’ permit issued in all cases involving welding, burning or the use of blow torches and salamanders, in buildings or facilities. Special precautions are necessary to safeguard life and property from damage by fire or explosives. 10.3 Wherever work is being carried out in dangerous or hazardous areas involving the use of heat, fire watchers, equipped with sufficient fire extinguishers shall be provided. The determination of dangerous or hazardous areas along with the level of precaution necessary for Fire Watch shall be at the discretion of the Fire Chief. Contractors are responsible for Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01546 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 01546-3 providing fire watch service for their work on a scale established and in conjunction with the Fire Chief at the pre-work conference. 10.4 Where flammable liquids, such as lacquers or urethanes are to be used, proper ventilation shall be assured and all sources of ignition are to be eliminated. The Fire Chief is to be informed prior to and at the cessation of such work. 11. Questions and/or Clarifications 11.1 Any questions or clarification on Fire Safety in addition to the above requirements shall be directed to and cleared through the Fire Chief. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01600 PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 01600-1 1. General 1.1 Obtain specified construction materials and equipment from suppliers in the same locality as the project as much as possible. 1.2 Do not substitute materials, equipment or methods different from that shown on Drawings and specified, without written approval of Consultant. Make application for approval of substitution to Consultant. 1.3 Use only materials, components and equipment which are in production. If so requested provide a precise model and shop drawings for viewing by Consultant. 1.4 Manufacture, pack, ship, deliver and store materials and equipment so that no damage occurs to structural and functional qualities and finished appearances. 1.5 Ensure that materials, while transported, stored, or installed, are not exposed to an environment which would increase their moisture content beyond the maximum specified, or in a manner detrimental to their function or appearance, or both. 2. Transportation and Handling of Materials 2.1 Schedule early deliveries of materials to enable work to be executed without delay. Before delivery, arrange for receiving at site. 2.2 Deliver packaged materials and equipment and store until use, with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. 2.3 Label packaged goods to describe contents, quantities, and other information as specified. 3. Storage and Protection of Materials 3.1 Store materials on site or in storage sheds with secure protection against all harmful environmental conditions. Prevent damage, adulterations, staining, and soiling of materials while stored. 3.2 Store manufactured materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 Store steel, lumber, masonry units, precast concrete work, and similar materials on platforms raised clear of ground. 3.4 Store finished materials and woodwork under cover at all times. 3.5 All damaged materials will be rejected for use and thereupon shall be immediately removed from site. 3.6 Note: DO NOT store any material on roofing which will cause damage to membrane. This applies to lumber, steel, wood cases, pipes, conduits, insulation, concrete block or any other materials. 4. Anchoring Devices 4.1 In addition to requirements for fastening devices specified in the technical Sections of the Specifications, include for all fastenings, inserts, anchors, and accessories required for execution of work, and be entirely responsible for their installation. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01600 PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 01600-2 4.2 Unless specified otherwise in the technical sections of the Specifications, use metal fastenings of same material as the metal component they are anchoring, of metal which will not set up electrolytic action which could cause damage to fastenings or components under moist conditions. In general, use non-corrosive or hot-dipped galvanized steel as exterior anchors for windows, roofing, sheet metal, and anchors occurring on or in an exterior wall or slab or interior wet areas such as showers, janitors, garbage rooms, kitchens, or similar spaces where moisture will be present. 4.3 If exposed fastenings and accessories are allowed by the Documents in finished areas, use fastenings and accessories of same texture, colour and finish as base metal on which they occur. Keep such exposed fastenings and accessories to a minimum, spaced and laid out evenly and neatly and cut off to make them as inconspicuous as possible, but still provide necessary securement. 4.4 Install anchoring devices in such a manner as to provide positive, permanent anchorage of unit to be anchored in position. Space anchors within limits of their capacities. Select all anchoring devices to have a safety factor of four (4) against failure for their design load. 4.5 Install fastenings of permanent type. Do not install wood plugs. 4.6 Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is made are not permitted. 4.7 The use of explosive powder tools will not be permitted under any circumstances unless equipped with a device which positively prevents free flight of the stud. 5. Workmanship and Qualifications of Workers 5.1 Use competent experienced workers, thoroughly skilled in the trade in which they are performing work. 5.2 Strictly follow manufacturer's written instructions, directions and specifications when performing the work. If instructions are not available, obtain directions from the manufacturer in writing before proceeding. The proceeding of work without this direction is the Contractor's responsibility. It is the Contractor's responsibility to conform to Code requirements in the event that manufacturer's instructions and directions conflict with the Ontario Building Code. 5.3 Be responsible for obtaining up-to-date changes in manufacturer's application procedures. 6. Workmanship 6.1 Notify the Consultant in writing if these Specifications and/or Drawings conflict in any way with manufacturer's instructions. The Consultant will then rule which specifications shall be followed. If applicable, a copy of those instructions shall be made available at job site. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS Page 01630-1 1. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere Generally, but not limited to the following: 1.1 Section Submittals 1.2 Section 01340, Shop drawings. 1.3 Section 01600, Products and Workmanship 2. Product Options (including substitutions) General: The specifications reflect a base bid template, wherein it is recognized that (other) materials and /or products exist which may comply with project requirements in addition to the technical requirements of the design as reflected in the construction documents. The Contractor has options. Products referenced in the specifications do not relieve the contractor of the responsibility to prove compliance of those products. The products and/or materials reflected in the construction documents represent probable representations at the time of preparing construction documents. Contractor's Options : 1. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting project specification standards and requirements, by any manufacturer. 2. In order to establish standards of quality, the Consultant has in the Specifications, referred to certain products by name and catalogue number. Where the drawings have shown specific detailing, dimensions, ratings, characteristics and other performance criteria the details are based on one specific manufacturer and not combinations of more than one. 3. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturer's, select the product and manufacturer deemed to be most suitable for the requirements of the project 4. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating the phrase "or alternate approved by Consultant" after specified product, Contractor must submit request for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 5. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer the contractor may propose product options subject to the conditions described herein. 6. For products not specifically named, compliance with the construction documents is implied. Substitution(s) for ‘Cause” and/or ‘Convenience’: The Contractor (and all sub-contractors) must demonstrate, by way of their submissions, that any/all products and/or substitutions are made as substitutions for ‘cause’ in support of the project and the intent of the contract documents. Substitutions deemed as substitutions for ‘convenience’ will not be considered and allowed. The distinction made regarding substitution for ‘cause’ or ‘convenience’ identified for substitution or options is intended to allow the contractor to access the marketplace for legitimate options and it is intended to discourage frivolous, inadequately researched or untimely substitutions. 2.1 During bidding, the Consultant will consider written requests from prime bidders for product options , received at least seven (7) working days prior to bid closing date; requests received after that time will not be considered nor will requests without complete documentation be considered. 2.2 All considerations/requests for product options and /or, for substitution be it during bidding or at construction stage shall include complete data substantiating compliance with the Contract Documents. The onus and responsibility resides with the contractor to demonstrate product option compliance. For Cause: Demonstrate rational/reason for substitution and/or Product Option proposed. Submit in writing. For products: 2.2.1 2.2.2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS Page 01630-2 .1 .2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7 Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. Manufacturer's literature: .1 Product description, .2 Performance test data. .3 Reference standards. .3 Samples. .4 Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation, where possible For construction methods: .1 Detailed description of proposed method. .2 Drawings illustrating methods. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. For Construction Schedule: Support documentation vis a vis any impact on project schedule. For Cost Consideration (s): Indicate whether Product Option or a proposed substitution is cost saving, cost neutral or a cost increase. Submit cost back-up. Provide additional information as requested by consultant. Relation to (any) separate contracts. 2.3 In making request for substitution and/or Product Options, the Contractor represents: .1 Substitution for ‘Cause’ .2 Contractor has thoroughly investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .4 Contractor will provide the substitution with the same guarantee as that for product or method specified. .5 Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. .6 Requests for substitutions during construction shall state what cost difference if any, will be made in the Contract Price for each substitution, should it be accepted. 2.4 Substitutions and/or Product Options will not be considered if: .1 Substitution for ‘Cause’ is not demonstrated, whereupon the consultant will reject the proposed substitution .2 They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without formal request. .3 Acceptance will require revision to Contract Documents. 2.5 Costs associated with Substitutions and/or Product Options considered and accepted by the Consultant and /or owner that require revisions to the construction documents and/or additional co-ordination will be charged to the Contractor and deducted by way of a change order and payment made directly to the Consultant. END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01900 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE Page 01900-1 1. 1.1 Description of Work This Section includes parameters for the general design and performance for the work of Sections which comprise, or interface, with the building envelope for walls, floor and roof systems including but not limited to concrete, wood cladding, masonry cladding, soffits, aluminum and vinyl windows, entrances and roofing. 2. 2.1 2.1.1 Design General Design and engineer, as required in the individual specifications Sections, fabricate, erect, and/or install building envelope in compliance with the 2012 Ontario Building Code, and other regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Take into account construction tolerance limitations, creepage, deflection and other movements of the structure. Accommodate, by means of expansion and contraction provisions, any movement in the building envelope assemblies themselves and between the assemblies and the building structure. Allow for expansion and contraction of components caused by ambient temperature range, surface temperature variation of components, wind, seismic forces, structural deflection and racking; without causing misalignment of joints, breakage of joints and air/vapour barriers, water and air penetration through the assembly, glass breakage, or other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Method of attachment to the structure shall take into account site peculiarities so that site and air vibrations or normal temperature movements of the building do not loosen, weaken and/or fracture the connection between building envelope assembly components and the structure or between the components themselves. Reinforce building envelope assembly components, as required, so that the members can safely sustain design loads. Assemble and secure assemblies in manner which will keep stresses on sealants within the sealant manufacturer's recommended maximum performance levels. 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 Rain Screen Principle: Except where detailed otherwise construct building envelope assemblies based on the "Rain Screen" principle as advocated by the National Research Council of Canada. All voids between the assembly components as well as those between components and the structure shall have gaskets, baffles, overlaps, seals and compartmentalization as required to provide a barrier "Rain Screen" to effectively prevent excessive rain water entry into any of the building envelope cavities but to allow pressure equalization of cavity air spaces. Air barriers and seals are required to prevent entry of interior building air into building envelope cavities, and exterior air into the building. Air barriers and seals shall be able to withstand wind design pressures. Such provisions in the form of openings between cavities and the building exterior of sufficient cross sections to provide adequate pressure equalization. All openings shall be effectively baffled against direct rain water entry. Thermal separators, isolators and seals placed to eliminate contact between interior humid air and a cold surface or structural component to prevent condensation and ice build-up on such surfaces during cold weather. 2.3 2.3.1 Water, Vapour and Moisture Comply with the design and performance requirements specified in the building code, and as specified herein, including the following principles: .1 Drain to the exterior face of the assembly, any water entering at joints and any condensation occurring within the building envelope assembly. .2 Design, fabricate and install the assembly to be watertight to the interior under the interior and exterior design conditions in combination with movements occurring due to loads imposed. .3 At design conditions no water penetration to the building interior side of the assembly shall occur. 2.3.2 The requirements for an air barrier and a vapour barrier are intended to be provided at the same plane in the building envelope design unless otherwise indicated or specified. In such cases, the Drawings and Specifications refer to "air / vapour barrier" or such terms as “transition membrane”. The definition of the air/vapour barrier for the purpose of these Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 01900 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE Page 01900-2 Specifications is "a continuous membrane including joints of membrane between components and to adjacent construction which prevents or retards penetration of moisture laden air and the diffusion of water vapour through it". .1 The maximum water vapour transmission of all components forming the vapour barrier shall be (1.72 ng/Pa x s x m2) (0.3 Imperial Perms) unless specified otherwise. .2 At design conditions no condensation shall occur on room side surfaces. 2.4 Sound: Provide completed installations free from vibrations, wind whistles and noise due to thermal and structural movement and wind pressure. 2.5 Seismic: Fabricate and erect cladding assemblies to prevent damage due to earthquake forces as required by The Ontario Building Code. 2.6 Insulation: Ensure and provide continuity and integrity of insulation horizontally and vertically (i.e sectionally) across all assemblies. Discuss interference issues prior to proceeding with the work. 3. 3.1 3.1.3 Quality Control General Materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection at any time. Co-operate in permitting access for inspection to all places where work is being done or stock is being stored. Refer to Section 01400, Quality Control and related Sections. Testing is specified in the technical sections of specifications. All costs for inspection and testing are by the General Contractor. Pay for inspections and re-testing to verify acceptability of corrected work. Allow sufficient time for testing, evaluation, alterations and re-testing as required so as not to interrupt the Progress Schedule for the Project. The Consultant may require testing of connections and special prefabricated inserts, as part of the work of this Section. 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 4. 4.1 4.2 Thermography, Air Leakage Test: On completion of the building envelope installation, thermographic testing and air leakage testing may be done to evaluate the continuity of the installations and to establish possible problem areas such as air leakage or heat loss, which would require further investigation of such potentially defective areas. If, as the result of testing and investigation, it is determined that the building envelope does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, take responsibility for and pay cost of necessary remedial action to correct such defects, including work of other Subcontractors affected by the remedial work, and including cost of re-testing to verify acceptability of corrected work. Sealants Sealants used for the various building envelope assemblies shall be selected from those specified in the respective assembly Section, and shall be co-ordinated with the sealant being provided under other building envelope Sections. Preferably, one (1) sealant by the same manufacturer shall be used throughout. If different sealants are selected, from those specified, it is the responsibility of the respective Section to ensure compatibility between selected sealant, substrates, and sealants of other Sections which come in contact with the selected sealant. END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02000 SITE WORK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 02000-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Setting Out Be responsible for vertical and horizontal control by setting centre lines, batter boards and grade pickets from reference points and bench marks provided by Consultant. 1.3 1.3.1 Minor Location Changes Consultant at his discretion may direct or approve minor changes requested by Contractor in route or location of new utilities or structures during construction. However, any such change in location shall not be considered as a basis for a claim for extra compensation regardless of reason for changing location. 1.4 1.4.1 Dust and Dirt Control Control dust on the construction site and access roads. 1.5 1.5.1 Maintenance of Traffic Maintain traffic on public roadways at all times. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Page 02220-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 References OPSS 1010-93 1.2 1.2.1 Quality Assurance Carry out the work of this Section in strict accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Trench Excavators Protection Act (Section 4.2.5 of the Ontario Building Code) and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Shoring and trench timbering, in addition to requirements of local authorities shall be carried out in accordance with requirements of The Occupational Health and Safety Act, specified herein for Construction Projects, and other applicable regulations of Ontario Ministry of Labour. In addition, follow recommendations of Construction Safety Association brochure "Shoring and Timbering in Trenches", 1981, wherever applicable. 1.3.2 Material Specification for Aggregates - Granular A, B, M and Select Subgrade Material 1.3 1.3.1 Inspection and Testing Refer to the requirements of Section 02260, Soil Compaction and Division One for types and frequency of testing required. 1.4 Not Used 1.5 1.5.1 Definitions Rock excavation: excavation of material from solid masses of igneous, sedimentary or metamorphic rock which, prior to its removal, was integral with its parent mass, and boulders or rock fragments having individual volume in excess of 35 cu. ft. (1.0 m3). Common excavation: excavation of materials of whatever nature, which are not included under definition of rock excavation including dense tills, hardpan, frozen materials and partially cemented materials which can be ripped and excavated with heavy construction equipment. Topsoil: material capable of supporting good vegetative growth and suitable for use in top dressing, landscaping and seeding. 1.5.2 1.5.3 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.7 1.7.1 1.7.2 1.7.3 1.7.4 Protection - General Provide all necessary barriers and other protection to open excavations and maintain lighting for safe pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Support abutting property and structure to maintain work safe to life, limb and property. Comply strictly with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects and all other applicable safety regulations in force. Protect existing buildings and surface features which may be affected by work from damage while work is in progress and repair damage resulting from work. Protection of Existing Utilities and Structures Size, depth and location of existing utilities and structures as indicated on drawings are for guidance only. Completeness and accuracy are not guaranteed. Prior to commencing work of this Section, notify applicable Owner or authorities, establish the location and extent of all underground utility lines occurring in the work area to prevent damage or disturbance during execution of the Work. Maintain and protect from damage water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone and other utilities and structures encountered. Confirm locations of buried utilities by careful test excavations. Maintain, re-route or extend as required and approved, existing utility lines which pass through the work area and which must remain. Obtain direction from Consultant before moving or otherwise disturbing utilities or structures. Record accurate location of abandoned and active utility lines re-routed or extended. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Page 02220-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Granular ‘A’ Fill Class ‘A’ Granular Fill: screened, crushed aggregate conforming to the following Ontario Provincial Standard Specification OPSS 1010, March 1993, for Granular ‘A’ Aggregate and the following gradation requirements: MTO Sieve Designation Percentage Passing by Weight 26.5 mm 16.0 mm 13.2 mm 9.5 mm 4.75 mm 1.18 mm 300 um 75 um ** 2.2 2.2.1 100 85 – 100 65 – 90 50 – 73 35 – 55 15 – 40 5 – 22 2 – 8 ** where the aggregate is obtained from a quarry or slag source Granular ‘B’ Fill Granular ‘B’ Fill: free of clay, shale and composed of clean, hard, durable uncoated particles from deposits of gravel or sand, talus rock or quarried rock, 4” (100 mm) minus, to Ontario Provincial Standard Specification OPSS 1010, March 1993, for Granular ‘B’ aggregate or pit run on crushed gravel acceptable to the inspection agency and the following gradation requirements: MTO Sieve Designation Percentage Passing by Weight 150 mm 26.5 mm 19.0 mm 16.0 mm 4.75 mm 1.18 mm 300 um 75 um * 2.3 2.3.1 1.06” 0.75” 0.53” 0.375” No. 4 No. 16 No. 50 No. 200 6.00” 1.06” 0.75” 0.625” No. 4 No. 16 No. 50 No. 200 100 50 – 100 n/a 48 – 100 20 – 100 10 – 100 2 – 65 0–8 (0 – 10) * where the aggregate is obtained from a quarry Granular ‘B’ Type II Granular ‘B’ Type II fill; OPSS granular B type II shall be free of clay, shale and composed of clean, hard, durable uncoated particles from quarried rock, and the following gradation requirements: MTO Sieve Designation 150 mm 26.5 mm 4.75 mm 1.18 mm 300 um 75 um Percentage Passing by Weight 100 50 - 100 20 - 55 10 - 40 5 - 22 0 -10 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Page 02220-3 If the material does not meet above requirements a new source shall be found or material shall be crushed and screened to suit. 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 Bedding Fill in Trenches Earth Trenches to 600 mm (2') Above Mechanical Pipe Work: Clean, natural, unwashed gravel or sand, ranging in size from medium gravel to medium sand, 100% passing 25 mm (1") sieve and 95% to 100% retained on 250 um (No. 60 sieve). Earth Trenches - 100 mm (4") Envelope Surrounding Electrical Raceways and Wiring: Fine aggregate (sand) for concrete, graded, CSA-A23.1/A23.2. Top Portion of Earth Trenches Specified Above, Concrete Trenches and Other Mechanical and Electrical Work in Areas Not to be Paved and Not to Receive Floor Slabs: Earth fill as specified in Paragraph 2. Top Portion of Earth Trenches Specified Above, Concrete Trenches and Other Mechanical and Electrical Work Under Paved Areas and Areas to Receive Floor Slabs: Granular fill as specified in Paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3. Earth Fill Earth fill for use for rough grading shall be clean excavated earth or clay fill materials free of, waste materials, debris of any nature, frozen material, organic matter, muskeg, topsoil, or cohesive matter and rocks larger than 100 mm (4") in diameter. If sufficient quantity of material is not available from excavation, use imported fill having same, or better, characteristics Provide minimum 12” (300 mm) depth under all sodded and landscaped areas. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.5 3.5.1 Site Preparation Before beginning excavation locate and mark all active buried utilities and services and protect from damage. Take all necessary precautions to protect the existing building form damage. Remove obstructions, snow and ice, from surfaces to be excavated within limited prescribed. Cut pavement or sidewalk neatly along limits of proposed excavation in order that surface may break evenly and cleanly. Clear and remove obstructions to excavating. Remove trees and stumps not required to be retained, as indicated on Drawings. Establish accurate lines and levels as required and supply batter boards, line stakes and templates and establish permanent reference lines and bench marks required. Stockpiling Strip area of Site to be excavated or graded free of sod and topsoil and stockpile separately on Site. Stockpile topsoil and fill materials in areas designated by Owner. Stockpile granular materials in manner to prevent segregation. Dispose of surplus sod and topsoil, if any, on site in areas designated by Owner.. Cofferdams, Shoring, Bracing and Underpinning Construct temporary works to depths, heights, and locations as required by regulations and as required to protect workmen and the public. During backfill operations: .1 Remove sheeting and shoring from excavations unless otherwise indicated or as directed by Consultant. .2 Do not remove bracing until backfilling has reached respective levels of such bracing. .3 Pull sheeting in increments that will ensure compacted backfill is maintained at an elevation at least 2’-0” (600 mm) above toe of sheeting Water on Site Keep excavations free of water by bailing, pumping or a system of drainage as required and provide pumps, suction and discharge lines or well points of sufficient capacity and maintain until such time as permanent drainage system is installed. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6 3.6.7 3.6.8 3.6.9 3.6.10 3.6.11 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3 3.8 3.8.1 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Page 02220-4 Take necessary measures to prevent flow of water into excavation. Control the grading in and adjacent to the excavation to prevent water running into the excavated areas and to prevent damage due to surface run-off. Keep excavations free of water while work is in progress. Dispose of water in manner not detrimental to public and private property, or any portion of work completed or under construction. Excavation Excavation shall include all strata except rock excavation including frozen materials which can be ripped and excavated with heavy construction equipment. The Contractor shall lay out the building lines and establish and mark all floor levels. Excavations shall be to extent, and elevations indicated on drawings. Excavation shall be to size and depth to accommodate proper construction operation and inspection. Establish accurate lines and levels as required and supply batter boards, line stakes and templates and establish permanent reference lines and bench marks required. Provide sufficient space to permit removal of formwork, application of dampproofing and/or waterproofing as scheduled. Remove concrete, masonry, paving walks and rubble and other obstructions encountered during excavation. The Contractor shall make certain that all sides of excavated area are cut on a stable slope; otherwise sides must be shored and braced to maintain stability and safety. The design and installation of all shoring and bracing shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Any findings by the Contractor of unstable soil at indicated building elevations must be reported to the Consultant immediately. Protect the bottom and sides of excavations and trenches from freezing and from exposure to wet weather to prevent cave-ins and softening of bed upon which concrete or drains rest. Keep surfaces against which concrete or fill is placed free of frost. Thaw out frozen surfaces beneath concrete slabs, paving or structure requiring firm foundation to unfrozen depth. Remove thawed softened material to firm base and fill void with well compacted clean dry fill of quality as herein specified Keep bottoms of excavations clean and clear of loose materials, leveled and stepped at changes of levels with exception of excavations made for drainage purposes and those to slope as required. Excavations must not interfere with normal 45 degree splay of bearing from bottom of any footing. Excavate areas under concrete slabs on grade and where permanent roads and walks will occur to depth required and sufficient to expose firm undisturbed subsoil, free from loose, soft or organic matter. Remove soft, wet or unconsolidated soils, muskeg and organic material encountered in excavations and fill void and any wells, slumps, cesspools or similar pits with well compacted clean dry fill of quality as herein specified. Where these conditions occur under or near footings obtain direction from Consultant before proceeding. After completion of excavation and prior to placing any concrete on bearing strata or placing of fill, notify Consultant to inspect exposed bearing surfaces. Do not proceed without authorization. Trench Excavation Excavate for mechanical and electrical lines under supervision and in coordination with trade requiring such excavation. Respective mechanical and electrical subtrades shall be responsible for bedding of their line(s) and backfilling to a point 12” (300 mm) above line(s). Above the above point backfill trench with Granular ‘B’ fill placed in 6” (150 mm) layers and compacted prior to placing subsequent layer. Compaction shall be as specified for other fill in areas. Backfilling General: .1 For backfilling, use granular material herein specified, free from waste, organic matter and other objectionable foreign matter. Do not use any kind of frozen material. Clay is not to be used under any circumstances as backfilling material. All fill materials shall be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to the commencement of any backfilling operations .2 Backfill and fill to new surface grades as shown on drawings, leaving proper allowance for landscaping material. Refer to Section concerned. Place backfill in uniform layers of maximum 12” (300 mm) and compact as per Section 02260, Soil Compaction. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .3 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Page 02220-5 Samples of proposed fill materials shall be submitted to the designated testing agency for analysis and approval prior to commencing any backfilling. 3.8.2 Backfilling Foundations: .1 Around foundation walls promptly backfill excavations as work permits, but not before walls, piers and other structural elements have attained adequate strength and not before less than seven (7) days. Exterior wall backfilling and interior backfilling must proceed concurrently to maintain the same elevations so as not to overstress or displace the walls. .2 Backfill to indicated levels on interior and to within 12” (300 mm) of finished grade, or as required to suit site grading on exteriors with Granular ‘B’ fill placed in maximum 12” (300 mm) layers, compacting each layer prior to placing subsequent layers. .3 Do not backfill around or over cast-in-place concrete within 24 hours after placing. .4 Place backfill carefully to prevent damage to foundations, dampproofing, waterproofing and insulation. 3.8.3 Slabs-on-Grade: .1 Refer to Structural Drawings and Specifications. 3.9.4 Driveways, Parking Areas, Walks and Curbs: .1 Refer to Civil Drawings and Specifications. 3.10 3.10.1 Compaction Compaction shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of Section 02260, Soil Compaction. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02226 TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING Page 02226-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Scheduling of Work Schedule finish grading and placing of topsoil so as to minimize surface erosion and leaching out of soil supplements before sodding and seeding are completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.2 2.2.1 Materials Imported topsoil: friable, neither heavy clay nor of very light sandy nature containing minimum of 4% organic matter for clay loams and 2% for sandy loams to maximum of 20% by volume. Free from subsoil, roots, grass, weeks, toxic materials, stones, foreign objects and with an acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5. Topsoil containing crabgrass, couchgrass or noxious weeds is not acceptable. Fertilizer: Complete commercial synthetic slow release fertilizer with maximum 35% water-soluble nitrogen, formulation as per soil analysis recommendation. Lime: .1 Ground agricultural limestone containing minimum 85% of total carbonates. .2 Gradation requirements: percentage passing by weight, 90% passing 1 mm (0.040”) sieve, 50% passing 0.1 mm (0.005”) sieve. .3 Use lime as indicated by acidity analysis of topsoil to bring pH to required level. .4 Bonemeal: raw bonemeal, finely ground with a minimum analysis of 3% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid. .5 Sulphur: finely crushed agricultural elemental sulphur, free of impurities. .6 Peatmoss: Decomposed plant material, fairly elastic and homogeneous, free of decomposed colloidal residue, wood, sulphur, and iron; containing minimum 60% organic matter by weight and moisture content not exceeding 15%. Shredded particles may not exceed 1/4” (6 mm) in size. Minimum pH value peat 4.5 maximum 6.0. Soil Mixtures for Planting Planting soil: for trees, shrubs, planting beds and planters: mix imported topsoil with 25% peatmoss. Incorporate bonemeal into mixture at a rate of 1-3/4 lbs. (1 kg) of bonemeal per cu. yd. (m3) of soil mixture. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 Preparation Grade subgrade, eliminating uneven areas and low spots, ensuring positive drainage. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones in excess of 2” (50 mm) diameter and other deleterious materials. Remove subsoil that has been contaminated with oil, gasoline or calcium chloride. Dispose of removed materials. Cultivate entire area which is to receive topsoil to depth of 4” (100 mm). Repeat cultivation in those areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading has compacted subgrade. Spreading of Topsoil Spread topsoil with adequate moisture in uniform layers during dry weather over approved, dry, unfrozen subgrade, where seeding, sodding, planting is indicated. Keep topsoil 1-1/2” (40 mm) below finished grade for sodded areas; elsewhere bring topsoil up to finished grade. Apply topsoil to the following minimum depths: 4” (100mm) for sodded and seeded areas 16” (400 mm) for shrub beds and planting beds. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, construction materials, debris and foreign non-organic objects from topsoil. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02226 TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING Page 02226-2 3.2.4 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 Manually spread topsoil around trees and plants. Application of Fertilizer Apply fertilizer at least one week after lime application and at least six (6) days before sodding. Spread fertilizer with mechanical spreaders over entire area of topsoil at rate determined on basis of soil sample test. Mix fertilizer thoroughly into upper 2” (50 mm) of topsoil. 3.4 3.4.1 Finish Grading Fine grade mechanically or manually entire topsoiled area to contours and elevations as indicated. Eliminate rough spots and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Fine grade and loosen topsoil prior to sodding. Eliminate rough spots and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Prepare loose friable sod bed by means of discing and subsequent raking. Roll lightly and rake wherever topsoil is too loose. Roll topsoil with 100 lb. (45 kg) roller, minimum 24” (600 mm) wide, to compact and retain surface. Leave surface smooth, uniform, firm against deep foot printing, with a fine loose texture. 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 Part 1 1.1 .1 .2 .3 .4 1.2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 1.3 .1 Part 2 2.1 .1 Part 3 3.1 .1 .2 .3 3.2 .1 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 .2 .3 .1 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 .1 .2 SECTION 02231 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Page 02231-1 General RELATED SECTIONS Division One, General Requirements is part of this section and shall apply as if repeated here. Section 02220 - Excavation and Backfilling. Section 02225 – Selective Site Demolition Section 02315 - Rock Removal. DEFINITIONS Clearing consists of cutting off trees and brush vegetative growth to not more than a specified height above ground and disposing of felled trees, previously uprooted trees and stumps, and surface debris. Close-cut clearing consists of cutting off standing trees, brush, scrub, roots, stumps and embedded logs, removing at, or close to, existing grade and disposing of fallen timber and surface debris. Clearing isolated trees consists of cutting off to not more than specified height above ground of designated trees, and disposing of felled trees and debris. Underbrush clearing consists of removal from treed areas of undergrowth, deadwood, [and trees smaller than 50 mm trunk diameter] and disposing of all fallen timber and surface debris. Grubbing consists of excavation and disposal of stumps, roots and boulders and rock fragments of specified size to not less than a specified depth below existing ground surface. STORAGE AND PROTECTION Prevent damage to fencing. Trees, landscaping, natural features, bench marks, existing buildings, existing pavement, utility lines, root systems of trees which are to remain. .1 Repair any damaged items to approval of Consultant. .2 Replace any trees designated to remain, if damaged, as directed by Consultant. Products MATERIALS Stockpile existing topsoil from the site in an area designated by the Owner for reuse on the site. Existing topsoil shall be clear of stumps, roots, branches, leaves and boulders larger than 100mm diameter. Execution PREPARATION Inspect site and verify items designated to remain with Consultant. Locate and protect utility lines. Preserve in operating condition active utilities traversing site. Notify utility authorities and public works department at the City of Greater Sudbury before starting clearing and grubbing. CLEARING Clear, as indicated by Consultant, by cutting at a height of not more than 300 mm above ground. In areas to be subsequently grubbed, height of stumps left from clearing operations to be not more than 1000 mm above ground surface. Cut off branches overhanging area cleared as directed by Consultant. Cut off unsound branches on trees designated to remain as directed by Consultant. CLOSE CUT CLEARING Close cut clearing to ground level. Cut off branches overhanging area cleared as directed by Consultant. Cut off unsound branches on trees designated to remain as directed by Consultant. ISOLATED TREES Cut down isolated trees as indicated by Consultant at height of not more than 300 mm above ground surface. Grub out isolated tree stumps. UNDERBRUSH CLEARING Clear underbrush from areas as indicated at ground level. GRUBBING Grub out stumps and roots to not less than 400 mm below ground surface. Grub out visible rock fragments and boulders, greater than 100 mm in greatest dimension, but less than 0.25 m3. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.7 .1 3.8 .2 .3 .1 SECTION 02231 CLEARING AND GRUBBING REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL Remove cleared and grubbed materials off site. Chip and stockpile cleared and grubbed vegetative material on site as directed by Consultant. Remove diseased trees identified by Consultant and dispose of this material off site. FINISHED SURFACE Leave ground surface in condition suitable for stripping of topsoil to approval of Consultant. END OF SECTION Page 02231-2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02395 SODDING AND SEEDING Page 02395-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 Delivery and Storage Schedule deliveries in order to keep storage at job site to minimum without causing delays. Deliver, unload and store sod on pallets. Deliver sod to site within twenty four (24) hours of being lifted and lay sod within thirty six (36) hours of being lifted. Do not deliver small, irregular or broken pieces of sod. During wet weather allow sod to dry sufficiently to prevent tearing during lifting and handling. During dry weather protect sod from drying and water sod as necessary to ensure its vitality and prevent dropping of soil in handling. Dry sod will be rejected. 1.3 1.3.1 Scheduling Coordinate work with that of Section 02265, Topsoil and Finish Grading, to avoid excessive time between finished grading and topsoil and the sodding of any given area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 Hydro Seeding Mixture Seed mix: .1 Mini Mow from OSC Seeds .2 Fox Sedge Supplied by OSC Seeds Waterloo, Ontario or other supplier approved by the Consultant. Seeding Rate: as noted. 2.2 2.1.1 Nursery Sod Number One Kentucky Bluegrass / Fescue Sod: sod grown from minimum 40% Kentucky Bluegrass, 30% Creeping Red Fescue. Quality and source to comply with standards outlined in “Guide Specification for Nursery Stock”, Section 17, 1978 Edition, published by Canadian Nursery Trades Association. 2.3 2.2.1 Water Potable, free of impurities that would inhibit germination, minimum 890 gal./acre for slurry. 2.4 2.3.1 Fertilizer Shall be complete synthetic slow release fertilizer with maximum 35% water-soluble nitrogen as per topsoil report. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 Workmanship Keep site well drained. Clean up immediately soil or debris spilled onto pavement and dispose of deleterious materials. 3.2 Seed Application Cultivate areas to be seeded to a depth of 1” (25 mm). Fine grade free of humps and hollows and free of deleterious and refuse material. Obtain Consultant’s approval of topsoil grade and depth before starting seeding. 3.2.1 3.2.2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.2.7 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.7 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 SECTION 02395 SODDING AND SEEDING Page 02395-2 Do not seed areas with standing surface water. Seed area during early spring or, after 15th of September, to within 4 weeks of freeze-up when enough natural moisture is available to ensure germination and growth. Measure all quantities of material by mass or mass-calibrated volume measurement, to satisfaction of Consultant. Seed to cover all areas as directed. The soil should be tightly worked to ensure seed comes in full and complete contact with soil. Maintenance of Seeded Areas Keep soil moist during germination period and adequately water grassed areas. Apply water in sufficient quantities to ensure moisture penetration of 2” (50 mm). Control sprinkling to prevent wash-outs. Apply water in sufficient quantities to ensure moisture penetration of 2” (50 mm). Control sprinkling to prevent wash-outs. Maintain grassed areas free of pests and disease. Areas will be accepted by the Consultant provided that: .1 Seeded areas are properly established, .2 Turf is free of eroded, bare or dead spots, .3 No surface soil is visible, .4 Seeded areas are cut, .5 Washouts and eroded areas have been made good by new topsoil, fertilizing, cultivation and reseeding Areas seeded in fall will be accepted in following spring one (1) month after start of growing season provided acceptance conditions are fulfilled. Laying of Sod Obtain approval of topsoil grade and depth before starting sodding. Lay sod during growing season. Sodding during dry summer period, at freezing temperatures or over frozen soil is not acceptable. Lay sod in rows, perpendicular to slope, smooth and even with adjoining areas, and with joints staggered. Butt sections closely without overlapping or leaving gaps between sections. Cut out irregular or thin sections with a sharp knife. Provide close contact between sod and soil by means of light roller. Heavy rolling to correct irregularities in grade is not permitted. Water immediately after sod laying to obtain moisture penetration through sod into top 4” (100 mm) of topsoil. Provide adequate protection of sodded areas against erosion and mechanical damage. Remove protection after lawn areas have been accepted. 3.5 3.5.1 Laying of Sod on Slopes Greater than 3:1 Lay sod sections at right angles to slopes and secure with wooden pegs. Place pegs three (3) per sq. yd., 4” (100 mm) below top edge to prevent shifting of sod and drive pegs flush with top of sod soil. 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 Maintenance of Sod Ensure maintenance equipment suitable to Consultant. Water sodded areas in sufficient quantities and at required frequency to maintain sub-soil immediately under sod continuously moist for depth of 3” (75 mm) to 4” (100 mm). Cut grass first time to 1-1/2” (40 mm) when it reaches height of 2-1/4” (60 mm). Remove clippings which will smother grassed areas. Fertilize sodded areas one month after sodding with 2:1:1 ratio fertilizer. Spread evenly at rate of 1 lb. (50 g) of nitrogen 3.6.3 3.6.4 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02395 SODDING AND SEEDING Page 02395-3 / 100 sq. yd. (10 sq. m) and water in well. Postpone fertilizing until next spring if application falls within four week period prior to expected end of growth season in locality. 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 Acceptance Sodded areas will be accepted at final inspection provided that: .1 Sodded areas are properly established. .2 Sod is free of bare and dead spots and without weeds. .3 No surface soil is visible when grass has been cut to height of 1-1/2” (40 mm). .4 Sodded areas are cut and have been cut minimum two (2) times. Lawns sodded in fall will be accepted in following spring one (1) month after start of growing season provided acceptance conditions are fulfilled. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 Page 02585-1 SECTION 02585 PRECAST INTERLOCKING PAVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.1.2 Work scope includes: .1 Installation of precast concrete pavers at the exterior doors to all 32 suites. Each patio to be 8’-0” x 8’-0”. 1.1.4 Reference: Refer to Structural and Civil drawings and specifications 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 Referenced Standards ASTM C67-89a ASTM C144-89 ASTM C33-90 CAN/CSA-A23.1-M90 CAN/CSA-A82.2-M78 OPSS 1.3 1.2.1 1.3.2 Submittals as per Division 1 Samples: When requested by Consultant, submit samples in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Job Conditions Do not lay concrete pavers or slab steps over frozen materials or on improperly prepared base. At end of each work period, protect unrestrained edges with plywood or similar material. Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar Specification for Concrete Aggregate Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 Materials General: Concrete materials shall be in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1. Precast Interlocking Pavers: .1 Shall be Hollandstone, as manufactured by Unilock .2 Dry cast concrete interlocking paving brick, with compressive strength of 55 MPa (8000 psi), and 5% maximum water absorption. Conform to CAN3-A82.2-M for freeze thaw resistance .3 Dimensions & Colour : Sierra Granular Sub-Base : Modified Granular ’ B’ conforming to OPSS Form 1010 and OPSS 314 Granular Base: Granular ‘A’ conforming to OPSS Form 1010 and OPSS 314 Levelling Course: 4” (or, as described specifically elsewhere in the specifications), clean sharp, well graded crusher dust, free of organics and deleterious soluble salts and similar materials graded and compacted into place. Jointing Sand: Imported sand conforming to ASTM Specification C144 - gradation for 1/8” (3mm) joints - free of organics and soluble salts or contaminants likely to cause efflorescence, and in compliance with the following grading limits: Sieve Size Percent Passing Natural Sand Manufactured Sand Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 4.75 mm 2.36 1.18 600 mm 300 150 75 2.1.7 SECTION 02585 PRECAST INTERLOCKING PAVERS No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 100 95 - 100 70 - 100 40 - 75 10 - 35 2 - 15 0 Page 02585-2 100 95 - 100 70 - 100 40 - 75 20 - 40 10 - 25 0 - 10 Geotextile Fabric: Bentofix thermal lock geosynthetic clay liner as manufacture by terrafix geosynthetics inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Examination 3.1.1 Subgrade to be unfrozen, and free of ice and snow. 3.1.2 Ensure that the prepared subgrade is protected from damage from surface water and other trades. 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.2.7 3.2.8 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 On Grade Application Excavate and re-grade as required to achieve the levels shown. Conform to general requirements. Proof roll and compact exposed earth subgrade to 100% Standard Proctor maximum dry density. Correct any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling by loosening the material at such locations and adding or replacing material and re-compacting until the surface is smooth and uniform. Dig out any soft spots which develop during or after compaction operations and replace at no increase in Contract Price. Sub-Base : Place compacted layer of granular sub-base over compacted earth sub-grade. Spread in maximum compacted lifts of 4”. Compact each lift to 95% Modified Proctor density. Base: Place compacted layer of granular base over compacted sub-base. Spread in maximum compacted lifts of 4” Compact each lift to 95% Modified Proctor density. Sufficiently grade the upper surface of the granular base and compact to prevent infiltration of the bedding sand into the granular base and both during construction and throughout its service life. Bind segregated areas of the granular base by the application of crushed fines which have been watered and compacted into the surface. Setting Bed : Place fine setting bed over filter fabric to a depth higher than specified to allow for compaction after pavers have been installed. Depth of sand after paver/slab compaction shall be maximum 1-1/2” (38 mm). Note: do not compact slabs – follow manufacturers instructions. Geotextile Fabric: install at slab steps. Installation of Pavers and Slabs General: Install as per manufacturers recommendations and as per Section – 02220 Excavation and Backfill Do not install pavers/slabs with excessive chips, cracks, voids, discolorations or other defects. Install paving units/slabs simultaneously to ensure colour mix uniformity.(i.e continue and extend existing parking lot colour) If necessary, cut pavers/slabs with a concrete saw. All cut edges shall be true, even, straight, and undamaged. Place pavers/slabs as close together as possible, so that joints do not exceed 1/8” (3 mm). Compaction of pavers (not slabs) shall be accomplished with three (3) or more passes with a vibratory plate compactor; the first pass shall be made with the surface of the laid pavers brushed clean and joints open; the remaining passes with the vibrator shall be accompanied with simultaneous brushing of fine masonry sand into the joints and sprinkling with water to compact. Fill all voids in the joints by sweeping in dry, jointing sand. Finish to lines and levels to ensure positive drainage. In no case shall the cross-fall of any portion of the pavement be Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02585 PRECAST INTERLOCKING PAVERS Page 02585-3 less than two percent (2%). The pavement surface shall not deviate by more than 1/4” (6 mm) in 6’-0” (1800 mm) from a straight edge laid in any direction. END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES Page 02821-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 1.1.2 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. The work of this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to the execution and completion of all chain link fencing and gates for the amphitheatre seating bowl perimeter, guard fencing at building ramp and segmented retaining wall. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 Reference Standards CAN/CGSB-138.1-96 CAN/CGSB-138.2-96 CAN/CGSB-138.3-96 CAN/CSA-G164-92 ASTM A90-81 1.2.6 Ontario Building Code,2012 1.3 1.3.1 Scope of Work This section shall supply and install all items, articles, operations or methods listed, mentioned or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein, including all labour, materials, equipment, gate hardware,anchors,accesories and incidentals necessary and required for the completion of all fencing and gates on this project. 1.4 1.4.1 Job Conditions and Co-ordination Co-ordinate installation of fencing with other trades including concrete trades. 1.5 1.5.1 Submittals In accordance with Section 01340, SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS, furnish the following: 1. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Chain link fencing, gates and all accessories. 2. Manufacturer's Certificates: Zinc-coating complies with complies with specifications. Shop Drawings for connection details , gates/doors. Sample of fence. 1.5.2 1.5.3 Fence, Chain Link - Fabric Fence, Framework, Zinc Coated Steel. Fence, Chain Link - Installation Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles Standard Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.5 Materials Steel Posts, Rails and Bracing: Standard butt welded Schedule 40 pipe hot dipped galvanized to CAN/CGSB-138.2 and as follows: .1 Terminal posts: 4-1/2” (115 mm) diameter, .2 Intermediate posts: 2-3/8” (60 mm) diameter, .3 Top rails: 1-11/16” (45 mm) diameter, .4 Intermediate rails: 1-11/16” (45 mm) diameter, .5 Post heights shall be 5’-0” (1,500 mm) . .6 Post height shall be as described on drawings and as required to suit site conditions where fence and /or gate intersect. Bottom Tension Wire: Premium grade galvanized wire, No. 6 gauge (5.0mm) diameter, 80,000 psi (552 MPa) tensile strength. Chain Link Fabric: To CAN/CGSB – 138.1, Type1, Class A, heavy style, galvanized.Heights as indicated. Miscellaneous Items: Stretching bars, clamps, connectors, miscellaneous fittings, bolts, tie wires, etc., shall be hot dip galvanized steel. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES Page 02821-2 Concrete Piers: minimum 8” (200 mm) diameter extending 7’-0” (2200mm) below finish grade and be double wrapped with 10mil poly and be in accordance with the requirements of structural drawings and specifications. Gate hardware: standard gate hardware (full 180degree swing). .1 Manufacturer's standard products, installed complete. The type of hinges shall allow gates to swing through 180 degrees, from closed to open position. Hang and secure gates in such a manner that, when locked, they cannot be lifted off hinges. 2 Provide stops and keepers for all double gates. Latches shall have a plunger-bar arranged to engage the center stop. Arrange latches for locking. Center stops shall consist of a device arranged to be set in concrete and to engage a plunger bar. Keepers shall consist of a mechanical device for securing the free end of the gate when in full open position. .3 Padlocks for gates shall be supplied by the owner. Padlocks shall have chains that are securely attached to the gate Finishes Galvanizing .1 For chain link fabric: to CAN/CGSB-138.1 Grade 2. .2 For pipe: minimum Z600 to ASTM A90. .3 For other fittings: to CAN/CSA G164. Zinc Paint: "Galvafroid" as manufactured by W.R. Meadows. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Preparation and Coordination Remove debris and correct ground undulations along fence line to obtain smooth uniform gradient between posts. Provide clearance between bottom of fence and ground surface neither less than 1-1/2” (38 mm) nor more than 2” (50 mm). 3.2 3.2.1 Erection of Fence and Gates Erect fence along lines indicated. All posts shall be mounted in 10” (250 mm) diameter concrete piers extending 7’-0” below finished grade and finished flush to existing grade. Fence to be 7’-0” in height from finished grade. Provide accessory sections, etc. as required to suit. Set sleeves plumb and 13 mm (1/2 inch) above the finished structure. Fill space solidly between sleeve and post with non-shrinking grout and finish to divert water running down the post away from the post base. Install horizontal brace between end posts and nearest line post, placed at mid-height of post. Install braces on both sides of corner posts in similar manner. Install top rail between posts and fasten securely to terminal posts and secure waterproof caps. Install bottom tension wire, stretch tightly and fasten securely to end, corner, and straining posts with turnbuckles and tension bar bands. Lay out fence fabric. Stretch tightly to tension recommended by manufacturer and fasten to end, corner, gate and straining posts with tension bar secured to post with tension bar bands spaced at 12” (300 mm) intervals. Knuckled selvedge at bottom. Twisted selvedge at top. Secure fabric to top rails, line posts and bottom tension wire with tie wires at 1’-6” (450 mm) intervals. Give tie wires minimum two twists. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.3 3.3.1 Touch-Up Repair damaged galvanized surfaces. Clean damaged surfaces with wire brush removing loose and cracked coatings. Apply two (2) coats of approved zinc pigmented paint to damaged areas. 3.4 3.4.1 Cleaning Clean and trim areas disturbed by operations. Dispose of surplus excavated material and replace damaged materials Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 END OF SECTION SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES Page 02821-3 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 04200-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 Related Work – Not Used 1.3 1.3.2 Referenced Standards CAN/CSA-A23.1-09/A23.2-09 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 1.3.6 CAN/CSA-A82-06 CAN3-S304.1-04 (R2010) CAN/CSA-A370-04 CAN/CSA-A371-04(R2009) 1.3.7 1.3.8 1.3.9 1.3.11 CAN/CSA-A165 SERIES-04(R2009) CAN/CSA A179-04 (R2009) ASTM C207-10 ASTM E 514/E514M-09) 1.4 1.4.10 1.4.2 Standard of Work and Tolerances Conform to CAN3-S304 "Masonry Design for Buildings". Lay masonry to CAN3-A371-2004 Install masonry connectors and reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of CAN3-A370-94 "Connectors for Masonry". 1.5 1.5.1 Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, of all the work of this Section, including large-scale detail of members and materials, of connection and jointing details, and of anchorage devices, dimensions, gauges, thicknesses, description of materials, metal finishing, manufacturer’s literature as well as all other pertinent data and information, for Consultant's review before fabrication. Shop drawings of all load bearing and or force bearing, and/or force-resulting components shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. 1.5.2 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 1.6.5 1.6.6 1.6.7 1.7 Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction / Test Methods and Standard Practices for Concrete. Fired Masonry Brick Made from Clay or Shale Design of Masonry Structures Connectors for Masonry Masonry Construction for Buildings CSA Standards on Concrete Masonry Units Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry Quality Assurance Conform to requirements of CAN3-S304-M or CSA S304.1 design requirements and for construction requirements to CSA A370, CSA A371 except where more stringent requirements are noted and/or indicated on Drawings and / or specified herein. Provide for compartments in long cavity walls and at corners to achieve appropriate pressure equalization and drainage in cavity wall design. Provide temporary bracing for masonry work during erection to prevent damage due to winds or other lateral loads until permanent structure provides adequate bracing. Conform to CSA A371-2004 for temporary wind bracing for masonry during construction. Before delivery of materials, submit to Consultant for review, affidavits of an independent inspection laboratory, verifying that masonry and mortar materials proposed conform to these Specifications. Submit manufacturer’s certificate, signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the Province of Ontario and verifying that masonry connectors and reinforcement supplied to the project conforms to the requirements of CSA A370-2004, part 4 of the Ontario Building Code. Submit results of material testing in accordance with 3.9 – Field Quality Control. Conform to CAN/CSA-A82.1-M, for type and grade specified and ensure bricks pass ASTM C67, No Dry Freeze Thaw Test. Before delivery of brick, submit to Consultant affidavits of an independent inspection laboratory, verifying that brick and mortar proposed conforms to these Specifications. Similarly submit results of mortar tests. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 04200-2 1.7.3 Supplement Clause 5.16 of CAN3-A371-94 as follows: .1 Ensure that materials are delivered to job site in dry condition. .2 Keep materials dry until use. .3 Store under waterproof cover on pallets or plank platforms held off ground by means of plank or timber skids. 1.8 1.8.1 1.8.2 Exposed Masonry “Exposed” means unpainted, painted and special finish coat masonry units that are exposed to view in the completed work. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units. 1.9 1.9.4 Cold Weather and Protection Requirements Conform to CAN3-A371. In particular take notice of clause 5.16.1.2 "Protection When Work is Not in Progress". 1.10 1.10.1 Mock-up Construct one (1) - 6’-6” (2000 mm) x 6’-6” (2000 mm) complete sample masonry wall of each pattern, showing all components including coursing, bonding, jointing, unit cutting, insulation, reinforcing and interior finish for approval of Consultant. Verify location of mock-up with Consultant before constructing it. Remove rejected walls and reconstruct until approval is given, before commencing work on project. Arrange with other trades for the provision of their samples for mock-up purposes. Retain each approved sample wall for duration of project, and protect from damage. Remove on project completion. Only masonry which matches approved sample in all respects will be acceptable on project. Masonry installed on the building facade may be accepted as a sample. 1.10.2 1.10.3 1.10.4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.3 2.3.1 Materials - Accessories Water: Verify that water used contains no salts to cause efflorescence. Cavity Wall / Thru Wall Flashing: shall be modified bitumen membrane reinforced with glass scrim, “Blueskin TWF” as manufactured by Bakor Inc. Air / Vapour Barriers: in accordance with the requirements of Section 07195, Membrane Air / Vapour Barrier. Weep Hole Vents: purpose-made of either plastic or non-ferrous metal, designed to drain cavities to exterior equal to ‘Cellvent” by Blok Lok, 3/8” thick a 3 3/8” wide x 3 ½” tall. Locate at base and top of all exterior masonry walls and at all lintels over doors and windows located in exterior walls at maximum horizontal spacing of 800mm o/c. Bolts and Anchors: in accordance with the requirements of specification Section 05121, Structural Steel. Reinforcing Steel Bars: in accordance with the requirements of specification Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. Mortar Dropping Control: Provide mortar dropping control ‘Mortar Mitt’ by Blok Lok, 1” thick x 10” high thick x continuous for the length of the exterior wall, HDPE / nylon strands woven into a 90% open mesh. Stone Masonry Units Stone cladding shall be Dionne Stone, chiselled textured masonry units conforming to CAN/CSA-A165. As manufactured and distributed by Dionne Concrete Products, 332407 Hwy 11 North, Earlton, ON, P0J 1E0, 1-705-5632291. Stone cladding shall come in two sizes (A - 8” Large Stone) and (B - 4” Small Stone). Use 30% of A and 70% of B. All face brick shall be manufactured from one continuous run to ensure minimum colour and texture variations. Provide special sizes and shapes required including but not limited to, plain ends, halves, jambs, sash, lintel, bullnose, and other shapes. Special shapes shall be manufactured to shape, not cut. Stone Masonry Cap Stone masonry caps shall be Super Sill 424 Full Radius as manufactured by Shouldice Designer Stone or equivalent approved by consultant. Cap to be installed on exterior columns at the main entrance. Provide all necessary clips and fasteners to install the product. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.4.5 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 04200-3 Wood Stud Brick / Masonry Ties All face brick shall be secured to wind bearing steel stud framing assemblies with a pre-engineered anchoring system for brick veneers with steel stud back-up systems. The system shall be designed to be secured to the steel studs through the exterior grade sheathing and span the depth of the insulation and the airspace – 150mm minimum. The system shall consist of an anchor plate, minimum 16 gauge thick sheet metal, hot dipped galvanized finish conforming to CAN/CSA A370, ASTM A153 and ASTM A123 with a minimum 401 g/m2/side zinc coating, hot dipped galvanized steel reinforcing wire conforming to CAN/CSA A 370, ASTM A153 and ASTM A123 with a minimum 458 g/m2 zinc coating, and stainless steel sheet metal screws, #10, minimum two (2) per plate. Brick tie shall have a leg long enough to reach from the face of the exterior grade sheathing to the inside face of the brick veneer – approximately 3”(75mm) Install at 16” (405 mm) centres horizontally and 16” (405 mm) centres horizontally. Acceptable material: BL-407 as manufactured by Dur-O-Wall Limited or equivalent as approved by the Consultant. Install at 400mm o/c vertically and horizontally maximum. 2.5 2.5.1 Mortar and Grout Natural Mortar .1 Generally: Use materials only as specified in CSA A179 and ASTM C207. Ensure that water and aggregate used in mortar, other than in walls buried in earth, will not cause efflorescence. .2 Aggregate: shall conform to CSA A82.56-M76. .3 Mixes: Mix mortars as specified in CSA A179 using the Proportion Specification. .4 Typically: Mortar shall be natural except where coloured mortar is scheduled in selected locations. 2.5.2 Mortar Types .1 Mortar Type "S" based on Proportion specifications. Colour to be selected. Mortar Mixes .1 Grout: Conforming to CSA A179, coarse grout 1:3:2 cement : sand : peastone by volume with 8” (200 mm) slump. .2 Parging Mortar: Type “N” conforming to CSA A179 Table 3. 2.5.3 2.6 2.6.1 Steel Lintels In accordance with the requirements of the structural drawings and specifications. 2.7 2.7.1 Sealants Sealants for vertical control joints in interior and exterior walls and partitions shall be installed by Section 07900, Sealants. Keep joints free of mortar. 2.7.2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.3 Laying Masonry 3.3.2 General .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 Install masonry in accordance with the requirements of CAN3-A371-2004, Masonry Construction for Buildings. Make joints concave tooled of uniform size. Fill solidly with mortar in both bed and vertical joints, and including block webs. Do not butter corners of units or allow mortar scrapings in joints, slush joints, furrow bed joints excessively or shift and tap units after mortar has initially set. Typically, lay masonry using running bond unless indicated otherwise. Install brick masonry in accordance with brick patterns identified on drawings. For hollow masonry units, cover end areas and bearing areas of face cells fully with mortar. When work is resumed on walls previously laid, and which are either partially or totally set, remove loose mortar and mortar from top and adjoining surfaces. Remove mortar completely when masonry is removed and replaced with new. Form tooled concave joints wherever exposed to view, whether behind cabinets, fitments and wall Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 3.3.2 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 04200-4 accessories or not. When mortar has become "thumb-print hard" form joints by a tool having a long bearing surface to avoid uneven depressions. Close all cracks and crevices. Where thin set tile is to be installed on masonry, build masonry to within 1/8” (3 mm) in 10’-0” (3000 mm) (non-accumulative). Cut off joints flush where thin set tile will be applied, and where treatment is not otherwise specified. Trowel point joints in unparged masonry in contact with earth. Concave tool joints where rooms occur on opposite side of earth. Rake out joints at junction of interior and exterior walls with columns at interior with exterior walls, at intersections of walls and partitions where joint reinforcement is installed. These joints will be caulked by Section 07900. No mortar shall protrude from joints on wall surfaces to which air/vapour barrier and insulation will be applied. Lay face work from face side. Lay masonry level, true to line, square, plumb, and as detailed. Lay brick in such a way that vertical joints in alternate brick courses line up from the top storey to the lowest. Wet masonry units in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Wet faces of work in place before laying new work. Units shall not have water adhering to their surfaces when laid, but shall be wet only to ensure that complete hydration takes place during hot drying weather, and when unit absorption rates are greater than CAN 3-A82.2 requirements, so that the rate of absorption does not exceed this amount when laid. Distribute masonry units of varying colours and textures to avoid spotty appearance over wall surfaces exposed to view. Do not use units which contrast too greatly with overall range. Stop off horizontal runs of walls by racking back a half-unit in each horizontal course. Do not tooth. Use chipped and blemished units only where concealed. Do not use defective or broken units. Do not lay concrete units that will appear smooth or slick where exposed to view, whether painted or not. Where a steel anchor is set in block or brick cell, fill the anchor cell with cement grout. Provide metal lath under the particular masonry unit to contain mortar fill. Brace walls and piers continuously during construction until structure provides support. Do not brace walls with shims. Extend walls to construction above, except where otherwise noted on drawings. Cut and fit as necessary. In cavity walls, keep all cavity spaces free of mortar and debris by placing a wood strip on the ties. Retain strip on a wire line and pull up level and clean off droppings prior to placing next course of ties. For parging exterior foundation walls: apply one coat of bonding agent over wall followed by two (2) coats of parging. Ensure parging thicknes is not less than 3/8” Trowel to a smooth dense finish extending from the footing to finished floor or as shown on the drawings. Bevel parging to form a sash at the top and thickend at the bottom to form a cov over the junction between the wall and the footing. Damp cure parging for at least 48 hours before installation of damproofing and backfilling. Protect against freezing and damage until fully cured. Lintels and Bond Beams .2 Build in steel lintels supplied to this Section. Set and level lintels on a bed of mortar. Note the following: .2 When exterior steel lintels are supported by the building frame, instead of the adjacent brick, locate expansion joints so the brick above the opening (supported by the building frame) is separated from the brick adjacent to the opening (supported by the building foundation). .3 Unless noted otherwise as steel, for all openings in masonry walls, provide concrete block unit lintels of at least 12 MPa compressive strength. The unit lintel shall be filled with 20 MPa concrete and shall bear a minimum of 8” (200 mm) each end. Each unit shall be reinforced with one (1) 20M rebar unless noted otherwise on structural drawings. .4 Use rebar positioners to position vertical reinforcing bars in walls. .5 Provide knock-out blocks where horizontal reinforcing bars occur in walls. .6 Provide low web lintel blocks with knock-out blocks where both horizontal and vertical reinforcing bars occur in walls. .7 Where reinforced walls are required to be constructed to the underside of structure that is already in place provide open-ended blocks at tops of walls to fit around vertical reinforcing bars. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .8 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.4 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.2.9 3.5 3.5.9 3.5.10 3.5.11 3.5.12 3.5.13 3.5.14 3.4 3.4.15 3.4.16 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 04200-5 Refer to Structural Drawings for location and detail of engineered masonry walls and partitions. Hollow Metal Frame Installation and Other Built-In Work .3 Verify with those performing work specified in other Sections that air vapour barrier, through-wall and dampproof flashings, waterstops, sheet metal air/vapour barrier flashings, accessories, access panels, frame anchors, guards, sills, and such items specified in other Sections are available for building in before work commences. .2 Co-operate in the setting and aligning of built-in work and provide for later installation of items which are included in the work of other Sections to avoid cutting, fitting, and patching. .3 Build masonry around metal frames. Ensure that anchors are well secured and that frames are true and plumb. Completely fill frames with mortar. Maintain protective frame covering and ensure that no mortar is left on frame face. Rod Reinforcing and Grout: At walls where rod reinforcing is required ensure that the vertical rods are accurately located and conform to locations indicated on structural details. Grout fill block voids around rod reinforcing. Cope, cut, and split concrete masonry units with power-driven abrasive discs. Cut units wherever electrical outlets, grilles, ducts, conduits or pipes occur. Allow 1/8” (3 mm) clearance around items which are incorporated in or pass through walls. Make cuts straight, clean, and free from uneven edges. Lay hollow concrete masonry units so that effective shells rest and align one over the other. Build chases, do not cut them. Masonry Anchorage and Support Anchor masonry construction to ensure its stability and to withstand loads imposed by intended use and by natural elements. Embed bolts and anchors solidly in mortar or grout to develop maximum resistance to design forces. Direct fasten masonry anchors to structural steel beams and columns. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, anchors shall be spaced at the maximum vertical and horizontal spacing specified in CSA A370-94. Provide lateral supports for masonry walls and partitions as shown on Drawings, specified and required by Jurisdictional Authorities, perpendicular to wall faces and either horizontally or vertically to wall panel edges. Where lateral support at the top of a wall is required anchors or clip angles shall be installed at a spacing not exceeding ten (10) times the nominal wall thickness in accordance with CSA A370-94, unless otherwise specified. Where lateral support at the side of a wall is required anchors clip angles shall be installed at a spacing not exceeding four (4) times the wall thickness, unless otherwise noted. Where masonry is attached to structural studs secure in accordance with anchor manufacturer's instructions. Provide joint reinforcing every second course at columns which have masonry fireproofing to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction. Masonry partitions should not be built tight to underside of Structural elements. Cavity Wall Flashing Install cavity wall flashing continuously in exterior masonry walls; turn up at least 8” (200 mm) on the face of back up masonry. Co-ordinate installation to suit application of air/vapour barriers by others. In cavity construction, ensure that flashings have a positive slope toward the outside in order that any water that penetrates the exterior wythe and drains to the bottom, will be directed back outside through the weep holes. Install cavity wall flashings at any horizontal interruption of the air space behind the veneer such as: .4 Top of foundation walls. .5 Over shelf angles in exterior walls. Flashing above windows and doors that is discontinuous shall be turned up at ends to form a dam. Overlap ends of flashing 6” (150 mm). Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Shrinkage and Expansion Control Joints Incorporate vertical shrinkage control joints in walls constructed of concrete masonry units. Provide control joints at junctions of walls and columns, at intersections of unit concrete masonry load-bearing walls, and wherever shown on Drawings, and typically, at a maximum spacing of 20’-0” (6000 mm) o.c. unless noted or detailed otherwise. Carry joints full height of walls. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.4.17 3.4.18 3.4.19 3.5 3.5.20 3.5.21 3.5.22 3.6 3.6.23 3.6.24 3.6.25 3.6.26 3.6.27 3.6.28 3.6.29 3.6.30 3.7 3.7.31 3.7.32 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 04200-6 Provide horizontal expansion control joints between shelf angles and brick for exterior walls. Make expansion allowance below angles for caulking and backup rod as specified in Section 07900, Sealants. Provide complete vertical separation through walls incorporating control joints. Make control joints 3/8” (10 mm) wide, rake back 3/4” (19 mm) at junctures with concrete, and leave joints free and clear for caulking, as specified in Section 07900, Sealants. Use sash block units at each side of control joint. Leave a depth of 3/8” (10 mm) for caulking as specified in Section 07900, Sealants. Joint Reinforcement Place reinforcement in horizontal masonry joints at 16” (400 mm) o.c., and at 8” (200 mm) o.c. in areas 30” (750 mm) above and below openings. Where changes in wall thickness occur, extend reinforcement 18” (450 mm) beyond at each side. Do not run joint reinforcement through control joints. Install lapped corner sections in reinforced joints at corner and lapped tee sections at reinforced joints where partitions intersect other partitions or walls unless lateral support is being provided. Rake vertical joint at intersections for caulking as specified in Section 07900, Sealants. Pointing and Cleaning Point all holes in mortar joints except weep holes, and in concrete masonry unit faces. Cut out defective mortar joints and repoint. Wash down and brush brick walls to remove mortar and stains. Do not use muriatic acid for cleaning of concrete block. Clean concrete masonry units with brushes and as otherwise recommended by the supplier to remove mortar and stains. Do not use wire brushes for cleaning. Should specified cleaning methods be insufficient, proceed with other methods only with approval of Consultant. Protect adjacent materials and work from damage while cleaning. Fire Separations Walls which provide required fire separations shall be constructed of masonry units which are approved by the Ontario Building Code and Jurisdictional Authorities for material thickness, and rating. Unless otherwise approved by Jurisdictional Authorities, in no case shall unplastered fire separation walls of solid construction be reduced in any part to a thickness less than the listed actual dimensions for the separation ratings indicated. 3.8 3.8.33 Air Leakage Control Make the interior surfaces of exterior walls airtight, although concealed behind, panelling or suspended ceilings or work of other trades. Ensure that backup masonry walls are well laid with full mortar joints. 3.9 3.9.34 Field Quality Control Field control testing is required for all loadbearing and brick masonry. At least three (3) mortar cubes are to be tested for each 5,400 sq. ft. (500 m2) of wall, or portion thereof, for each storey. At least two (2) cylinder tests shall be made for each 700 cu. ft. (20 m3) of grout or less. An inspection and testing company will be appointed by the Owner to conduct strength tests of mortar and grout in accordance with CSA-A179 and CAN3-S304 The costs for inspection and testing for this section will be paid by the Owner. Contractor shall coordinate inspection and testing as required. 3.9.2 3.9.3 3.9.4 3.10 3.10.1 3.10.2 3.10.3 Special Conditions Provide bullnose block at all window, sills, jambs and exposed corners. Salvage and reuse 6 rib split concrete block as per item 2.6.5 of this section. Provide brick detailing as indicated on the drawings. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 04200 MASONRY * * * END OF SECTION Page 04200-7 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 04700 MANUFACTURED MASONRY Page 04700-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Summary Section Includes: Manufactured stone veneer [Manufactured brick veneer and application materials. 1.3 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.6 1.3.9 Referenced Standards CAN/CSA-A23.1-94, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction CAN3-S304-M84 (R1994), Masonry Design for Buildings CAN3-A165 Series-94, CSA Standards on Concrete Masonry Units ASTM E 514-90 (R96), Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry American Concrete Institute (ACI). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM C 39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ASTM C 67, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile. ASTM C 177, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. 1.3.10 1.3.11 1.3.12 1.3.13 1.3.14 1.4 1.4.3 1.4.2 Standard of Work and Tolerances Conform to CAN3-S304 "Masonry Design for Buildings". Lay masonry to CAN3-A371-94. Install masonry connectors and reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of CAN3-A370-94 "Connectors for Masonry". 1.5 1.5.1 Submittals Reference Section 01300Submittals; submit following items: .1 Product Data: Manufactured masonry and application materials including the manufacturer’s printed installation instructions, mortar color charts, and weather resistant barrier, scratch coat / adhesive coat product literature, paper backed metal lath, fasteners product literature. .2 Samples: Panel containing full-size samples of specified manufactured masonry showing full range of colors and textures complete with specified mortar, samples of the fasteners and the paper backed metal lath .3 Actual size of masonry sample approximately 12 by 12 inches (300 by 300 mm). .4 Maintenance Instructions. .5 Warranties. 1.6 1.6.1 Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications: Company with documented experience in installation of manufactured masonry including minimum 5 projects within 400 mile radius of this Project. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling Supplement Clause 5.16 of CAN3-A371-94 as follows: .1 Ensure that materials are delivered to job site in dry condition. .2 Keep materials dry until use. .3 Store under waterproof cover on pallets or plank platforms held off ground by means of plank or timber skids. .4 Store moisture-sensitive materials in weather protected enclosures. Follow manufacturer’s instructions. 1.7 1.7.1 1.7.2 1.8 1.8.1 1.8.2 Exposed Masonry “Exposed” means unpainted, painted and special finish coat masonry units that are exposed to view in the completed work. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units. 1.9 Cold Weather and Protection Requirements Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 04700 MANUFACTURED MASONRY Page 04700-2 1.9.4 Conform to CAN3-A371. In particular take notice of clause 5.16.1.2 "Protection When Work is Not in Progress". 1.10 Field Samples-Not Used 1.11 1.11.1 Project/SITE Conditions Environmental Requirements: Maintain materials and ambient temperature in area of installation at minimum 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) prior to, during, and for 48 hours following installation. 1.12 1.12.1 Warranty Special Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard lifetime of maintenance free performance. 1.13 1.13.1 Maintenance Extra Materials: Furnish extra manufactured stone material in a variety of shapes and sizes in quantity equal to five (5%) percent of the installed stone. 1 2.1 Products Stone veneer shall be Fusion Stone, Great Lakes Series as manufactured by Shouldice Designer Stone. 2.2 Manufacturer’s Distributor: Sauve Lumber – Castle, 3957 Hwy 101 W,Timmins, ON. P4N8E8, Phone: 705-268-2800. Feldman Timber Co., 681 Algonquin Blvd East, Timmins, ON, P4N 7E5, Phone: 705-368-3030 2.3 Colour to be Fawn. 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 Examination Examine substrates upon which manufactured masonry will be installed. Coordinate with responsible entity to correct unsatisfactory conditions. Commencement of work by installer is acceptance of substrate conditions. 2.5 2.5.1 Preparation Surface Preparation: Follow manufacturer's instructions designated below for the appropriate type of manufactured masonry and substrate. 2.6 2.6.1 3.6.3 INSTALLATION Install/Apply Related Materials specified above in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Use prefinished / manufactured corners and ends at all required locations. Cut and exposed edges shall not be accepted. 2.7 2.7.1 Cleaning Clean manufactured masonry in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 05500-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. Provide all miscellaneous metal items listed herein. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.7 Referenced Standards ASTM A325-90 ASTM A307-90 ASTM A563M-90 CSA W47.1-92 CSA W55.3-1965 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 CSA W59-1989 CAN/CSA-G40.20-1992 CAN/CSA-G40.21-1992 CAN/CSA-G164-M92 CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89 1.3 1.3.1 Quality Assurance Qualifications of Subcontractor: Execute work of this Section using a firm thoroughly conversant with governing laws, bylaws, and regulations. Use workmen skilled in work of this Section. Welding .1 Welding of structural components shall be done only by fabricators certified by CSA Welding Qualification Codes, CSA W47 or W55.3 as applicable, for welding of steel, and who shall perform welding to meet specified requirements of CSA W55.2 or W59.1, as may apply. .2 Weld all stainless steel by the Argon Arc process. Grind smooth and polish joints, crevice free, and flush without seams. .3 Weld all connections where possible, and bolt where not possible. Provide method to prevent loosening of nuts. Ream holes drilled for fastenings. Make welded joints tight, flush, and in true planes with base metals. Grind welds in exposed locations smooth in a manner that will not leave blemishes on exposed surfaces. Join members generally by inert metal arc welding where practicable, using materials recommended by manufacturers of metals being welded. Remove flux completely following welding, and grind and polish joints smooth and clean. .3 Touch up all uncoated weld areas. 1.3.2 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength Specification for Carbon And Alloy Steel Nuts Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures Resistance Welding Qualification Code for Fabricators of Structural Members Used In Buildings Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel Structural Quality Steels Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles Primer, Structural Steel, Oil Alkyd Type Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, of all the work of this Section, including large-scale detail of members and materials, of connection and jointing details, and of anchorage devices, dimensions, gauges, thicknesses, description of materials, metal finishing, as well as all other pertinent data and information, for Consultant's review before fabrication. Shop drawings of all load bearing and/or force-resulting components shall bear the seal and signature of a registered Ontario Professional Structural Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. Shop drawings of all load bearing and or force bearing, seismic (as defined by part 4 of the Ontario Building Code and item OBC 4.1.8.17) and/or force-resulting components shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. Product Delivery, Storage, and Protection Maintain protection provided for work of this Section from time of installation until final finishes are applied or to final cleanup. Protect prime-painted surfaces from damage. Protect exposed surfaces of prefinished metal work which does not receive site finishing with protective coatings or wrappings. Use materials recommended by finishers or manufacturers of metals, to ensure that method is sufficiently Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 05500-2 protective, easily removable, and harmless to the finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.6 2.1.7 Materials General: Metals shall be free from defects which impair strength or durability, or which are visible. Metals shall be new, of best quality, and free from rust, or waves, or buckles, clean, straight, and with sharply defined profiles. Metals .1 Steel: Structural: hot rolled to meet requirements of CAN3-G40.21, Grade 350W for plates, tubes and hollow sections. Sheet: cold-rolled furniture steel, double annealed, mill stretched and levelled, and fully pickled. Otherwise, steel shall be hot-rolled or cold-rolled of alloy to suit needs of fabrication, use, and appearance. .2 Exterior Steel: Hot dip galvanized conforming to CSA G164, minimum Z350 coating. .3 Stainless Steel: Type 304 alloy conforming to ASTM A167, No. 4 finish. Primers and Coatings: Quick drying oil alkyd conforming to CISC/CPMA 2.75. Fastenings: Use nuts and bolts conforming to ASTM A307, A325, and A563 as applicable. Use cadmium-plated fastenings where other protection is not specified. Anchors and Shims: For exposed anchorage of aluminum, use stainless steel and otherwise to match metal anchored. For non-exposed work, anchors and shims may be galvanized steel. Pipe: To ASTM A53, extra strong steel pipe for bollards. Bituminous Paint: Alkali-resisting to meet specified requirements of CAN/CGSB-1.108, Type 2. 2.2 2.2.1 Design and Fabrication Generally 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 .1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 Fabricate work of this Section with machinery and tools specifically designed for the intended manufacturing processes, and with skilled tradesmen. .2 Fit and assemble work in the shop. When this is not possible, make a trial shop assembly. Construction .1 Fabricate work with materials, component sizes, metal gauges, reinforcing, anchors, and fasteners of adequate strength to withstand intended use, and with allowable design factors imposed by Jurisdictional Authorities. .2 Ensure that work will remain free of warping, buckling, opening of joints and seams, distortion, and permanent deformation. Assembly .1 Accurately cut, machine, and fit joints, corners, copes and mitres so that junctions between components fit together tightly, and in true planes. .2 Fasten work with concealed methods, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. .3 Weld all connections where possible, and bolt where not possible, and cut off bolts flush with nuts. Countersink bolt heads and provide method to prevent loosening of nuts. Ream holes drilled for fastenings. .4 Make welded joints tight, flush, and in true planes with base metals, and continuous at joints where entry of water into building or into voids of members or assemblies is possible. Continuously grind and make smooth welds in exposed locations. .5 Provide for differential movements within assemblies and at junctions of assemblies with surrounding work. .6 Fabricate shims of steel of sizes required. Finish Work .1 Provide holes and connections for work installed under other Sections of this Specification. .2 Cleanly and smoothly finish exposed edges of materials, including holes. .3 Cap open ends of sections exposed to view, such as pipes, channels, angles, and other similar work. Prime Painting of Steel: Clean all loose mill scale, rust, dirt, weld flux, and spatter from work after fabrication. Grind smooth sharp projections. Prepare for prime painting by blast cleaning to SSPC-SP6. Apply to steel a shop prime coat of paint. Work paint into corners, and onto open areas smoothly. Deliver work to site with primer undamaged. Paint all surfaces except those to be welded in field. Paint surfaces that are inaccessible to finish field painting with two coats of primer. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.2.6 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 05500-3 List of Miscellaneous Metals: This Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: .1 Concealed support elements, anchors, bolts, inserts, sleeves, angles or other shapes cast in concrete, hangers, supports, sleeves for work in this Section only PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection of Site 3.1.1 Take site measurements to ensure that work is fabricated to fit surrounding construction around obstructions and projections in place, or yet to be put in place to suit service locations, and inaccuracies of construction. 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 Installation Install work plumb, true, square, straight, level, and accurately and tightly fitted together and to surrounding work. Work includes anchor bolts, bolts, washers and nuts, lag screws, expansion shields, toggles, straps, sleeves, brackets, clips, shims and other items necessary for secure installation, as required to support and/or resist loads and forces, and as required by Jurisdictional Authorities. Provide anchors at 24” (600 mm) o.c. for cast-in-place work unless shown otherwise. Attach work to wood by screws through countersunk holes in metal. Attach work to masonry with lead plugs and non-corrosion fastenings to support load with a safety factor of three (3). Insulate between dissimilar metals, or between metals and masonry or concrete with bituminous paint to prevent electrolysis. 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 Patching and Refinishing After erection, touch up prime paint finishes damaged or removed during installation. Remove damaged, dented, defaced, defectively finished, or tool-marked components and replace with new. Refinish shop-applied finishes in field only with approval of Consultant. Clean off dirt on surfaces resulting from installation work. 3.4 3.4.1 Miscellaneous Items Generally .1 This schedule does not list all items included in work of this Section. Items not listed are shown on Drawings. .2 Ensure that all Drawings and Specification Sections, including those for structural, mechanical, and electrical work as applicable are consulted to establish the limits of work included in this Section. Concealed Support Elements and Framing .1 Supply and install all support elements and framing as shown on the Drawings except where framing is part of building structural steel. Construct supports from rolled steel sections assembled by welding. .2 Design supports to withstand, within acceptable deflection limitations, their own weight, the weight of the items to be supported, loads imposed by the motion of supported items, where applicable, and all live loads, static and dynamic which might be applied to the supported items in the course of their normal function. Design supports with a safety factor of three (3). Design supports further as required to accommodate structural deflection. .3 Provide all accessories, inserts and fixings necessary for attachment of supports to building structure. Drill supports, as required, to receive attachment of supported items. Arrange supports to avoid conflicts with pipes, ducts, connections, thermal and vapour barrier construction, framing provided under other sections, and such that supports and their fixings are fully concealed from view within the finished work. Lateral Restraint of Concrete Block and Brick .1 Fabricate continuous bent steel plate restraint secured to top of all 4” concrete block / exterior 3½” brick masonry and steel studs and as indicated on the drawings. .2 Exterior plates shall be hot dipped galvanized. Interior plates shall be painted steel. .3 Securely fasten to wall in accordance with details. Benches in Kindergarten 123 and Kindergarten 125 .1 Fabricate benches and shelves as detailed and at locations as indicated on the drawings. .2 Interior items shall be painted steel. .3 Securely fasten to wall / floor / wood seats in accordance with details. 3.4.2 3.4.4 3.4.5 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.4.6 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 05500-4 Sun Shelter .1 Fabricate sun shelter as detailed and at location as indicated on the drawings. .2 All structural and miscellaneous steel shall be hot dipped galvanized. .3 Metal roofing shall be standing seam type equal to vicwest TSR 1000, with 0.76mm thick AZ150 galvalume steel panels finished with Weather X silicone modified polyester (SMP) paint system, colour to be selected by the Architect at a later date, 26 ga metal flashing, all required clips, roof fasteners, END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 06100-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. And refer also to section 06170 Wood Trusses and structural drawings for structural wood specifications. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 Quality Assurance N.L.G.A. 1991 National Lumber Grades Authority, Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. Identify lumber by grade stamp of an agency certified by Canadian Lumber Standards Administration Board. Plywood identification: by grade mark in accordance with applicable CSA Standards. Each panel of plywood required to be fire retardant treated to bear ULC label indicating Flame Spread Classification (FSC) and smoke developed. 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3.7 Referenced Standards CSA-B111-1974 CSA-0121-08 CAN/CSA-0141-05 (R2009) CSA-0151-04 CAN/CSA-O325-07 (R2012) CSA-O80 Series-08 CAN/ULC-S102-M88 1.3.8 1.3.9 1.3.10 1.3.11 CAN/CSA G164-M92 CSA 086-01 CAN/CSA 086.1-M89 NFPA 80-1999 1.4 1.4.1 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling When it is required that wood maintain dimensional stability and tolerances, to ensure accurate installation of later work, store and install it only in dry areas and when no further installation of moist materials is contemplated. Provide dry storage areas for rough carpentry materials. Stack lumber 150 mm (6”) clear of floor. Install temporary wood protection strips at door jambs and similar locations vulnerable to damage. Cover materials stored on site with tarpaulins or polyethylene sheets to prevent moisture, absorption and impairment of structural and aesthetic-properties. 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples Douglas Fir Plywood Softwood Lumber Canadian Softwood Plywood Construction Sheathing Wood Preservation Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Objects Engineering Design in Wood (Working Stress Design) Engineering Design in Wood (Limit States Design) Fire Doors and Windows. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 Materials Except as indicated or specified otherwise lumber shall be softwood S4S, SPF Species moisture content (MC) not greater than 19% at time of installation in accordance with the following standards; .1 CSA 0141 .2 NLGA Standard grading rules for Canadian Lumber. Machine stress - rated lumber is acceptable for all purposes. Lumber .1 S-DRY, graded and stamped to National Lumber Grades Authority, Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. .1 Studs: No. 1/No. 2 (SPF), 121c. "STUD". .2 Blocking, furring, strapping, battens, nailers, bracing, and bridging: spruce, pine or fir (SPF), standard or better grade. .3 Pressure treated lumber shall conform to Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.4 2.1.4.2 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 06100-2 Plywood: Canadian softwood plywood conforming to CSA 0151, "G1S". Pressure Treated Plywood: Pressure treated plywood conform to CSA 0151, “G1S”. Nails, Spikes, Staples and Other Connectors: to CSA B111, galvanized for exterior work, interior highly humid areas and for treated lumber; plain finish elsewhere. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Screws and Pin Type Fasteners: Hot dip galvanized to CAN/CSA G164 for exterior work. Elsewhere for sight exposed surfaces, prime paint. Use surface fastenings of following types, except where specified type is indicated: .1 To hollow masonry, gypsum board and panel surfaces use toggle bolts. .2 To solid masonry and concrete use expansion shield with lag screw, or lead plug with wood screw. Fabrication Comply with CAN3-086 or CAN3-086.1 for all fabrication and assembly of structural components off site, or on site. Design construction details for expansion and contraction of materials. Machine sand surfaces exposed in the finished work. Hand sand to an even smooth surface free from scratches. List of Rough Carpentry Items: This Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: .1 Concealed support elements, anchors, bolts, inserts, sleeves for work in this section. .2 Wood Blocking for Millwork: Provide wood blocking on and within partitions as required to support millwork and other wall mounted specialty items. .3 Plywood Roof Sheathing: Provide 12.5mm thick T+G plywood exterior grade sheathing and required fasteners over metal deck / roof truss system as detailed on the drawings. Refer to Structural Documents .4 Plywood Floor Sheathing at Library 105 and Daycare 100, Office 100D: Provide 6mm plywood subfloor on 16mm thick T+G plywood sheathing and wood blocking as detailed on the drawings. .5 Provide 19mm thick exterior grade plywood sheathing at fascia as detailed in the drawings. .6 Provide 16mm exterior grade plywood sheathing and 2” x 6” pressure treated wood framing at windowsill, jambs and heads as detailed on the drawings. .7 Pressure treated lumber; 2” x 4”, 1”x 6” for the construction of the garbage enclosure. .8 Wood framing at window openings: Provide 16mm thick exterior grade plywood sheathing and pressure treated wood framing in dimensions as detailed on the drawings around window opening. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 Generally Lay out work carefully and to accommodate work of others. Cut and fit accurately. Erect in position indicated on drawings. Align, level, square, plumb and secure work permanently in place. Join work only over solid backing. Bore holes true to line, and to same size as bolts. Drive bolts into place for snug fit, and use plates or washers for boltheads and nut bearings. Turn up bolts and lag screws tightly when installed, and again just before being concealed by other work or at completion of work. Co-operate with work of other Sections to ensure that unity of actions will ensure orderly progress to meet construction schedule. Provide anchors, bolts and inserts required for attachment of the work of this Section to those performing the work of other Sections, and who are responsible for their installation. Work shall include such rough hardware as nails, bolts, nuts, washers, screws, clips, hangers, connectors, and strap iron required for installation of work, and all operating hardware required on work of this Section for temporary work. Grounds, Blocking, Strapping, Furring, Sleepers and Nailers Do not regard grounds, blocking, furring, and such other fastening provisions as shown on drawings as exact or complete. Provide required provisions for fastenings, located and secured to suit site conditions and adequate for intended support. Cut fastening work into lengths as long as practicable, and with square ends. Erect work plumb, in true planes, and fastened rigidly in place. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 06100-3 Provide wood furring and strapping for applied facings, caseworks, etc. Except where steel is specifically shown, provide wood blocking and supports in metal stud partitions for fastening of items anchored to stud partitions. Provide wood blocking and supplementary supports in metal studs supporting counters and similar items. Co-ordinate with Section 09250, for the installation of wood blocking for fastening of wall mounted accessories and casework. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 06200-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards AWMAC 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 CSA 0115-M1982 CSA 0121-M1978 CSA 0151-M1978 CAN3-A172-M79 CAN3-0188-M78 CAN/CSA-080-Series-M89 CAN/ULC-S102-M88 1.2.9 1.2.10 CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 NHLA 1.2.11 NLGA 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings to Consultant in accordance with Section 01340, for casework, and casework hardware, handrails, guards and other fabrications. .2 Clearly indicate the material being supplied and show all connections, attachments, reinforcing, anchorage and location of exposed fastenings. 1.3.2 Samples: .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300. .2 Submit samples of exposed hardware, plywood veneers, plastic laminate 1.4 1.4.1 Quality Standard Millwork shall conform to the Premium Grade requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC), Quality Standards For Architectural Woodwork, latest edition, except where more stringent requirements are specified otherwise. For conditioning and storage of plastic laminate materials, manufacturing techniques, and choice of appropriate glues to suit atmospheric conditions to be encountered, conform to CSA Standard CAN3-A172-M79. 1.4.2 Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers of Canada, Architectural Woodwork Standard, Ed.1 Oct, 2011. Hardwood and Decorative Plywood Douglas Fir Plywood Canadian Softwood High Pressure Paper Base, Decorative Laminates Interior Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard Wood Preservation Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass National Hardwood Lumber Association Rules for Measurement and Inspection of Hardwood and Cypress National Lumber Grades Authority Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber 1.5 1.5.1 Single Source Responsibility It is the intent of this section to establish a single, competent source to be responsible for the supply and installation of finished panels which conform to the flame spread rating requirement specified. 1.6 1.6.1 Qualified Architectural Millwork Shops Qualifications: Work of this Section shall be executed by manufacturer and tradesmen with experience in successful manufacture and installation of this type of work and of quality as indicated on drawings and as specified. Submit proof of such experience, with list of installations, upon request by Consultant. 1.7 1.7.1 Job Conditions Visit premises and take all field measurements necessary to ensure proper fitting of the work of this Section with field conditions in the building. Do all cutting and fitting and prepare components to receive and accommodate work of other Sections. 1.7.2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 06200-2 1.8 1.8.1 1.8.2 1.8.3 Delivery, Storage And Handling Provide protective coverings of suitable material for plastic laminate items; take special precautions at corners. If required, store millwork items in temperature and humidity controlled area until delivery. Do not permit delivery of millwork to Site until area is sufficiently dry so that woodwork will not be damaged by excessive changes in moisture control. 1.9 Warranty .1 Submit a warranty covering the maintenance, repair or replacement of defective work for a period of one (1) years from the expiration of the standard one (1) year warranty included in the Contract under the General Conditions. .2 Structural failure, loosening, fading, discolouration, deforming and failure of millwork units shall be judged as defective work. .3 Total warranty period shall be two (2) years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.1.8 2.1.9 Materials - General Generally .1 Where the designation "NLGA" appears hereinafter, it shall mean NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber, approved by the Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board. .2 Kiln dry all lumber to maximum 8% moisture content. Casework Framing: Pine, NLGA 115a, No. 1 common. Nailing Strips, Blocking, Furring and Strapping: NLGA 122c, "Standard" light framing. Hardwood Plywood: Conform to CSA 0115. Core for Plastic Laminate and Melamine: Plywood conforming to CSA 0121, G2S Nails, Spikes and Staples: To CSA B111. Galvanized for exterior work, interior highly-humid areas and for treated lumber; plain finish elsewhere. Use spiral thread nails, except where specified otherwise. Glue for Wood Furniture and Assemblies: CSA O112.4-M, polyvinyl adhesive. Glue for High Humidity Areas: CSA O112.5-M, Type II, moisture resistant urea formaldehyde resin adhesive. Tempered Hardboard: To CAN/CGSB 11-GP-3-M87, Type 2. 2.2 Plastic Laminate .1 Conforming to CAN3-A172, General Purpose - standard grade (GP-S), 1.6 mm (1/16") thick for tops, Post Forming - Standard Grade (PF-S) 1.6 mm (1/16") thick for post forming. Balance all panels with 0.75 mm (1/32") backing sheet (BK). .2 Use waterproof adhesive capable of holding materials together without failure. .3 Finish shall be "Satin" or "Suede" by Arborite or equivalent manufactured by Formica Canada Inc., Wilsonart Canada, Nevamar or Pionite. .4 Plastic Laminate colour shall be selected by the Architect at a later date. .5 Provide postformed countertops and backsplashes in accordance with the drawings. 2.3 Hardwood Trim + Wood Slats for Benches .1 Hardwood trim and wood slats for benches shall be white oak, in dimensions as noted on the drawings. Hardwood trim shall be 6mm thick x width of plywood. Wood slats shall be 38 x 89mm. 2.4 Hardwood Veneer Plywood .2 Hardwood veneer shall be white oak, rift cut veneer flitches only. Rotary cut oak flitches will not be accepted. 2.5 2.5.1 Cabinet Hardware Hardware for 19 mm (3/4") thick flush overlay doors: .1 Hinges: Blum 90 Series or equal by Hafele or Richelieu, fully concealed adjustable, articulated, all metal hinges, screw-on type, models as applicable for door type opening swing, etc. Supply 170 opening hinges unless specifically indicated otherwise or unless cabinet details make impractical (i.e. inside 90 corners with Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 06200-3 adjacent doors). Door Pulls: 8 mm (5/16”) diameter x 100 mm (4”) length, satin stainless steel as manufactured by Blum or equivalent by Richelieu or Hafele. Hardware for Shelves: .1 Typical adjustable shelf supports: For adjustable shelving in cabinets indicated and where shelves have abutting end supports provide steel pilaster strips equivalent to Knape & Vogt 255 in lengths to suit complete with Knape & Vogt 256 pilaster clips. .2 Adjustable supports for exposed millwork shelves: For adjustable shelving in exposed gables provide 3/16” (5 mm) diameter plug-in pins complete with stop equivalent to Hafele Catalogue No. 282.42.702. Hardware for Drawers .1 Drawer Pulls: 5/16” (8 mm) diameter x 4” (100 mm) length, satin stainless steel as manufactured by Canadian Builders Hardware or equivalent by Richelieu, Gallery, or Stanley. .2 Drawer Extensions: All drawers up to 3” (75 mm) deep and 16” (400 mm) wide shall be fitted with single extension box drawer slide equivalent to Knape & Vogt 8300. All other drawers shall be fitted with full extension file drawer slide equivalent to Knape & Vogt 8500. .3 Closet Rod and Flanges: Provide in closets as indicated 1-1/4” (31 mm) o.d. stainless steel coat rod equivalent to Canadian Builders Hardware CBH 762 complete with CBH 752 mounting flanges and intermediate supports as required. .4 Grommets: Richelieu Martin cable entry plug Model "60.2700.90", or Doug Mockett and Company type "SG" distributed by Trillium Hardware, colour black, 2” (50 mm) diameter. Allow for twenty (20) to be installed in locations as directed by Consultant. .5 Exposed Fasteners: for securing plywood guards, panelling, etc. as indicated shall be 3/8” (10 mm) diameter stainless steel hex socket cap bolts and domed cap nuts complete with cup washers. Locks .1 Locks for cabinet doors shall be Rim Lock, pin tumbler, solid brass, nickel finish, with striker plates and duplicated keys, all locks in one room shall be keyed alike, product no 346510180 as manufactured by Richelieu, www.richelieu.com. .2 Locks for drawer units shall be Drawer Lock, pin tumbler, solid brass, chrome finish, with striker plates and duplicated keys, all locks in one room shall be keyed alike, product no 313153140 as manufactured by Richelieu. www.richelieu.com. .2 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.6 Hardware for solid core wood doors in millwork. .1 Refer to hardware schedule in section 08710 – Finish Hardware. 2.7 Fabrication 2.7.1 General Workmanship .1 Fabricate work in accordance with the best practice by skilled craftsmen of companies specializing in the work specified and to the requirements of other trades. .2 Use running members in greatest lengths obtainable. .3 Machine-dressed work shall be slow fed using sharp cutters and the finished work shall be free from drag, feathers, slivers or roughness of any kind. Remove machine marks by sanding. .4 In finished work, machine-sand exposed surfaces in the shop and hand-sand on the job to even smooth surfaces, free from scratches, ready for finishing. .5 Frame materials with tight joints rigidly held in place. Use glue blocks where necessary. .6 Assemble work in shop and deliver to job ready for installation as far as practicable. Leave ample allowance for fitting and scribing on the job. .7 Take care to prevent the opening up of glue lines in the finished work. .8 Joints made on the on the job shall be equal in quality and workmanship to joints made in the shop. .9 Finish all exposed edges of plywood and particleboard with matching veneer edge banding typical, glued in place. Use 1/4” (6 mm) solid stock where indicated. .10 Glue and blind screw or nail all work unless otherwise specified. Set surface nails and plug surface screws with wood plugs of material to match surface. .11 Glues shall be waterproof and of type suitable for work to be joined. Refer to glue manufacturer's recommendations for lumber moisture content, glue shelf life, pot life, working life, mixing, spreading, Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 06200-4 assembly time, time under pressure and ambient temperature. Moisture content of interior woodwork shall be not less than 4% nor more than 8%. Accurately scribe, cope, and mitre members where required. Erect work plumb, level, square, and to the required lines. Fabricate finished woodwork in the building free from bruises, blemishes, mineral marks, knots, shakes and other defects. Be responsible for methods of construction, and for ensuring that materials are rigidly and securely attached and will not be loosened by the work of other trades. Take field dimensions and fabricate work to suit field dimensions. Fasten wood nailers, blocking, framing, and strapping solidly to adjacent materials in true planes. Do not permit delivery of this work to the site until the area is sufficiently dry so that woodwork will not be damaged by excessive changes in moisture content. Provide all blocking coming in direct contact with millwork in accordance with applicable provisions set forth herein. Provide drilled holes at 1-1/4” (32 mm) o.c. vertically in fitment gables scheduled to receive pins for adjustable shelves. 2.7.2 Millwork - General: .1 Construct units as detailed and specified herein. .2 Fit drawers with stops to prevent tipping or complete withdrawal. .3 Use plywood for countertops, fronts, backs, bottoms, gable divisions, shelves and doors. .4 Drawer sides, backs and bottoms shall be 1/2” (13 mm) thick veneer plywood as scheduled and detailed. Drawer fronts shall be 5/8” (16 mm) thick veneer plywood as scheduled and detailed. .5 Provide veneer edge banding on all four sides of drawer fronts and doors and adjustable shelves; exposed edges of fixed shelving; exposed edges of cabinets including those behind drawer fronts and swing doors. .6 Provide miscellaneous cut-outs in backs of millwork to accommodate electrical cords, telephone cords, etc., and provide purpose-made grommets. 2.7.3 Veneered Panels and Millwork: .1 Material for interior millwork shall be hardwood plywood with wood veneer, as shown, and specified herein, for gables, shelves, backs, divisions tops and wherever sheet laminated material is shown, unless indicated to be of plastic laminate, and solid wood to match adjacent veneer, where solid material is indicated. Note veneer plywood panels at guards shall be plywood core. .2 To prevent warping use a backing veneer of same thickness as face. Apply backing veneer using the same application techniques such as application rate, method of application, drying techniques and finish. Provide backing sheet of sufficient thickness to compensate stresses caused by facing sheet. Apply uniform coating of sealer on exposed veneered edges. .3 Semi-Exposed Parts: Interior of all cabinetwork except drawers, but including drawer fronts, shall match exposed parts except where indicated otherwise on Drawings or in schedules and except where specified otherwise. Drawer bottoms and dividers shall be oak plywood unless noted otherwise. Semi-exposed drawer fronts shall match exposed species and all drawer fronts shall cover spaces between gables and drawer sides. .4 Doors and Drawer Fronts: shall be 3/4” (19 mm) thick with veneered plywood. Door and drawer faces shall be of same species and cut as exposed plywood used for case. Provide edge bands on all four sides of doors as specified. Face veneer shall be vertical. All drawers shall be fitted with sliding hardware and shall be fully removable. .5 Provide cut-outs as required for inserts, fixtures and fittings. Use radius corner and chamfer edges around cut-outs. .6 Use specified exposed mechanical fasteners to attach wood panels to strapping in walls in accordance with details. 2.7.4 Plastic Laminate Faced Work: .1 Provide cores of not less than 5/8” (16 mm) nominal thickness. .2 Apply backing sheet to laminated flatwork. Supply uniform coating of sealer on exposed edges. Provide backing sheet of sufficient thickness to compensate stresses caused by facing sheet. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 2.8 2.8.1 2.8.2 2.8.3 2.8.4 2.8.5 2.8.6 2.8.7 2.8.8 2.8.9 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 06200-5 Self edge, straight line edging with 1/16" (1.6 mm) standard material and radius corners with post forming material, apply with same adhesive as facing sheet. Chamfer edges uniformly at approximately 20 , using machine router. Locate joints at 8’-0” to 10’-0” (2400 mm to 3000 mm) o.c. At 'L' shaped corners mitre plastic laminate, to outside corners. Accurately fit member together to provide tight and flush butt joints, in true planes. Provide 1/4” (6 mm) blind spline and approved type draw bolts. Provide one (1) draw bolt for widths up to 6” (150 mm). For width exceeding 6” (150 mm), provide draw bolts at maximum 10” (250 mm) centres. Colour match adjoining units. Provide cut outs as required for inserts, fixtures and fittings. Use radius corners and chamfered edges around cut outs to avoid chipping laminate. Post form laminate work to details indicated. Provide same core and laminate profiles to provide continuous support and bond for entire surface. Assemble work, true and square. Arrange adjacent parts of continuous laminate work to match in colour and pattern. Factory Applied Millwork Finish All maple veneer millwork, wood veneer panels and solid wood fitments shall have factory applied finish installed in accordance with Part 5 of the AWMAC Quality Standards. Finish shall be semi-transparent stain in custom colour selected by the Architect and consisting of: one (1) coat oil stain, one (1) coat sanding sealer, sanded lightly. Apply two (2) finish coats of clear standard or catalysed lacquer, at architectural woodwork manufacturer’s option, satin finish. Submit to the Consultant two (2) – 12” x 24” (300 mm x 600 mm) representative sample panels illustrating finish for approval. Shop finished surfaces shall closely match the approved samples in all respects. Apply finishes evenly, and consistently throughout with no lighter or darker areas or blotches. Sheen shall be consistent throughout. Fill nail holes and blemishes to closely match and blend with finish so as to be as inconspicuous as possible. Surfaces shall be consistently smooth and even with no "orange peel", runs, sags, skips, drips, or rough areas. To prevent warping of veneer panels apply finish to all surfaces including backs and edges. Prior to shipment to the site suitably protect millwork and fitments from possible damage prior to installation. Maintain protection of millwork on site after installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation 3.1.1 Strips and Blocking: .1 Where wood is to be fastened to masonry, supply metal nailing plugs to masonry section, for building into masonry joints. .2 Provide and install wood strips required for attaching the work of other Sections. .3 Provide and install all wood blocking required. 3.1.2 Carpentry and Millwork: .1 Install carpentry and millwork items as detailed. .2 Execute installations and assemble work on the job using skilled forces, under supervision of competent joinery foreman. .3 Adequately fasten units and secure in place with concealed fixings wherever possible. Include grounds and furring where required. .4 Install casework level, plumb, true, and complete in all respects. Shim as necessary with concealed shims. Accurately scribe and closely fit face plates, filler strips and trim to irregularities of adjacent surfaces. .5 Installation to conform to AWMAC and latest revision of specified standards. .6 Install all casework finish hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.1.3 Plastic Laminate: .1 Apply plastic laminate coverings in accordance with CSA Standard CAN3-A172-M79 and manufacturer's Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .2 .3 .4 .5 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 06200-6 directions. Finish exposed edges around cutouts such as sinks, in plastic laminate. Apply laminate backing sheets on back face of material on which plastic laminate facing sheets are applied to minimize twist. Use the same adhesive and application techniques such as application rate, method of application, drying techniques, for bonding front and back laminates. Bond plastic laminate using urea formaldehyde glue to 3/4" (19 mm) thick, 7 ply, poplar-faced, phenolicbonded plywood or high-density particleboard. Self-edging shall be 3/32" (2 mm) material, electro-pressuresealed and with edges bevelled. Joints in plastic laminate will not be permitted except in pieces exceeding 8’-0” (2400 mm) in length. Butt joints tightly together, and reinforce with 1/4” (6 mm) hardwood blind spline. Lock securely with draw bolt type fasteners at maximum of 3” (75 mm) from edges. Apply backing sheet to plywood. When cutting holes in plastic laminate work, corners shall be rounded and filed smooth. Do not remove paper protection until final cleaning. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 06210 INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND FINISH HARDWARE Page 06210-1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 Work Included In This Section Installation of aluminium, hollow metal and wood doors. Installation of finish hardware. 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling Accept delivery of doors and finish hardware. Inspect doors for damage, upon delivery to the site. Hollow metal doors which cannot be readily corrected by sanding, shall be promptly returned to the manufacturer. Store doors in a dry and clean location. Store in a temperature and humidity controlled area. Stack 6” (150 mm) off the floor. Be responsible for any damage to doors and hardware from time of delivery until accepted by Owner after installation. 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.4 1.4.1 Jobsite Control and Distribution of Hardware Provide locked room for the storage of hardware at the job and a person responsible for the control and distribution of hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Installation Finish Hardware .1 Set, fit and adjust hardware according to manufacturer's directions. Hardware shall operate freely. After installation, adjust door closers for closing and latching speed and panic devices for proper latching. Protect installed hardware from damage and paint spotting. .2 Pre-drill kickplates and doors before attachment of plates. Apply with water-resistant adhesive and countersunk stainless steel screws. .3 Locate hardware in accordance with requirements specified in Section 08710. .4 Thresholds: Site measure openings before cutting. Set thresholds on two continuous beads of caulking conforming to Section 07900. .5 Door Closers and Holders: Install door closers in such a manner that door opening is unaffected, and that maximum swing is permitted. .6 Weatherstripping of Doors .1 Install weatherstripping effectively to tightly seal entire perimeter of doors. Secure in place with non-ferrous screws, in accurate alignment. .2 Maintain integrity of weatherseal at head of doors fitted with closers. Adapt weatherstripping as required to achieve specified performance and provide any necessary accessories. .7 Electronic Hardware .1 Install all electronic handicap operator components, security components such as magnetic locks, door status switches, card readers, processors, transformers, and other electric devices. .2 All wiring will be supplied and installed by Electrical Division 16 including conduit, boxes and other electrical appurtenances, including connections and terminations. Be responsible for ensuring that all wiring work is done in accordance with the suppliers wiring diagrams and directions. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .3 SECTION 06210 INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND FINISH HARDWARE Page 06210-2 Arrange for testing and commissioning of system by the distributor of the system. Submit a copy of reports to the Consultant. Forms used for testing by distributors are to be submitted for review prior to enactment of the testing regimen, and provide sufficient notification to the consultant to attend the distributor commissioning. .4 Note: When installing electric strikes, it is imperative that doors are perfectly aligned to enable the bolt to properly close. Also ensure that rubber silencers do not impair the proper strike action required. Adjust or remove silencers as necessary. 3.1.2 Wood Doors .1 Prepare doors for installation with the required bevels, clearances and mortises for hardware. Install all applicable hardware, including hinges. .2 Hanging of doors. Leave 3/32” (2 mm) shy (recessed) from rebate, even after bumpers are installed. Where trimmed in the field, have painter seal top and bottom edges of doors under Section 09900, Painting and Finishing. .3 Provide hardwood stops for grilles or glass lites. 3.1.3 Hollow Metal and Aluminum Swing Doors .1 Hang doors to swing easily and freely on their hinges, to remain stationary in any position, and to close tightly and evenly on frames without binding. .2 Provide 3/32” (2 mm) clearance at head and jambs, and no more than 3/8” (10 mm) at floor. Provide clearance for intended finish flooring. 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 Adjusting and Cleaning of Finish Hardware Check and adjust each operating hardware item to ensure proper operation and function of unit. Lubricate moving parts as recommended by hardware manufacturer. Use graphite type lubricant if no other is recommended. Repair or replace defective materials and units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly. Re-install items found improperly installed. Prior to date of Substantial Performance, re-adjust and re-lubricate as necessary. Instruct Owner's designated personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and finishes at time of final hardware adjustment. 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07195 MEMBRANE AIR / VAPOUR BARRIERS Page 07195-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Air / Vapour Barrier Requirements The drawings do not indicate every situation where an air / vapour barrier is required, however it is a requirement in the design of the building to provide an integral monolithic impermeable air / vapour barrier that prevents water leakage and the diffusion of water vapour and air movement under the action of a difference in vapour and air pressure, at the inner face of the insulation. Exercise extreme care to ensure that a fully continuous air/vapour barrier will be maintained over the entire insulated area and that it extends across all junctions between different materials. Co-ordinate and co-operate with other trades such as aluminium windows and curtain wall / spray-in-place urethane foam insulation where materials serving purpose of air/vapour barrier abut the materials of this section of the work. Responsibility for supervising and ensuring continuity of air / vapour barrier system rests with this section. 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 1.7 1.7.1 1.7.2 Qualifications Employ only skilled workers having experience in the work specified, and having an understanding of the design principles of the materials which they are providing. Only Contractors with a minimum five (5) years accredited experience and who are skilled in air / vapour barrier work as approved by air / vapour barrier manufacturer will be acceptable. If requested, submit certification from air / vapour barrier manufacturer as proof of compliance to this requirement. Quality Assurance Installation shall be by an applicator approved by manufacturer of air/vapour barrier material. Carry out application in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions and with drawings and specifications. Provide inspection reports from an independent testing authority as selected by the Owner. Provide two inspection reports, one completed at 25% complete, one at 80% complete installation of each membrane type. Costs of inspection reports shall be paid for by the Owner. Contractor shall coordinate inspection and testing as required. Storage Store packaged materials in their original wrappings or containers with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. Store flammable materials outside the building and protect from weather hazards and open flame. Abide by fire protection regulations imposed by the authorities having jurisdiction, and take precautionary measures to avoid fires. In cold weather, provide warm storage for materials such that their consistency is suitable for ease of application. Protection Protect all surfaces, and in particular the building cladding, from being marred or contaminated by the materials, by means of protective covers, boards, tapes and other approved means. Supervise the work of other trades where such work is closely associated with the work of this Section and report any damage. Protect the work of this Section from damage until the building insulation, cladding, masonry, or other permanent protection is in place. Thoroughly ventilate spaces where adhesive containing volatile solvent is used. Job Conditions Apply air/vapour barrier only when substrate and ambient air temperatures are at least 5C. Do not install during inclement weather conditions. Surfaces shall be clean and dry, free of deleterious material which could impair adhesion of membrane. Concrete block Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07195 MEMBRANE AIR / VAPOUR BARRIERS Page 07195-2 substrate shall have flush pointed joints, be cured a minimum of seven (7) days and have a dry surface. 1.8 1.8.1 Mock-Up Construct one (1) 6’-0” (1800 mm) x 6’-0” (1800 mm) sample of air / vapour barrier installations in locations as directed by Consultant. Do not proceed with installations until mock-up reviewed by Consultant. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 Membrane Air / Vapour Barrier Materials Air / Vapour Barrier - Sheet Membrane: SBS modified, polyester reinforced membrane, self-adhering grade, "Blueskin SA" as manufactured by Bakor Inc., alternate acceptable manufacturers include WR Meadows, Tremco, Soprema, AyrFoil (Resisto). Primers: If required use synthetic rubber based adhesive primer manufactured and recommended by the manufacturer of the self-adhering air/vapour barrier membrane. Air / Vapour Barrier - Sealant: Recommended by manufacturer of air/vapour adhesive and sheet. Material shall be a permanent air/vapour seal and be compatible with the products used for the membrane air/vapour barrier for the building. Use for sealing breaks, holes, around brick ties and other projections and at junctions of adjacent sheets and elsewhere as recommended by the manufacturer. Mastic: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. 2.2 2.2.1 Air Barrier Membrane Air Barrier Membrane: shall be spun polyolefin membrane, Tyvek CommercialWrap as manufactured by Dupont (www2.dupont.com) conforming to the requirements of CCMC 13253-R. Lap, tape to make air-tight. Adhere to window and door frames / flanges using Tyvek Tape. Alternate acceptable manufacturers are Bakor, Typar. 2.3 Underslab Membrane Vapour Barrier Materials .1 Vapour Barrier membrane must have the following properties: .1 Permeance as tested after conditioning (ASTM E 1745 paragraphs 7.1.2 – 7.1.5): less than 0.01 perms (gr/ft2/hr/in-Hg) [0.57 ng/(Pa * s *m2)] .2 Other performance criteria .1 Strength: Class A (ASTM E 1745) .2 Minimum thickness of the plastic retarder material: 0.38 mm [15 mils] .2 Acceptable products: .1 Stego Wrap Vapour Barrier 15 mil (0.38 mm) from Stego Industries LLC (877-464-7834; www.StegoIndustries.com). .2 Or approved equal, (request to be accompanied by documentation, as per specifications). 2.4 2.4.1 Attic Membrane Vapour Barrier Vapour Barrier - Membrane: ‘Perminator’, 15 mil polyethylene vapour barrier as manufactured by WR Meadows Inc. (www.wrmeadows.com). Or "Stego Wrap 15 Call A” – as manufactured by Stego Steel, alternate approved by Consultant. Vapour Barrier– Joint Tape: minimum 4” (100 mm) wide, pressure sensitive, self-adhesive, “Perminator Tape” as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, and for use in sealing vapour retarder seams and attachment to foundation walls, protrusions, etc. 2.4.2 2.5 Sheet Wall Vapour Barrier Membrane: shall be 6 mil polyethylene sheet conforming to the requirements of CAN/CGSB51.34M. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07195 MEMBRANE AIR / VAPOUR BARRIERS Page 07195-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Installation - Membrane Air / Vapour Barrier General Requirements .1 Conform with manufacturer's recommendations for storage and application of air / vapour barrier sheet. .2 Permanently seal air/vapour barrier at points where it is penetrated by screws, masonry reinforcing, or other fastening devices. .3 Ensure all sheet metal closures, cover plates, etc. are neatly and securely installed prior to installation of air/vapour barrier membrane. 3.1.2 Air / Vapour Barrier Membrane .1 Inspect all surfaces to receive membrane and flashing. Repair defects which may impair the performance of the membrane. .2 Ensure concrete has been cured for a minimum of seven (7) days and is clean, dry, smooth and sound. Concrete curing compounds and form release agents shall be free of oil, pigments and waxes. .3 Install membrane when all substrate defects have been corrected. .4 Apply to clean, dry, smooth and sound surfaces. Remove moisture, grease and all foreign materials which may adversely affect proper adhesion. .5 If required apply primer with a brush, spray or roller and allow to dry. Prime only areas to be covered in a working day. Primed areas not covered within a working day must be re-primed. .6 Apply sheet air/vapour barrier membrane when primer is dry using self adhesive method for self adhesive type. Ensure complete bond for full extent of membrane. .7 Lap joints to a minimum of 2” (50 mm) and fully heat seal. .8 Apply heavy pressure using a blunt object or small hand roller to the top and bottom end terminations, to ensure positive adhesion at the edges. .9 Using a small hand roller, roll membrane immediately after each length of membrane is applied. .10 Using a trowel or gun, apply a bead of mastic to all terminations of the membrane. .11 Before covering membrane, inspect thoroughly and repair immediately. Repair punctures with a patch large enough to completely cover damaged area. Seal edges of patch with mastic. .12 Fill all joints, gaps and cracks wider than 1/4” (6 mm) with mastic and reinforce with a 12” (300 mm) strip of membrane, prior to the application of the full membrane. .13 Take extra care to ensure continuity of the air/vapour barrier at all detail areas. Use 12” (300 mm) reinforcing strips at all inside and outside corners. .14 Be responsible for the continuity of the air/vapour barrier across the wall at joints between exterior grade sheathing panels, from the wall to the roofing system, windows, curtain wall, aluminium windows, hollow metal frames, anchors, structural steel, as required to complete the building envelope. Ensure compatibility prior to starting work. .15 The continuity of the air / vapour barrier must be carefully inspected prior to installation of insulation. .16 Perform all repairs to the air / vapour barrier as required. .17 Seal all breaks, holes and wall ties with liquid air/vapour barrier. 3.2 3.2.1 Installation - Air Barrier General Requirements .1 Conform with manufacturer's recommendations for storage and application of vapour barrier sheet. .2 Permanently seal air barrier at all penetration, punctures, etc. using air barrier membrane and/or joint sealant tape. Air Barrier Membrane .1 Comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. .2 Start installation from the lowest point and work upwards. Lap higher sheet over lower sheet, shingle style. Seal perimeter of air barriers with tape as recommended by the manufacturer. Lap sheets minimum 6” (150mm). .3 Install staples through lapped sheets at sealant bead to substrate. 3.2.2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .4 .5 SECTION 07195 MEMBRANE AIR / VAPOUR BARRIERS Page 07195-4 Seal electrical switch and outlet device boxes and apply sealant to edges of flange and wiring penetrations. Do not cover air barrier installation until reviewed by Consultant. 3.3 3.3.1 Installation - Underslab Membrane Vapour Barrier General Requirements .1 Conform with manufacturer's recommendations for storage and application of vapour barrier sheet. .2 Permanently seal vapour retarder at all penetration, punctures, etc. using vapour barrier membrane and/or joint sealant tape. 3.3.2 Vapour Barrier Membrane .1 Unroll vapour barrier membrane over the area where slab-on-grade is to be poured. Cut to size, as required. .2 Overlap all joints / seams, both lateral and butt, minimum 6” (150 mm) and seal with joint tape. The joint tape area shall be free from dust, dirt and moisture to allow maximum adhesion of tape. .3 Extend underslab membrane up wall from the bottom to the top of the slab. .4 Seal vapour retarder to vertical walls with joint tape .5 Install the steel reinforcing for the slab on grade and radiant floor heating system above the vapour retarded membrane. Protect membrane from puncture prior to pouring of the concrete slab on grade. 3.3 3.3.1 Patching Perform cutting and patching necessary to accommodate irregularities in the work of this Section caused by appurtenances of the work of other Sections including piping and electrical conduit projecting through the air / vapour barriers. Ensure the continuity of the air / vapour barriers where such items project through the barriers. Allow for expansion and contraction and linear movement of these items. After installation under other Sections of heating equipment and other construction adjacent to the work of this Section, inspect the work of this Section and perform such reasonable taping and patching of air/vapour barriers as necessitated by unavoidable minor damage caused in the course of the work of the other Sections. 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.4 3.4.1 Field Quality Control Air / vapour barrier installations shall be inspected and approved by the Consultant prior to the installation of insulation, concrete, ceiling and wall finishing materials. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 07200-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 Referenced Standards CAN/ULC-S701-05 CAN/ULC-S702-09 ASTM D1622 ASTM C518 1.2.5 1.2.6 ASTM D1621 ASTM C272 1.2.7 ASTM E96 1.3 1.3.1 Co-ordination of Air/Vapour Barrier Installation by Others The drawings do not indicate every situation where an air/vapour barrier is required, however it is a requirement in the design of the building to provide an integral, monolithic, impermeable air/vapour barrier that prevents water leakage and the diffusion of water vapour and air movement under the action of a difference in vapour and air pressure, at the inner face of the insulation. Responsibility for ensuring continuity of air/vapour barrier system rests with others. Co-ordinate and co-operate with trade supplying and installing the air/vapour barrier system and other trades, such as masonry, aluminum windows and curtain wall, where materials serving purpose of air/vapour barrier abut the materials of these sections of the work. 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties Of Rigid Cellular Plastics Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Sandwich Constructions Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials Storage Store packaged materials in their original wrappings or containers with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. Store flammable materials outside the building and protect from weather hazards and open flame. Abide by fire protection regulations imposed by the authorities having jurisdiction, and take precautionary measures to avoid fires. Do not store insulation in direct contact with the earth, road surface, or floors. Place suitable forms or skids under the insulation upon delivery to protect the insulation from absorbing dampness from the surrounding terrain or floor. Cover material with approved tarpaulins and secure. In cold weather, provide warm storage for adhesive such that its consistency is suitable for ease of application. Protection Protect all surfaces, and in particular the building cladding, from being marred or contaminated by the materials, by means of protective covers, boards, tapes and other approved means. Supervise the work of other trades where such work is closely associated with the work of this Section and report any damage. Protect the work of this Section from damage until the building cladding, masonry, or other permanent protection is in place. Thoroughly ventilate spaces where adhesive containing volatile solvent is used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Rigid Insulation For use below slab on grade and at below grade foundation walls as indicated on the drawings, insulation shall be closed-cell, expanded, extruded polystyrene complying with CAN/ULC-S701-97, Type 4, and the following minimum requirements: .1 Thermal resistance: RSI 0.87 per 25 mm (R 5.0 per 1 inch) thickness. .2 Compressive strength: 210 kPa (30 p.s.i.). Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.5 2.5.1 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 07200-2 .3 Water absorption: less than 0.70% by volume. .4 Water vapour permeance: 50 ng/Pa s m2 (0.9 perms) .5 Tensile strength: 350 kPa (50 p.s.i.). .6 Shear strength: 240 kPa (35 p.s.i.). Provide insulation in thicknesses as indicated on drawings. Acceptable manufacturers: .1 "Styrofoam SM" as manufactured by Dow Chemical of Canada Ltd, www.building.dow.com .2 Owens Corning .3 Johns Manville Batt Insulation Preformed, friction fit glass or mineral fibre batt insulation conforming to the requirements of CAN/ULC-S702-97, minimum thermal resistance value of R4 per inch (RSI 3.87 per 25.4 mm). Batt sizes shall be of largest practical size and as required to suit wall assemblies and in thicknesses and/or thermal resistance values as indicated on Drawings. Acceptable materials: .1 "Eco Touch” Insulation as manufactured by Owens-Corning Canada Inc. .2 "Flexibatt" as manufactured by Roxul Inc. .3 Alternate approved by Consultant. Roof Insulation Attic Insulation shall be Weathershield loose fill, fibrous thermal and acoustical insulation as distributed by Thermo-Cell Industries Ltd., having an installed R-Value of R-60 Product Standard CAN/ULC-S703 Test Criteria (supersedes CAN/CGSB 51.60 M90): Open-Flammability >0.12 W/cm2 Open-Flammability Permanency >0.12 W/cm2 Surface Burning Characteristics (CAN/ULC S102) FSC <25 (CAN/ULC S102.2) FSC <150 Smoulder Resistance <15% Moisture Vapour Sorption <20% Corrosiveness No perforations of coupons <25% mass loss (truss plate) Fungal Resistance <growth than control Separation of Chemicals <1.5% Thermal Resistivity >18.5 (m -K)/W (R = 3.8/in) Design Density Attic (Settled) 25.6 kg/m3 (1.6 lb/ft3) Wall 48.1 kg/m3 (3.0 lb/ft3) Mineral Fibre Insulation For use as cavity wall insulation in fire separations as scheduled and / or detailed, insulation shall be mineral fibre insulation ROXUL Comfort Batt for steel studs, density 32 kg / m3, conforming to CAN/ULC S702-09. Provide mineral fibre batt insulation in thicknesses as noted on the drawings. For use at fire separations and as indicated on the drawings, insulation shall be mineral fibre rigid insulation ROXUL CAVITYROCK DD, R-Value of 4.3/inch Spray Foam Joint Insulation Where spray in place urethane insulation specified in section 07216 cannot be used provide low expansion spray in place insulation – ‘Froth Pak’ by DOW, with min aged R value of 4.5 per inch or equal as approved by Architect. Ensure product is compatible with adjacent materials. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.7 2.7.1 2..2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.4 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 07200-3 Insulated Subfloor Panels Insulated subfloor panels will be Amdry factory-fabricated, 24” wide by 48” long (610mmx1219mm) as manufactured by Amvic Incorporated. Composite subfloor panels shall consist of the following components: 1. A layer of expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam plastic insulation board complying with ASTM C578 as type 2 having a minimum density of 1.25 pounds per cubic foot (22 kg/m³). Total thickness of 1” (25.4mm) 2. Wood panel surface layer of 19/32” (15.1mm) thick oriented strand board (OSB) laminated to the (EPS) described above. Edges of the OSB panels to be grooved to accept the Amdry connectors. 3. A polystyrene, hot-melt adhesive is to be used to laminate the EPS and OSB together. 4. Preformed polyvinylchloride connectors designed with flexible barb legs that are inserted into the grooves in the edge of the OSB panels to connect the panels to each other. Total r-value of the subfloor is R-5. Air Barrier Rigid Insulation For use in exterior wall cavity as indicated on the drawings, insulation shall be closed-cell, reflective laminated surface with micro perforations, expanded, extruded polystyrene complying with CAN/ULC-S701-97, Type 4, and the following minimum requirements: .1 Thermal resistance: RSI 0.87 per 25 mm (R 5.0 per 1 inch) thickness. .2 Compressive strength: 210 kPa (30 p.s.i.). .3 Water absorption: less than 0.70% by volume. .4 Water vapour permeance: 50 ng/Pa s m2 (0.9 perms) .5 Tensile strength: 350 kPa (50 p.s.i.). .6 Shear strength: 240 kPa (35 p.s.i.). Provide insulation in thicknesses as indicated on drawings. Where required secure to structure with Dekfast fastener, #15 High Strength Phillips Head, 13 tpi, drill point with Grey Sentre XP coating. Predrill holes in structure where required. Cut fasteners if required to suit thickness of insulation and depth of penetration into predilled holes in structure. Sharpen tips with grinder as required. ALL seams and joints shall be taped using the manufactured recommended taping and sealing methods. Acceptable manufacturers: .1 "Silverboard XS" as manufactured by Amvic Building System, www.amvicsystems.com PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 Examination Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the Work of this section. Ensure concrete has been cured for a minimum of fourteen (14) days. All substrates shall be clean of oil or excess dust, pigments and waxes; all masonry joints struck flush; all concrete surfaces shall be free of large voids, spalled areas or sharp protrusions. 3.2 3.2.1 Insulation Installation Do not commence installation of insulation until the air/vapour barrier installation (by Others) is reviewed by the Consultant. Fit boards neatly around beams, pipes, ducts, openings and corners, reinforcing and bonding ties, and other obstructions. Butt insulation boards together and stagger joints. Apply firm hand pressure to level insulation boards. Use the largest module of insulation possible where cutting is necessary, to reduce the number of joints. Patch holes and tears with the same material. Permanently seal vapour barrier at points where it is impaled by screws, staples, masonry reinforcing, or other fastening devices. Do not install insulation in any part of the building where protection against inclement weather has not yet been provided, and where the insulation could thereby be wet or damaged. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.3 Field Quality Control Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.3.1 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 07200-4 Insulation installations shall be reviewed and approved by the Consultant prior to the installation materials that cover the insulation. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07310 ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING Page 07310-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.5 1.2.6 Referenced Standards CAN/CGSB-37.5-M89 CGSB CCRA CSA A123.1-M79 (R1992) CSA A123.3-M79 (R1992) CAN3-A123.51- M85 (R1992), CSA B111- 1974 1.3 1.3.1 Description of Work / Quality Assurance All roofing work shall be carried out by competent, fully experienced tradesmen. The roofing subcontractor shall be prepared to submit evidence of successful specialization in asphalt shingle roofing installations. Work of this Section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: .1 Installation of eave, protection membrane and roofing felt underlayment on wood roof sheathing over entire pitched roof assembly. .2 Installation of asphalt shingles. .3 Co-ordination and installation of roof accessories including ridge vents, roof vents, vent stack flashings, exhaust vents. .4 Co-ordination of eavestrough installation. 1.3.2 Cutback Asphalt Plastic Cement Canadian General Standards Board Canadian Roofing Contractors’ Association Asphalt Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules. Asphalt or Tar Saturated Roofing Felt. Asphalt Shingle Application on Roof Slopes 1:3 and Steeper. Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples. 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Extra Materials Provide two (2) bundles of shingles for use as maintenance materials. Store in location as directed by the Owner. 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 Delivery, Storage And Handling Deliver, handle, store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions. Provide and maintain dry, off-ground weatherproof storage. Remove only in quantities required for same day use. 1.6 1.6.1 Waste Management and Disposal Collect, package and store cutoffs and waste material from work and dispose in accordance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 1.7.1 Environmental Conditions Roofing work shall not be applied during wet conditions such as rain, fog, or snow or over damp, frozen, or unsuitable surface. Generally roofing shall be applied at ambient temperatures satisfactory to the manufacturer and under dry conditions only. Review with manufacturer regarding cold weather insulation requirements and procedures. 1.7.2 1.7.3 1.8 1.8.1 Guarantees and Warranties Manufacturer's Guarantee: .1 Provide a written guarantee stating that asphalt shingle manufacture will guarantee to replace at its own expense, any portion of the asphalt shingle roofing work which experiences actual leaks resulting from defects in the manufacture of the roofing shingles for a lifetime period from the date the work is completed. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.8.2 SECTION 07310 ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING Page 07310-2 Roofing Contractor's Warranty: .1 Provide a written guarantee stating that the roofing contractor will guarantee to repair at its own expense any actual leaks in the asphalt shingle roofing flashing membrane and related sheet metal work resulting from faulty workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date the work is completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 Materials - Accessories Cement: plastic cement: to CAN/CGSB-37.5 and as recommended by manufacturer Lap Cement: to CAN/CGSB-37.4 and as recommended by manufacturer. Nails: to CSA B111, of galvanized steel sufficient length to penetrate 3/4” (19 mm) into deck. Vent Stack Flashings: purpose made thermoplastic base flashing, to suit roof penetrations as manufactured by Durflo Sealant: Shall be one-component, elastomeric, chemical curing complying with CAN/CGSB-19.13-M87, colour to match shingles. 2.2 2.2.1 Eave Protection Membrane Composite sheet comprised of rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to a film of high density cross laminated polyethylene. Minimum thickness of membrane shall be 40 mils (1.02 mm) provided in minimum 36" (900 mm) wide rolls. Acceptable Materials: .1 “Grip Guard” as manufactured by Building Products of Canada Corp. .2 “Ice and Water Shield” as manufactured by W.R. Grace of Canada Ltd. .3 “Armorguard” as manufactured by IKO Industries Ltd. .4 Alternate approved by Consultant. 2.2.2 2.3 Roofing Felt Underlayment: No. 15 organic felt, heavyweight, equal to BP no403 and in accordance with the requirements of CSA A123.2 2.4 Asphalt Shingles: contractor to provide commencement date for roofing installation in order to facilitate 2.4.1 Asphalt shingles shall be in accordance with the requirements of CSA A123.5-M1998 and as follows: .1 Type: Cambridge .2 Acceptable manufacturers: .1 IKO .2 Alternate approved by Consultant. .3 Colour: Allow for two (2) colours to be selected and a pattern to be defined by the Owner / Architect at later date. 2.5 2.5.1 Eavestroughing Systems Eavestroughing systems as manufactured by Seamless Eavestrough Limited (www.seamless-eavestrough.com) or equal as approved by the Architect shall have the following characteristics; .1 eavestrough material; prefinished aluminium, 0.032” thick, preformed, continuous (i.e. without joints except at corners) into a 5” eavestrough and complete with premanufactured box mitre corners mechanically fastened and sealed to eavestrough with gutter seal caulking by Tremco and ‘fixatech’ perforated eavestrough protection system. .2 colour; to be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers standard colour range. .3 brackets; purpose made galvanized brackets with screw fasteners at 18” o/c typical that attach eavstrough to the wood fascia .4 downspouts; prefinished aluminium, 0.032” thick, preformed into a 4” x 5” (100mm x 127mm) downspouts complete with elbows, pipestraps, plug and stainless steel screws as required to complete installation. .5 Provide perforated pipe sections typical; non-perforated “snap tee” pipe section and down spout adapter at testing and inspection. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.6.3 SECTION 07310 ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING Page 07310-3 connection to down spout system (refer to details and civil drawings). Provide all adapters, fittings, couplings as required. Roof Vents Roof vent system shall be a sloped roof model, storm proof, no moving parts, wire mesh rodent screen, 24ga., resist winds of up to 110mph. net ventilation area of 144in², average evacuation flow of 418cfm. Colour: Grey As manufactured by Ventilation Maximum or approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 Eave Protection Membrane and Roofing Felt Underlayment Application Install eave protection membrane along the perimeter of the entire roof areas scheduled to receive asphalt shingles in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Eave protection shall extend from the edge of the roof beginning at the low point and extending onto roof to a line not less than 300 mm (1’-0") inside the inner face of the exterior wall. Lap successive courses a minimum of 75 mm (3") with 150 mm (6") end laps. Provide additional layer of eave protection membrane using 36" (900 mm) widths centred on hips and valleys and roof / wall intersections. Extend up wall minimum 450 mm (18”) at stepped flashings. Additionally provide eave protection membrane to seal vent stack flashings and roof ventilators to a minimum of 600mm (2’-0”) around their respective perimeters, in locations indicated and make watertight. Lap eave protection membrane onto no. 15 felt when working down the slope, shingle style. Install vent stack flashings to suit roof penetrations. Install No. 15 organic felt horizontally over the entire roof area and on top of the eave protection membrane. Nail sufficiently to hold in place until shingles are applied. Overlap succeeding course minimum 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") at end lap except at hips and ridges where end lap shall be 150 mm (6"). Asphalt Shingle Application Do asphalt shingle work in accordance with CAN3-A123.51 - M85 (R1992), Asphalt Shingle Application on Roof Slopes 1:3 and Steeper, except where specified otherwise. Provide starter strip laid in continuous band of cement not less than 200 mm (8") wide. Install first course of shingles by a continuous band of cement along the eaves applied so that the width of the band equals the shingle exposure plus 100 mm (4") and the band is located not less than 50 mm (2") above the lower edge of the starter strip. Apply the second and succeeding courses of shingles so as to provide a head lap of not less than 50 mm (2”). Horizontally offset the shingles in each course from those in the previous course by not less than 75 mm (3”), overlapping the rakes by 10 mm (3/8”). All shingles shall be fastened with no fewer than four (4) nails and so that no fasteners are exposed. All shingles at valleys shall be installed woven to provide closed cut valleys. 3.3.7 Eavestrough Application Install eavestrough is accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Remove existing eavestrough, downspouts, brackets, pipestraps, and related accessories from the existing buildings. Caulk abandoned holes in existing building envelop with Type A caulking as identified in section 07900 – Sealants. Fabricate lengths of eavestrough and downspouts to suit existing eaves and building dimensions. Field verify all conditions on site prior to fabrication. Install premanufactured galv brackets at 18” o/c to hold eavestrough at fascia. Install premanufactured box mitre corners at corner conditions. Set in bead of gutter seal caulking and mechanically fasten corner to eavestrough. Caulk exposed joints within eavestrough using gutter seal caulking by Tremco. Install downspouts, elbows as required using stainless steel mechanical fasteners and gutter seal caulking at all joints. 3.3 Completion 3.3.5 3.3.6 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.3.1 SECTION 07310 ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING Page 07310-4 Upon completion, remove from site all tools, plant, surplus material and debris resulting from work of this Section. END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07400 WOOD SIDING AND PREFORMED METAL SOFFIT, & TRIM Page 07400‐1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards ASTM A446/A446M-91 1.2.2 ASTM A525M-91b 1.2.3 1.2.4 CAN/CSA-S136-M89 CSA S136.1-M1991 1.2.5 CAN/CGSB-19.24-M90 1.3 1.3.1 Quality Assurance Metal cladding and trim shall be installed by the manufacturer's construction forces or by an accredited installer approved by the siding manufacturer. 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Design Criteria The preformed metal soffit system shall be designed in accordance with Reference Standards specified herein and to the following requirements: .1 Positive wind load support: 1.915 kPa (40 psf). .2 Negative wind load support: 1.436 kPa (30 psf). .3 Deflection: not to exceed 1/180 of the span. .4 Tensile stress: 138 MPa (20,000 psi) for the steel exterior element but in any case shall not exceed the values permitted by CSA S136. In addition to the design parameters indicated, design all preformed metal soffits to withstand wind uplift. 1.5 Submittals Criteria 1.5.1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit preformed metal cladding shop drawings for the fabrication and installation of metal cladding in accordance with Section 01340, Shop and Interference Drawings. .2 Clearly indicate type of metal cladding being supplied, wall elevations, materials, gauges, profiles, trim and closure pieces, flashings, dimensions, layouts, z-girts, types and locations of fastenings and installation details. Indicate provisions for structural and thermal movement between wood and/or metal cladding, structural systems and other adjacent materials. .3 Shop drawings shall bear the Seal of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario verifying the structural capabilities of the system. Samples: Submit to the Consultant in accordance with Section 01300, two (2) 300 mm x 300 mm(12”) prepainted sample sections of wood cladding, metal soffit and trim. Finished work shall match samples in colour, gloss and texture. 1.5.2 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Structural, Physical Quality Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process Metric Cold Formed Steel Structural Members Commentary on CAN/CSA-S136-M89, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members Multi-Component, Chemical Curing Sealing Compound. Delivery, Handling and Storage Protect the work of this Section from damage. Protect other work from damage resulting from this work. Damaged work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Store materials on site in a manner to prevent damage thereto, or deterioration of finish. Galvanized surfaces which show evidence of "white rust" will not be accepted. Stockpile panels tilted to provide water run-off, free from ground contact on firm, level, non-staining supports extending full width of sheet and spaced not more than 18” (450 mm) apart. Cover components with opaque polyethylene sheet to protect from direct sunlight and moisture penetration. Vent to allow air movement. Conduct transport of materials to the job site storage compound in such a manner to prevent in-transit damage. These Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07400 WOOD SIDING AND PREFORMED METAL SOFFIT, & TRIM Page 07400‐2 measures shall include, but not limited to crating, polyethylene wrapping system, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.3 Pre-finished Wood Siding: Wood siding shall be Spruce - Fir (SPF) / Sound tight knot, Architectural mouldings to be finger-jointed pine. Stain to be factory-coated on all six sides in a controlled environment for maximum stain absorption and retention. Low-volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Vertical channel joint wood siding, 25 mm (1”) x 150 mm (6”) nominal dimension. Provide complete with all accessory sections, interior and exterior corner / trim mouldings, colour matched non-corrosive nails / fasteners, etc. Colour: Siding - Maibec Sandstone Beige 004, Trim – Maibec Ultra White 001 Warranty: Provide fifty (50) year warranty against wood decay, fifteen (15) year warranty on two coats of solid stain, eight (8) year warranty on natural tones stain and five (5) year warranty on labour. 2.1.5 Acceptable Materials: .1 “Channel Joint Profile” as manufactured by Maibec Indutries Inc. .2 “Tradition Wood Siding” as manufactured by Goodfellow Inc. .3 Alternate approved by Consultant 2.2 Metal Soffit and Trim Materials 2.2.1 Metal Cladding – General: .1 Preformed metal soffit panels shall be formed of structural quality, hot-dipped galvanized (zinc coated) steel conforming to ASTM A446. .2 Core nominal thickness of bare metal: minimum 22 gauge (0.76 mm). .3 Zinc coating: to ASTM A525, latest edition, zinc coating designation (both sides) Z275; match Stelco Minimized Spangle Coating. .4 Panel surfaces to be colour coated on exterior face and wipe coat galvanized on interior face to manufacturer's standard. 2.2.2 2.2.3 Metal Soffit Profile: shall be SP-100 16” Aluminum Vented Soffit (0613), as manufactured by Kaycan or equivalent. Fascias, Exposed Trim, Closures, Corner and Drip Flashings, and Cap Pieces: of same material and colour as metal cladding, unless otherwise specified. Provide all accessory trim sections as required or recommended by manufacturer to complete installation. Metal Flashing: shall be fabricated from minimum 24 gauge base metal thickness, pre-finished, zinc coated steel sheet, commercial quality. Zinc coating shall conform to ASTM A525, latest edition, with Z275 zinc coating designation. Sheet metal flashings shall be the same colour of wood siding. Formed in profiles and placed at the horizontal joint between the wood siding and brick, at the head of all windows, at all fascias, at joint between wood siding and roof (asphalt shingles) and in locations as detailed on the drawings. All continuous runs and corners are to be “S” locked. Isolation coating: alkali resistant bituminous paint. Cleats and Starter Strips: minimum 16 gauge (0.06”) (1.6 mm) thick zinc coated steel, minimum 2” (50 mm) wide; starter strips continuous. 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 Accessories Sealants: In accordance with Section 07900, Sealants. Colour to match exterior face sheets where exposed. Accessories: Miscellaneous clips, splicers, carriers, connectors, screws, nails, and other standard accessories shall be zinc-coated, be of strength and design compatible with the system specified. Provide all special accessories to complete the work. Fasteners: Concealed fasteners shall be stainless steel with hex head. Exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel hex head with neoprene bond washer complete with nylon covered heads in colour to match colour of preformed metal cladding and soffit. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07400 WOOD SIDING AND PREFORMED METAL SOFFIT, & TRIM Page 07400‐3 2.4 2.4.1 Semi-Rigid Batt Insulation In accordance with the requirements of Section 07200, Building Insulation. 2.5 2.5.1 Painted Finishes - Typical Prior to fabrication all preformed galvanized steel exterior fascia sheets, perforated soffit sheets, flashing and trim materials and rainware including all related trim and accessories shall be cleaned and pre-treated prior to application of an inhibitive primer and shall receive a paint finish equal to the following: .1 VicWest Colorite HMP Series, ceramic pigmentation, polyester paint coating, and wash coat on reverse (hidden) side. .2 Alternate approved by Consultant. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Co-operation and Co-ordination Co-operate with all trades to ensure proper installation of metal soffit panels, fasciuas, trim and flashings as soon as preceding work is ready to receive same. 3.2 3.2.1 Fabrication Roll form profiled panels and other Work unless impossible because of special design. Use other forming methods only with Consultant’s approval. Form bends sharp and true. Fabricate to conform to reviewed shop drawings, and to allow for structural movement within system. Fabricate cladding system to prevent entry of water into building and from collecting within wall assembly, and to prevent infiltration or exfiltration of air through cladding system. 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.3 3.3.3 3.4 3.4.1 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.5.5 3.5.6 Installation Installation shall be by skilled mechanics, and in strict accordance with system manufacturer's printed directions, to produce a first-class installation, in true planes. Erect metal components and accessories in strict accordance with reviewed shop and erection drawings and manufacturer’s written instructions. System shall be installed plumb, straight and true to adjacent work. Co-operate with other trades to ensure proper installation and anchorage of this Work. Where face sheets cover solid masonry or concrete, fasten notched "Z" girts to masonry or concrete walls with masonry type anchors sized and spaced to suit engineered design. Trim and Closures Supply and install trim and closures of metal gauge and finish to match adjacent surfaces. Sheet Metal Flashings Fabricate metal flashings and sheet metal work to profiles as indicated or detailed. Sheet metal work shall be watertight under all conditions. Install sheet metal work with concealed fastenings. Exposed fastenings will be permitted only with approval of Consultant, when concealed fastenings are impossible. If used, install to a weathertight condition, and evenly and neatly locked. Do not use pop rivets. Provide continuous starter strips to present true leading edge. Anchor to backup to provide rigid, secure installation. Conceal fastening. In general, join sheet metal by "S" seams, to permit thermal movement. Fill all joints with sealant as flashing is being installed. Subsequent to installation clean off all excess visible material. Space joints evenly where exposed, or as otherwise shown on drawings or approved by the Consultant. Lock seam and seal. Make corners by means of raised lock seams. Locate joints at 8’-0” (2440 mm) maximum spacing. Make allowance for expansion at joints. Make surfaces free from distortions, buckling, warp, wave, dents, oil canning or other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Make corners square and surfaces straight and in true planes. . Double back exposed edges on underside at least 1/2” (12.7 mm) for appearance and stiffness. Dovetail, mitre, lock joint and seal corners. Apply sealant to all open sheet metal joints and at juncture with other materials. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.5.7 3.5.8 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 SECTION 07400 WOOD SIDING AND PREFORMED METAL SOFFIT, & TRIM Page 07400‐4 Provide underlay or isolation coating to sheet metal surfaces that come into contact with masonry, concrete or another kind of metal. Prepare and touch up all scratches on pre-painted finish with air drying formulation of the coil coating paint. Replace material at no cost to the Owner, if touching up is not acceptable to the Consultant. Cleaning of Metal Flashing Upon completion of the installation, clean down all preformed metal flashing and leave all work installed under this section clean. Use only cleaning agents recommended by the cladding manufacturers. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07571 EPOXY FLOOR FINISH Page 07571-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 Submittals Samples: Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300 to the Consultant for his approval. Maintenance Instructions: Submit two (2) copies of maintenance instructions to Consultant in accordance with Section 01300, for incorporation into Maintenance Manuals. 1.3 1.3.1 Product Delivery, Storage, Handling and Protection Store materials undamaged in original containers, with manufacturer's labels intact, in a warm, dry area, and handle in such a manner that no damage will be done to the materials or the structure. Protect the work of this Section against physical damage and/or staining. Protect surrounding surfaces against damage by these forces. 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Quality Assurance Arrange for periodic site visits by epoxy flooring manufacturer's representative while work is in progress to verity that the specified materials and methods used and procedures agreed upon at the time of initial site meeting are followed. Verify cured special flooring thickness at random locations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 Materials Primer: As recommended by flooring manufacturer. Epoxy Floor System: ZeraStout EW non-slip two component waterborne epoxy coating as manufactured by Zeraus Products Inc. Distriburted by OCP or alternate approved by Consultant. Colour: Colour to be Balsam PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 Environmental Conditions Maintain temperature of space at level recommended by manufacturer. Provide controlled ventilation, and dust free conditions. Close area to all traffic. 3.2 3.2.1 Preparation Substrates shall be sound, dry, free of dust, dirt, paint, grease, oil or other foreign substances. Water blast rough float finish. Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 Installation Install epoxy system throughout floor as scheduled. Install epoxy at coved bases (to 100mm above finished floor) and at vertical surfaces of bases and on top surfaces of bases to equipment throughout the space. Follow manufacturers mixing and installation instrictions. Mask and/or cover adjacent surfaces, fixtures, equipment by suitable means. Build up surface irregularities which do not guarantee a floor true to level or slope using a trowel applied underlayment. Match appearance of approved samples. Make finished work uniform in texture, free from defects in appearance and performance. Apply cove base to a height of 4” (100 mm) on vertical surfaces unless shown otherwise; apply having a continuous and Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 SECTION 07571 EPOXY FLOOR FINISH even radius and with a bullnose top edge. Form external and internal corners plumb and true. Ensure optimum cure of epoxy system. Seal around drains to provide watertight enclosure. * * * END OF SECTION Page 07571-2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.1.1 Work Specified Only tested firestop systems shall be used in specific locations as follows: Penetrations for the passage of duct, cable, cable tray, conduit, piping, electrical busways and raceways through fire-rated vertical barriers (walls and partitions), horizontal barriers (floor/ceiling assemblies) and vertical service shaft walls and partitions. Safing slot gaps between edge of floor slabs and curtain walls. Openings between structurally separate sections of wall or floors. Gaps between the top of walls and ceilings or roof assemblies. Expansion joints in walls and floors. Openings and penetrations in fire-rated partitions or walls containing fire doors. Openings around structural members which penetrate floors or walls. Firestopping and smoke seals within, and at, mechanical (i.e. inside ducts, dampers) and electrical assemblies (i.e. inside bus ducts) are specified in this section. This includes at horizontal/vertical air movement shafts forming part of the air distribution/movement systems required for the natural displacement ventilation system . 1.2.1.2 1.2.1.3 1.2.1.4 1.2.1.5 1.2.1.6 1.2.1.7 1.2.2 1.3 1.3.1 Related Work of Other Sections Coordinate work of this section with work of other sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other sections, including: 1. Structural Systems 2. Section 07900 - Sealants 3. Section 04200 - Masonry 4. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board 5. Mechanical and Electrical Systems Note: Coordinate as well all metal and “non - metal Supply Air (SA) and Return (RA) horizontal and vertical shafts. Refer to both architectural and mechanical drawings and specifications. 1.4 1.4.1 References Test Requirements: ULC-S115-M or CAN4-S115-M, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops". Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) of Scarborough runs CAN4-S115-M under their designation of ULC-S115-M and publishes the results in their "FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS DIRECTORY" that is updated annually. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) of Northbrook, IL runs ASTM E-814 under their designation of UL 1479 and publishes the results in their "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" that is updated annually. UL tests that meet the requirements of ULC-S115-M are given a cUL listing and are published by UL in their “Products Certified for Canada (cUL) Directory. Omega Point Laboratories runs ASTM E-814 and publishes the results annually in their “Omega Point Laboratories Directory” Test Requirements: UL 2079, “Tests for Resistance of Building Joint Systems” (July 1998.) or ASTM E 1966, “Standard test method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems” (July 2000.) These test requirements provide more 1.4.2 1.4.3 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 1.4.7 1.4.8 1.4.9 1.4.10 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 1.5.5 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 1.6.5 1.7 1.7.1 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-2 guidelines for testing moving joints than that given in CAN4-S115-M. UL tests that meet the requirements of ULC-S115-M are given a cUL listing and are published by UL in their “Products Certified for Canada (cUL) Directory Inspection Requirements: ASTM E 2174 – 01, “Standard Practice for On-site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops.” Test Requirements: ASTM E 2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier Systems Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test Apparatus” International Firestop Council Guidelines for Evaluating Firestop Systems Engineering Judgments CAN/ULC-S102-M, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. All major building codes: NBC, OBC, BCBC, and ABC. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Canadian Electrical Code Quality Assurance A manufacturer's direct representative (not distributor or agent) to be on-site during initial installation of firestop systems to train appropriate contractor personnel in proper selection and installation procedures. This will be done per manufacturer's written recommendations published in their literature and drawing details. Firestop System installation must meet requirements of CAN4-S115-M, ULC S-115-M or UL 2079 tested assemblies that provide a fire rating as shown in Section 2.03 Clauses P, Q & R below. Proposed firestop materials and methods shall conform to applicable governing codes having local jurisdiction. Firestop Systems do not reestablish the structural integrity of load bearing partitions/assemblies, or support live loads and traffic. Installer shall consult the structural engineer prior to penetrating any load bearing assembly. For those firestop applications that exist for which no ULC or cUL tested system is available through a manufacturer, a manufacturer's engineering judgment derived from similar ULC or cUL system designs or other tests will be submitted to local authorities having jurisdiction for their review and approval prior to installation. Engineer judgment drawings must follow requirements set forth by the International Firestop Council (September 7, 1994, as may be amended from time to time). Submittals Submit Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data for each material including the composition and limitations, documentation of ULC or cUL firestop systems to be used and manufacturer's installation instructions to comply with Section 1300. Manufacturer's engineering judgment identification number and drawing details when no ULC or cUL system is available for an application. Engineered judgment must include both project name and contractor’s name who will install firestop system as described in drawing. Submit material safety data sheets provided with product delivered to job-site. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340, Shop and Interference Drawings. Show proposed material, reinforcement, anchorage, fastenings and method of installation. Construction details should accurately reflect actual job conditions. Single Source Responsibility It is the intent of this section of the specifications to establish a single, competent source to be responsible for providing firestopping and smoke sealing work for the entire project as clarified under 1.2 above. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-3 1.7.2 Subcontractor shall be a specialist with experience of not less than five (5) years, and as recommended by firestopping / smoke seal system manufacturers. 1.8 1.8.1 Delivery, Storage and Handling Deliver materials undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, and ULC or cUL label where applicable. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at job-site. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in material safety data sheets as applicable. Do not use damaged or expired materials. 1.8.2 1.8.3 1.8.4 1.8.5 1.9 1.9.1 1.9.2 1.9.3 1.9.4 1.9.5 Project Conditions Do not use materials that contain flammable solvents. Scheduling 1. Schedule installation of CAST IN PLACE firestop devices after completion of floor formwork, metal form deck, or composite deck but before placement of concrete. 2. Schedule installation of other firestopping materials after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. Weather conditions: Do not proceed with installation of firestop materials when temperatures exceed the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation printed on product label and product data sheet. During installation, provide masking and drop cloths to prevent firestopping materials from contaminating any adjacent surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 Materials Firestopping and smoke seal systems: in accordance with CAN4-S115, CAN/ULC-S101, ASTM E119, and ASTM E-814. Unless noted otherwise ‘F’ and ‘T’ ratings one (1) hour. .1 Asbestos-free materials and systems capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, smoke and gases in compliance with requirements of CAN4-S115 and not to exceed opening sizes for which they are intended. .2 Tests shall be performed by an accredited testing agency acceptable to local Jurisdictional Authority. Subject to compliance with through penetration firestop systems and joint systems listed in the U.L.C Fire Resistance Directory – Volume III or UL Products Certified for Canada (cUL) Directory, provide products of the following manufacturers as identified below: 1. Hilti (Canada) Corporation, Mississauga, Ontario 1-800-363-4458/www.ca.hilti.com 2. Provide products from the above acceptable manufacturer; no substitutions will be accepted. Use only firestop products that have been ULC or cUL tested for specific fire-rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type, penetrating item type, annular space requirements, and fire-rating Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-4 involved for each separate instance. 1. Pre-Installed firestop devices for use with non-combustible and combustible pipes (closed and open systems), conduit and/or cable bundles penetrating concrete floors and/or gypsum walls, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Re-penetrable, round cable management devices for use with new or existing cable bundles penetrating gypsum or masonry walls, the following products are acceptable: 2. A. B. C. D. E. F. 3. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) Hilti Self Leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604) Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620) Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601s) Sealants or caulking materials for use with sheet metal ducts, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. D. 5. Hilti Speed Sleeve (CP 653) with integrated smoke seal fabric membrane. Hilti Firestop Sleeve (CFS-SL SK) Hilti Retrofit Sleeve (CFS-SL RK) for use with existing cable bundles. Hilti Firestop Cable Collar (CFS-CC) Hilti Gangplate (CFS-SL GP) for use with multiple cable management devices. Hilti Gangplate Cap (CFS-SL GP CAP) for use at blank openings in gangplate for future penetrations. Sealants or caulking materials for use with non-combustible items including steel pipe, copper pipe, rigid steel conduit and electrical metallic tubing (EMT), the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. D. E. 4. Hilti Cast-In Place Firestop Device (CP 680-P) Add Aerator Adaptor when used in conjunction with aerator system. Hilti Tub Box Kit (CP 681) for use with tub installations. Hilti Cast-In Place Firestop Device (CP 680-M) for use with noncombustible penetrants. Hilti Speed Sleeve (CP 653) for use with cable penetrations. Hilti Firestop Drop-In Device (CFS-DID) for use with noncombustible and combustible penetrants. Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL) Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S) Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) Hilti Self Leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604) Sealants, caulking or spray materials for use with fire-rated construction joints and other gaps, the following products are acceptable: A. Hilti Firestop Joint Spray (CFS-SP WB) B. Hilti Firestop Joint Spray (CP 672 FC (FAST CURE)) Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-5 C. Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S) D. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) E. Hilti Self-leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604) 6. Pre-formed mineral wool designed to fit flutes of metal profile deck; as a backer for spray material. A. Hilti Speed Plugs (CP 777) B. Hilti Speed Strips (CP 767) 7. Intumescent sealants or caulking materials for use with combustible items (penetrants consumed by high heat and flame) including insulated metal pipe, PVC jacketed, flexible cable or cable bundles and plastic pipe, the following products are acceptable: A. 8. Foams, intumescent sealants, or caulking materials for use with flexible cable or cable bundles, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. D. 9. Hilti Firestop Putty Pad (CP 617) Hilti Firestop Box Insert Firestop collar or wrap devices attached to assembly around combustible plastic pipe (closed and open piping systems) tested to 50 Pa. differential, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. 12. Hilti Firestop Putty Stick (CP 618) Hilti Firestop Plug (CFS-PL) Hilti Firestop Cable Collar (CFS-CC) Wall opening protective materials for use with cUL. / ULC listed metallic and specified nonmetallic outlet boxes, the following products are acceptable: A. B. 11. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620) Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S) Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) Non curing, re-penetrable intumescent putty or foam materials for use with flexible cable or cable bundles, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. 10. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) Hilti Firestop Collar (CP 643N) Hilti Firestop Collar (CP 644) Hilti Wrap Strips (CP 648E/648S) Materials used for large size/complex penetrations made to accommodate cable trays, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways, the following products are acceptable: Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 A. B. C. D. 13. Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL) Hilti Firestop Board (CP 675T) Hilti Firestop Joint Spray (CFS-SP WB) Hilti Firestop Joint Spray (CP 672 FC (FAST CURE)) Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S) Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) Hilti Self-leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604) For blank openings made in fire-rated wall or floor assemblies, where future penetration of pipes, conduits, or cables is expected, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. 2.1.18 Hilti Firestop Mortar (CP 637) Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL) Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620) Hilti Firestop Board (CP 675T) Sealants or caulking materials used for openings between structurally separate sections of wall and floors, the following products are acceptable: A. B. C. D. E. 15. Page 07840-6 Non curing, re-penetrable materials used for large size/complex penetrations made to accommodate cable trays, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways, the following products are acceptable: A. B. 14. SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Hilti CFS-BL Firestop Block (for walls and floors) Hilti CFS-PL Firestop Plug (for walls and floors) Hilti CP 680 Cast-In Place Firestop Device (for floors only) For penetrations through a Fire Separation wall provide a firestop system with a "F" Rating as determined by ULC or cUL as indicated below: Fire Resistance Rating Required ULC or cUL “F” Rating of Firestopping Assembly of Separation 30 minutes 20 minutes 45 minutes 45 minutes 1 hour 45 minutes 1.5 hours 1 hour 2 hours 1.5 hours 3 hours 2 hours 4 hours 3 hours For combustible pipe penetrations through a Fire Separation provide a firestop system with a “F” Rating as determined by ULC or cUL which is equal to the fire resistance rating of the construction being penetrated. 2.1.19 For penetrations through a Fire Wall or horizontal Fire Separation provide a firestop system with a “FT” Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.20 2.1.21 2.1.22 2.1.23 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-7 Rating as determined by ULC or cUL which is equal to the fire resistance rating of the construction being penetrated. For joints provide a firestop system with an Assembly Rating as determined by CAN4-S115-M, ULC-S115-M or UL 2079 which is equal to the fire resistance rating of the construction being penetrated. Water (if applicable): potable, clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious substances. Damming and backup materials, supports and anchoring devices: to manufacturer's recommendations, and in accordance with tested assembly being installed as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Sealants for vertical joints: non-sagging. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.3 3.3.1 Preparation Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Verify penetrations are properly sized and in suitable condition for application of materials. 2. Surfaces to which firestop materials will be applied shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, rust, laitance, release agents, water repellents, and any other substances that may effect proper adhesion. 3. Provide masking and temporary covering to prevent soiling of adjacent surfaces by firestopping materials. 4. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during and after installation of firestopping. 5. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Maintain insulation around pipes and ducts penetrating fire separation. Mask where necessary to avoid spillage and over coating onto adjoining surfaces; remove stains on adjacent surfaces. Installation Regulatory Requirements: Install firestop materials in accordance with ULC Fire Resistance Directory or UL Products Certified for Canada (cUL) Directory or Omega Point Laboratories Directory. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of through-penetration and construction joint materials. 1. Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an air and water resistant seal. 2. Consult with mechanical engineer, project manager, and damper manufacturer prior to installation of ULC or cUL firestop systems that might hamper the performance of fire dampers as it pertains to duct work. 3. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subjected to traffic. Seal holes or voids made by through penetrations, poke-through termination devices and unpenetrated openings or joints to ensure continuity and integrity of fire separation are maintained. Provide temporary forming as required and remove forming only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing. Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat finish. Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. Inspection Notify Consultant when ready for inspection and prior to concealing or enclosing firestopping materials and service penetration assemblies. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.4 3.4.1 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.5.5 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 07840-8 Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities. Inspection of through-penetration firestopping shall be performed in accordance with ASTM E 2174, “Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops” or other recognized standard. Perform under this section patching and repairing of firestopping caused by cutting or penetrating of existing firestop systems already installed by other trades. Install a warning card that is clearly visible adjacent to all large and medium openings that may be repenetrated. This card should contain the following information: 1Warning that the opening has being fire stop protected 2Indicate the fire stop system used (ULC or cUL) 3F rating or FT rating 4Fire stop product(s) used 5Person to contact and phone number in case of modification or new penetration of fire stop system Schedule Work of firestopping and smoke seals shall include but not limited to the following: .1 Penetrations through fire rated assemblies of dissimilar building materials. .2 Penetrations through fire rated assemblies of similar building materials. .3 Openings and sleeves installed for future use through fire rated assemblies. Clean-Up Remove excess materials and debris and clean adjacent surfaces immediately. Remove temporary dams after initial set of firestopping and smoke seal materials. Remove firestopping from materials and surfaces not specifically required to be sealed. Remove equipment, materials and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition. Clean all surfaces adjacent to sealed holes and joints to be free of excess firestop materials and soiling as work progresses. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS Page 07900-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 Referenced Standards ASTM C790-90 ASTM C804-83 (Reapproved 1988) ASTM D1056-85 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 ASTM D1565-81 (Reapproved 1986) CAN/CGSB-19.13-M87 CAN/CGSB-19.17-M90 CAN/CGSB 19.22-M89 CAN/CGSB-2-19.24-M90 Sealant and Waterproofers Institute. Recommended Practices for Use of Latex Sealing Compounds Standard Practices for Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealant Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials --Sponge or Expanded Rubber Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open Cell Foam) Sealing Compound, One-Component, Elastomeric, Chemical Curing Sealing Compound, One-Component, Acrylic Emulsion Base Sealing Compound, Mildew-Resistant, for Tubs and Tiles Sealing Compound, Multi-Component, Chemical Curing Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. Quality Assurance Have work performed by a recognized established caulking and sealing contractor having at least ten (10) years experience and with skilled workers thoroughly trained and competent in the use of caulking and sealing equipment and the specified materials. In order that recommendations may be made, arrange with sealant manufacturers for one of their technical representatives to visit the site, prior to application of this work, to discuss with the Contractor, in the presence of the Consultant, the procedures to be adopted and to review site conditions, and surfaces and joints to be sealed. Discuss the following items: .1 Weather conditions under which work will be done. .2 Anticipated frequency and extent of joint movement. .3 Joint design. .4 Suitability of durometer hardness and other properties of material specified. 1.4 1.4.1 Submittals Samples .1 Prepare sample joints at site of each type of caulking and sealant for each joint condition. Do not proceed with work until each sample joint has been approved by Consultant. .2 Approved joints shall represent minimum acceptable for work. .3 Submit manufacturer's name for each compound which will be used on project before commencing work. 1.4.2 Product Data: Submit product data of sealants and caulking proposed in accordance with Section 01300. 1.4.3 Extended Warranty .1 Submit a warranty in accordance with Section 01300, covering the repair or replacement of defective work for a period of one (1) year from the expiration of the one (1) year warranty, under the General Conditions. .2 Warranty shall provide for repair or replacement of defective or damaged work resulting from air and moisture leakage, gassing, wrinkling, ridging, cracking, crumbling, melting, sagging, shrinkage, running, failure in adhesion, cohesion or reversion failure, marbling or streaking due to improper mixing, discolouration due to dirt pick-up during curing or staining of adjacent materials and/or surfaces. .3 Total warranty period shall be two (2) years. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS Page 07900-2 Job Conditions Apply materials only to completely dry surfaces, and at air and material temperatures above minimum established by manufacturer's specifications. The applicator is responsible for ensuring the sealants are applied under acceptable conditions. Substrate temperatures of less than 4C require special considerations, to ensure a clean, dry substrate and proper sealant wet-out. .1 The substrate to which sealant is to be applied should be dry. This is particularly crucial where the substrate is porous and subject to water absorption. Although the joint interface may appear to be dry, the substrate below the immediate joint surface may still be moist. This moisture can migrate rapidly to the joint surface thereby contaminating any preparation. .2 Use a quick flashing solvent such as MEK or Tremco 200 Cleaner to clean the substrates. NOTE: Ensure the substrate and/or any coating on the substrate is compatible with MEK or Tremco Cleaner 200. .3 After solvent cleaning, wipe the joint interfaces dry with a second clean rag. .4 Immediately following cleaning, install the sealant and tool it. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 Materials - General Labels indicating conformance to specified reference specifications will be acceptable as verification that contents meet specified requirements. Colour will be selected by Consultant from manufacturer's standard range. Colours shall match surface on which it occurs unless noted otherwise. Sealants shall be non-bleeding and capable of supporting their own weight. All caulking, sealants, cleaning solvents, fillers and primers shall be compatible with each other. Sealant Type A1 Exterior, non-traffic bearing, weather side of construction: multi-component modified urethane base chemical curing conforming CAN/CGSB-19.24-M, Type 2, Class B, in colours as selected by the Consultant. Acceptable materials: .1 Dymeric as manufactured by Tremco Limited, .2 Sikaflex 2C NS as manufactured by Sika Canada Inc., .3 Sonolastic 150 as manufactured by Degussa .4 Alternate approved by Consultant. Sealant Type A2 Exterior, non-traffic bearing, weather side of construction: pick resistant, aliphatic polyurethane, in colours as selected by the Consultant. Acceptable materials: .1 Sonolastic Ultra as manufactured by Degussa .2 Alternate approved by Consultant. 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 Sealant Type B Interior, non-traffic bearing: one (1) component, interior acrylic latex emulsion base, conforming to CAN/CGSB-19.17-M. Acceptable materials: .1 Tremflex 834 as manufactured by Tremco Limited, .2 Alternate approved by Consultant. 2.5 2.5.1 Sealant Type C Interior sanitary caulking: one (1) component, chemical curing, mildew resistant, silicone conforming to CAN/CGSB19.22-M, containing non-toxic fungicidal agents. Acceptable materials: .1 DC786 as manufactured by Dow Corning Canada Limited 2.5.2 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .2 .3 .4 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS Page 07900-3 Sanitary 1700 as manufactured by GE Silicones Canada, Proglaze as manufactured by Tremco Limited, Alternate approved by Consultant. 2.5 2.5.1 Primers Specifically designed for use with sealants on surfaces encountered, compatible with joint forming materials and as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to assure adhesion of sealants and to prevent staining of substrate material. 2.6 2.6.1 Sealant Backing Extruded or preformed, compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding, non-staining strips of closed cell polyethylene or urethane foam rod, diameter 25% wider than joint width. Sizes and shapes to suit various conditions and manufactured especially for caulking purpose. Backing shall be compatible with sealant, primer and substrate. Ensure that sealant backing is not cut nor punctured during installation. 2.6.2 2.7 2.7.1 Bond Breaker Tape of type supplied or recommended by sealant or caulking manufacturer. 2.8 2.8.1 Cleaning Material Non-corrosive, non-staining, solvent type, xylol, methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK), toluol, isopropyl alcohol (IPA) or as recommended by sealant manufacturer and acceptable to material or finish manufacturers for surfaces adjacent to sealed areas. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 3.1.9 3.1.10 3.1.11 3.1.12 3.1.13 Preparation Remove moisture, loose mortar, dust, oil, grease, oxidation, mill scale, coatings, and all other materials affecting bond of compounds by brushing, scrubbing, scraping, or grinding, from surfaces to which caulking compounds must adhere. Ensure joints are suitable to accept sealant and caulking. Ensure that releasing agents, coatings, or other treatments have either not been applied to joint surfaces, or that they are entirely removed. Remove existing caulking and/or sealant from all joints (where indicated on Drawings). Ensure that all joint interfaces are clean. Clean joints and spaces which are to be sealed and ensure they are dry and free of dust, loose mortar, oil, grease, oxidation, coatings, form release agents, sealers and other foreign material. Clean porous surfaces such as concrete, masonry or stone by wire brushing, grinding or sandblasting as required to obtain clean and sound surfaces. Remove laitance by grinding or mechanical abrading. Remove loose particles present or resulting from grinding, abrading or sandblast cleaning by thorough brushing. Clean ferrous metals of rust, mill scale and foreign materials by wire brushing, grinding or sanding. Remove oils by sandblast cleaning Wipe non-porous surfaces such as metal and glass to be sealed, except pre-coated metals, with cellulose sponges or clean rags soaked with ethyl alcohol, ketone solvent, xylol or toluol and wipe dry with clean cloth. Where joints are to be sealed with silicone based sealants clean joint with methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK) or xylol. Do not allow solvent to air-dry without wiping. Clean pre-coated metals with solutions or compounds which will not injure finish and which are compatible with joint primer and sealant. Check ferrous metal surfaces are painted before applying sealant. Before any work is commenced, test the materials for indications of staining or poor adhesion. Do not apply material to masonry until mortar has cured. Do not exceed shelf life, and pot life of the materials and installation times, as stated by the manufacturers. Become familiar with the work life of the material to be used. Do not mix two part materials until required for use. Mix sealants thoroughly with a mechanical mixer capable of mixing at 80-100 rpm without mixing air into the materials. Continue mixing until the material is a uniform colour and free from streaks of unmixed material. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS Page 07900-4 3.1.14 Mask areas adjacent to the joints as required. Prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces. Remove masking promptly after the joint has been completed. 3.2 3.2.1 Application Work of this Section shall include all sealing and caulking, except where specified under the work of other Sections, to make the building weather and air tight, as indicated typically on drawings, and as otherwise specified. Apply materials in accordance with the recommendation of the material manufacturer, in particular, backer rod, priming and depth-to-width ratio. Maintain 2:1 width/depth ratio: minimum joint size shall be 6 mm (1/4") x 6 mm (1/4"), maximum depth of sealant to be 13 mm (1/2"). Install joint backing material to achieve correct and uniform joint profile. Where joint design or depth of joint prevents use of joint backing material, apply bond breaker tape to prevent three-sided adhesion. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint backing. Butt joint backing at intersections. Install bond breaker tape at back of joint where joint backing is not required or cannot be installed Apply primer with a brush which will permit all joint surfaces to be primed. Perform priming immediately before installation of caulking or sealant. Caulking and sealants shall be of gun or knife grade consistency to suit the joint condition. Use gun nozzles of the proper sized to suit the joints and the caulking and sealing material. Apply sealant using hand operated guns or pressure equipment fitted with suitable nozzle size and equipment approved by sealant manufacturer. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recommendations. Force sealant into joint and against sides of joints to obtain uniform adhesion. Use sufficient pressure to completely fill all voids in joint regardless of variation in joint widths and to proper joint depth as prepared. Ensure full firm contact with interfaces of joint. Superficial pointing with skin bead shall not be acceptable. Finish face of compound to form smooth, uniform beads free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded impurities. At recesses in angular surfaces, finish compound with flat face, flush with face of materials at each side. At recesses in flush surfaces, finish compound with concave face flush with face of materials at each side. After joints have been completely filled, tool them neatly to a slight concave surface. Caulk joints in site painted materials after adjacent surfaces have been painted. 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.2.7 3.2.8 3.2.9 3.2.10 3.2.11 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 Schedule General: Use one (1) of the sealants specified for each type in the following locations. Ensure sealant chosen (from several specified under each type under "MATERIALS") for each location is recommended by manufacturer for use for conditions encountered. Sealant Type A: Install in the following exterior locations: .1 Joints between exterior hollow metal door frames,windows and adjacent masonry, cladding systems of the exterior wall construction. .2 Exposed expansion and/or control joints in masonry walls; masonry wall corners and masonry-to-column junctures. .3 Raked joints in junction of walls running at different angles, and at junction of walls to columns. .4 All other exterior locations where sealing is required or noted on Drawings except in locations designated for Types A2, B and C and except where sealing is specified in other Sections . Sealant Type A2: Install in the following exterior locations: .1 In joints as described between grade level and 2200mm above finished grade. .2 Joints between exterior hollow metal door frames, windows and masonry and exterior cladding systems of the exterior wall construction. .3 Exposed expansion and/or control joints in masonry walls; masonry wall corners and masonry-to-column junctures. .4 Raked joints in junction of walls running at different angles, and at junction of walls to columns. .5 All other exterior locations where sealing is required or noted on Drawings except in locations designated for Types B and C and except where sealing is specified in other Sections. Sealant Type B: Install in the following interior locations: Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS Page 07900-5 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 3.3.5 Joints between interior hollow metal door frames and adjacent wall / partition construction. Joints between masonry and concrete surfaces. Joints between gypsum board and masonry, or other materials. Joints between louvres and other surfaces. Penetrations through roofs, floors and walls other than firestopping. All other interior locations where sealing is required or noted on Drawings except in locations designated for Types A and C and except where sealing is specified in other Sections. Sealant Type C: Install in the following locations: .1 Joints between washroom vanities, counters and backsplashes and adjacent wall surfaces in kitchens, washrooms and wet areas. .2 Joints between urinals and walls. 3.4 3.4.1 Cleaning Do not use chemicals, scrapers, or other tools which would damage surfaces of caulked or sealed materials when excess compounds or droppings are removed. Work damaged by cleaning shall be made good under work of this Section. 3.5 3.5.1 Repair Cut out damaged caulking and sealing, re-prepare and prime joints and install new material as specified to the Consultant's satisfaction. 3.6 3.6.1 Protection of Completed Work Provide wood planks or other approved, non-staining means of protection for the completed caulking and sealants installations where required to protect the work from mechanical, thermal, chemical and other damage by other construction operations and traffic. Maintain protection securely in place until project completion. Remove protection when so directed by the Consultant. 3.6.2 * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND SCREENS Page 08100-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards Canadian Standards Association (CSA). .1 CSA A101-M1983, Thermal Insulation, Mineral Fibre, for Buildings. .2 CAN/CSA-G40.21-M92, Structural Quality Steels. .3 CSA W59-M1989, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding). 1.2.2 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB). .1 CAN/CGSB-1.181-92, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. .2 CGSB 41-GP-19Ma-84, Rigid Vinyl Extrusions for Windows and Doors. .3 CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87, Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering. .4 CGSB 51-GP-21M-78, Thermal Insulation, Urethane and Isocyanurate, Unfaced. 1.2.3 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). .1 ASTM A 525M-91b, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process Metric. .2 ASTM A 526M-90, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. .3 ASTM A 527M-90, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, LockForming Quality. .4 ASTM B 749-85(1991), Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet and Plate Products. .5 ASTM E 152-81a, Methods for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.2.4 Underwriter's Laboratories of Canada (ULC). .1 CAN4-S104M-M80, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. .2 CAN4-S105M-M85, Fire Door Frames. 1.2.5 Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturer's Association. .1 CSDFMA, Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames, 1990. .2 CSDFMA, Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Commercial Steel Doors, 1990. 1.2.6 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). .1 NFPA 80-1999, Fire Doors and Windows. .2 NFPA 252-1990, Door Assemblies, Fire Tests of. 1.3 1.3.1 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies Steel Fire Rated Doors and Frames: Labelled and listed by an organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada in conformance with CAN4 S104M and CAN4 S105M for ratings specified or indicated. 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Brace frame units to prevent distortion in shipment, and protect finished surfaces by sturdy protective wrappings. Store doors in protective wrappings in a secure dry location, to ensure that they are not damaged until hung. Install them only when work has progressed to a stage when no damage will occur to them in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Materials Steel: commercial grade steel to ASTM A568 , Class 1, wiped coat galvanized to ASTM A527, coating designation Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND SCREENS Page 08100-2 ASTM A525, ZF75 typical. 2.1.2 Doors and Panels: .1 Facings, rails, stiles: 5/64” (1.2 mm) (18 ga.) base steel thickness. .2 Interior Stiffeners: 0.914 mm base steel thickness. .3 Hardware Reinforcement: 1/8” (3 mm) base steel thickness. .4 Interior Doors - Sound Deadening Material: semi-rigid fibreglass 24 kg/m3 minimum density, to fill core space. Honeycomb structural core consisting of kraft paper with 3/4” (19 mm) cells x core thickness may be used at interior locations. .5 Exterior Doors - Insulating Material: 22 ga steel stiffeners at 6” o/c with injected polyurethane foam, min U factor (imperial) 0.29, R3.4 .6 Interior Doors – Suites: door panels shall be E Series Doors by Fleming Door Products or equivalent. .7 Glazing Stops: 1/16” (1.6 mm) base steel thickness, formed, drilled and countersunk for fasteners. 2.1.3 Interior Frames .1 Steel: 1/16” (1.6 mm) (16 ga.) base thickness. .2 Hardware Reinforcement: 1/8” (3 mm) base steel thickness. .3 Mortar Guards: 0.762 mm base steel thickness. .4 Rubber Bumpers: Glynn-Johnson GJ64 or approved equivalent. 2.1.4 Exterior Frames .1 Steel: 1/16” (1.6 mm) (16 ga.) base thickness. .2 Hardware Reinforcement: 1/8” (3 mm) base steel thickness. .3 Mortar Guards: 0.762 mm base steel thickness. .4 Rubber Bumpers: Glynn-Johnson GJ64 or approved equivalent. .5 Insulation: Fill solid with polyurethane foam, min U factor (imperial) 0.29, R3.4 2.1.5 Anchors .1 Frames in Masonry: adjustable "T" strap anchors. .2 Labelled Frames: to conform to ULC requirements. .3 Frames in Gypsum Board Partitions: steel anchor clips and floor anchors of suitable design securely welded inside each jamb. .4 Anchorage to Floor: minimum 1/8” (3 mm) thick clip angles with 2 holes for expansion bolting to floor. 2.1.6 Galvanizing .1 Typical interior units: steel sheet wipe coated with zinc-iron alloy to a total mass coating both sides of 75 g/m2 to conform to ASTM A525M, Z275 coating designation. .2 Exterior units, and interior units in unheated areas: steel sheet coated with zinc to a total mass coating both sides of 275 g/m2 to conform to ASTM A525M, Z275 coating designation. Mill phosphatize to provide for good paint adhesion. 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 Fabrication - Generally Fit and assemble work in the shop, where possible. Make trial assembly in shop when not possible. Fabricate, reinforce and anchor component parts and assemblies to support loads that usage will impose without deflection detrimental to function, appearance or safety. For interior doors either the use of metal stiffeners with the spaces between stiffeners filled with insulation, or honeycomb structural core will be acceptable. For exterior doors the core is to be completely filled with insulation. Reinforce components to resist in-use stresses imposed by finishing and security hardware. Prepare frames and doors for finish hardware with mortises and reinforcement. Drill and tap to template information. Reinforce for surface-mounted hardware and for door closer brackets. Provide for concealed door closers where specified. Install mortar guards at cut-outs and reinforcing plates in frame. For cylindrical locks install reinforcing units to 2.2.3 2.2.4 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7 2.2.8 2.2.9 2.2.10 2.2.11 2.2.12 2.2.13 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 2.3.7 2.3.8 2.3.9 2.3.10 2.3.11 2.3.13 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.4.5 2.4.6 2.4.7 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND SCREENS Page 08100-3 lock manufacturer's specification. For mortise locks provide a suitable internal bracket to hold the lock case rigidly in the centre of the door. Provide for anticipated expansion and contraction of frames and supports. Fit elements at intersections and joints accurately together in true planes, plumb and level. Weld frame and door assemblies. Weld continuously at joints exposed to view including door edge seams, or at joints through which air or water could penetrate from the exterior of the building to the interior. Seams shall be welded, filled and sanded flush. Where welding is impossible, connections may be bolted. Ream drilled holes and leave exposed edges clean and smooth. Isolate from each other dissimilar metals and metal from concrete or masonry, to prevent electrolysis. Ensure that exterior doors and frames are tightly fitted, and that entry of water is prevented by drips on head frames of outswinging doors exposed to weather. Make allowance in frames and doors to receive electrical conduits for security strikes and contactors which may be installed in doors and frames. Provide electrical conduit protection mortar boxes to receive conduit for electric strikes, locks, door closers, and hinges as detailed. Fabricate hollow metals and frames and screens in accordance with CSDFMSA, Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames, 1990. Coordinate fabrication of hollow metal doors, frames, and screens with hardware schedule Door and Screen Frames Fabricate frames to details shown on Drawings using welded construction. Fabricate steel frames in minimum base steel thickness specified. Minimum frame material thickness applies only to work which does not otherwise require heavier gauges to meet specified fire-rated construction. Touch up frames in the factory where coating has been removed. Where members join at corners, cut mitres and weld continuously along inside welding. Where tubular transoms or mullions meet frame members, joint by butt welding. Attach two channel spreaders at bottom of door frames to maintain square alignment. Provide removable attachment for spreaders on frames that to not extend below finished floor, and remove them after frames are built in. Incorporate structural stiffeners for frame members where required to withstand loadings. Securely anchor them at bottom and top. Where they extend above ceiling, anchor them to concrete or structural framing to suit site conditions and in such a way that load from the structure is not transferred to the frames. Install three rubber bumpers in latch side stops of each interior door frame. Locate lowest bumper 9” (230 mm) above bottom of door. Backpaint exterior frames and frames to unheated areas where in contact with masonry or concrete or other dissimilar materials. Fabricate glass stops for non-rated screens the same as specified for glass stops for doors. Fabricate glass stops for fire rated screens 3/4” (19 mm) wide and of 1.35 mm thick sheet steel. Note all exterior doors on the Door Schedule shall have insulated frames. Fill these frames with fibreglass or foamed in place polyurethane insulation. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule. Doors and Panels Fabricate interior and exterior doors and panels with sheet steel in specified base steel thickness. Minimum panel thickness applies only to doors not otherwise requiring heavier gauges to meet specified fire-rated construction. Fabricate doors with faces true and smooth, and with no dimples or welds visible. Bevel edges of stiles to suit door swing. Locate hardware to Canadian Steel Door & Frame Manufacturer's Association Standard, unless shown otherwise on Drawings or Door Schedule. Fill solid all voids within doors and panels with insulation, or honeycomb core. For exterior doors and panels, fill voids with insulation. Fabricate muntins, removable stops, and glass mouldings of minimum 1.2 mm steel. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.4.8 2.4.9 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5.5 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND SCREENS Page 08100-4 Prepare doors to receive glass and grilles. Install grilles. Secure removable stops with countersunk Phillips oval head screws symmetrically spaced on stop lengths. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors to make a weathertight seal, and doors to which the tops can be seen from stair landings or other high elevations, so that they are flush with face edges. Anchors Provide frames for installation in masonry walls with the following number of anchors: .1 Frames up to 7’-6” (2300 mm) height, 3 anchors .2 Frames 7’-6” (2300 mm) to 8’-0” (2400 mm), 4 anchors .3 Frames over 8’-0” (2400 mm), 1 anchor for each 2’-0” (600 mm) or fraction thereof in height over 8’-0” (2400 mm). Provide frames for installation in stud partitions with the following number of anchors: .1 Frames up to 7’-6” (2300 mm height, 4 anchors .2 Frames 7’-6” (2300 mm) to 8’-0” (2400 mm),, 5 anchors .3 Frames over 8’-0” (2400 mm),, 5 anchors, plus 1 additional for each 2’-0” (600 mm) or fraction thereof in height over 8’-0” (2400 mm). Provide frames to be anchored to previously-placed concrete, masonry, or structural steel, with anchors of suitable design, as shown on reviewed shop drawings. Securely weld adjustable floor anchors to inside of each jamb profile, with two holes provided at each jamb for floor anchorage. Anchors shall have minimum gauges: "T" strap type, 1/16” (1.6 mm) "L" type, 3/64” (1.2 mm); wire type, 5/32” (3.9 mm) diameter; stirrup type, 1/16” (1.6 mm); stud type, 3/64” (1.2 mm); jamb spreaders; 3/64” (1.2 mm). 2.6 2.6.1 Finishing Carbon Steel: Clean and smooth work at welds which has been ground. Fill if necessary, and prime all areas from which zinc has been removed. 2.7 2.7.1 Fire Rated Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Construct fire-rated doors and frames of ratings indicated, in accordance with ULC Section 120 IDO, and as otherwise required by Jurisdictional Authorities. Fire rated screens containing doors shall be labelled (whole assembly). Ensure that hardware used meets requirements of ULC 120 ID16, and installed to NFPA 80 requirements. Doors and frames indicated as labelled shall have attached ULC labels. Attach labels on the inside of the hinge jamb midway between the top hinge and the head of the door frame. Where fire doors are shown in pairs swinging in the same or opposite directions they shall bear a ULC label of a category that does not require astragals. 2.7.2 2.7.3 2.8 2.8.1 2.8.2 Temperature Rise Limit In addition to fire protection rating, certain doors require a maximum temperature rise limit, and are indicated on the Door Schedule by the designation "TRL". Provide combination temperature rise and fire protection rating label, attach to the door at the same location specified for fire rated doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Installation Installation of the work of this Section is specified in other Sections. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS Page 08120-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 Referenced Standards CAN/CSA-G40.21-92 CSA G164-M92 CAN/CGSB 19-GP-24-M90 CGSB 1-1.40-97 CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 CAN/CGSB-12.3-M91 CAN/CGSB-1.108-M89 NAAMM AMP-501-88 1.2.9 NAAMM AMP-505-88 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. .2 Submit one 12’ x 12” (300 mm x 300 mm) corner sample of each type door and frame. .3 Submit sample showing glazing detail, reinforcement, finish and location of manufacturer's nameplates. .4 Frame sample to show glazing stop, door stop, jointing detail, finish and wall trim. Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, Shop and Interference Drawings. .2 Indicate each type of door and frame, extrusion profiles, method of assembly, provisions for horizontal and vertical expansion, glazing materials, sealant methods, section and hardware reinforcement, locations of exposed fasteners, finishes and location of manufacturer's nameplates. .3 Submit catalogue details for each type of door and frame illustrating profiles, dimensions and methods of assembly. .4 Shop drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a qualified Professional Structural Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. Maintenance Data: Provide operation and maintenance data for cleaning and maintenance of aluminum finishes for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01300, Submittals. 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Structural Quality Steels Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles Multi-component Chemical Curing Sealing Compound Primer, Structural Steel, Oil Alkyd Type Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass Flat, Clear Float Glass Bituminous Solvent Type Paint Finishes for Aluminum, The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Finishes for Aluminum Applied Coatings, The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Finishes for Aluminum. Protection Apply temporary protective coating to finished surfaces. Remove coating after erection. Do not use coatings that will become hard to remove or leave residue. Leave protective covering in place until final cleaning of building. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 Acceptable Door and Screen Manufacturers Drawings and specifications for work of this Section are based on the following; .1 Exterior Vestibule Doors: CS-68 Door series (thermally broken) as manufactured by Reynaers. Purpose made door adapter shall be provided by section 08521 – Aluminum Windows and Curtain Wall. .2 Interior Vestibule Doors: CS-68 Door series (non-thermally broken) as manufactured by Reynaers. Purpose made door adapter shall be provided by section 08521 – Aluminum Windows and Curtain Wall. Products and systems by other manufacturers of similar profile and conforming to all required design and performance requirements of the drawings and specifications are also acceptable Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7 2.2.8 2.2.9 2.2.10 2.2.11 2.2.12 2.2.13 2.2.14 2.2.15 2.2.16 2.2.17 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS Page 08120-2 Acceptable manufacturers: .1 Reynaers Aluminum .2 alternate as approved by the architect Construct doors of porthole extrusions with minimum wall thickness of 1/8” (3 mm). Door thickness shall be 1-3/4” (45 mm). Fabricate doors general to the following profiles and maximum face sizes to be confirmed at shop drawing submission: .1 Door Stiles: 5 1/2” (139.7 mm) wide minimum .2 Top Rail: 6” (152.4 mm) high minimum .3 Bottom Rail: 10” (254 mm) high minimum Work of this Section shall be performed by the manufacturer and/or by a dealer / installer who is specifically authorized to represent, fabricate, install and provide extended warranties for the products and systems produced and engineered by the manufacturer. Note that basic and extended warranties are to be issued jointly by the manufacturer and by the dealer/installer on a "joint and several" basis. It shall not be permitted for the manufacturer to sell standard products to the dealer and then expect said dealer to engineer/modify/design/install warrant the entire system. All components (except glass products) shall come from a single source. Materials Aluminum Extrusions: Aluminum Association alloy AA6063-T5. Sheet Aluminum: Aluminum Association alloy AA1100-H14 or AA5005-H32 anodizing quality. Steel Reinforcement: To CAN/CSA-G40.21, grade 300W. Fasteners: Type 304 stainless steel, finished to match adjacent material. Weatherstrip: Replaceable backed wool pile. Door Bumpers: Black neoprene. Isolation Coating: Alkali resistant, bituminous paint conforming to CAN/CGSB 1.108. Glazing Gaskets: Exterior flexible tubular extruded EPDM, interior extruded polymer with integral spacer shim, of sufficient size to provide 50% compression when in place. Glazing Tape: 13/64” (5 mm) thick x height required 100% solid polyisobutylene-butyl, reinforced preformed tape with built in spacer. Sealant: “Dymeric” as manufactured by Tremco, “Silpruf” as manufactured by General Electric Canada, “795” as manufactured by Dow Corning or "RC-2" as manufactured by Sternson Construction Products, including primer as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Colour selected by Consultant from manufacturer's standard colour range. Foamed-in-place Air Seals: Semi-rigid; "Enerfoam" by Abisko or other approved manufacturer. Sealant Backing Rod: Extruded, foamed, closed cell, round polyethylene rod, 25% wider than joint width. Setting Blocks and Spacer Shims: Neoprene or oil-resistant rubber, as approved by glass manufacturer. Typical Exterior Door Glazing: Shall be insulating unit as per section 08800 – Glass and Glazing. All glass in doors shall be tempered. Typical Interior Door and Screen Glazing: Refer to Section 08800 – Glass and Glazing. All glass in doors shall be tempered. Thermal Separator: Extruded PVC. Door Hinges: Hinges shall be continuous. Fabrication Fabricate doors and frames to profiles and maximum face sizes indicated. Note elevations for interior vestibule frames shall match exterior curtain wall glazing as indicated on Drawings, unless noted otherwise. Provide minimum 7/8” (22 mm) bite for insulating glazed units. Fit joints tightly and secure mechanically. Conceal fastenings. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors, frames and reinforcements to receive hardware using templates provided under Section 08710. Isolate aluminum from direct contact with dissimilar metals, concrete and masonry by means of a heavy application of Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS Page 08120-3 isolation coating. 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 Aluminum Finishes Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum doors, frames, screens, closures, panels and other exposed components in accordance with Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes to match finish of windows and curtain wall – clear anodized finish. Factory finish exposed aluminum surfaces with an anodic oxide treatment to obtain an Architectural Class 2 colour anodized finish in accordance with Aluminum Association Specifications AA-M12C22A31. 2.5 2.5.1 Steel Finishes Finish steel clips and reinforcing steel with steel primer to CGSB 1-GP-40M. 2.6 2.6.1 Finish Hardware Supply of finish hardware for aluminum doors shall be supplied by Section 08710, Finish Hardware, except as noted otherwise herein. Supply and install weatherstripping and door sweeps, for all exterior doors. Comply with all requirements of Section 08710, Finish Hardware with respect to instructions, inspections, adjustment and rectification of defects. 2.6.2 2.6.3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 Installation Set frames plumb, square, level at correct elevation in alignment with adjacent work. Anchor securely. Install doors, frames and hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer's instructions. Adjust operable parts for correct function. Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure that structural loads are not transmitted to frames. 3.2 3.2.1 Glazing Glaze aluminum doors and frames using sealing compounds conforming to CGSB 19-GP-24 or dry flexible sealants. 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 Cleaning and Repairing Remove damaged, dented, defaced, defectively-finished or tool-marked components and replace with new. Refinish shop-applied finishes in field only with approval of Consultant. Clean off dirt resulting from erection on surfaces exposed to view. At all times, keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by work, and at the completion of the work, remove all rubbish and all tools, equipment and surplus materials from and about the work and leave the work clean. Replace glass broken during the course of the work. Remove, as work progresses, all excess or foreign materials or droppings which would set or become difficult to remove from wall cladding surfaces at time of final cleaning. Before building is turned over to the Owner, remove temporary protection, clean and polish exterior and exposed interior surfaces of all work of this Section. Use proper cleaning materials and methods to prevent damage to surfaces, finishes, sealer or work of other trades. Make good such damage to Consultant's satisfaction. Do not use steel wool, wire brushes or steel scrapers on any finished surfaces. Upon completion of work of this Section replace or make good all defective, scratched or damaged work to Consultant's satisfaction at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 3.3.9 * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS Page 08210-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 Referenced Standards AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada CAN/CSA-0132.2.0-90(R2003) General Requirements for Wood Flush Doors 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Warranty .1 Submit a warranty in accordance with Section 01300, covering the replacement of defective work for an additional period of time as defined by each door type, to start from the date of substantial completion of the contract. .2 Warping, shrinking, twisting, showing of core ghost lines, splitting, delaminating, or sagging under normal use will be considered as defects. Warpage shall not exceed 1/4“ (6 mm) clearance over height or width. .3 Warranty shall cover hanging, refinishing, and complete replacement costs of defective doors. .4 Total warranty period shall be as defined by each door type listed below. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, Shop Drawings. Indicate door types and cutouts for lights and louvers. 1.3.2 1.4 1.4.1 Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Identify packaged doors with labels. Store flat at site, in dry locations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Suite Doors (doors within suites) All interior suite doors shall be hollow core, four panel design, smooth finish and shop primed ready for paint. Executive Series Atherton as manufactured by Jeld Wen Windows and Doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Install door as per manufactures written instructions. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08337 FOLDING SECURITY GRILLES Page 08337-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Referenced Standards 1.1.1 AMP-501-88 1.2 Submittals 1.2.1 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for Consultant's review before fabrication. Include published data, detailed plans, elevations, required clearances and accessories. 1.2.2 Maintenance Instructions: Submit maintenance instructions for incorporation in Project Data Book. 1.2.3 Warranty .1 Architectural Metal Products, Finishes for Aluminum. Provide a written warranty in accordance with section 01300. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Security Grille 2.1.1 Design based on "Aeroflex” as manufactured by Mobilflex Inc. 2.1.2 Curtain: The top and bottom of each section is fitted with an aluminum panel 4” high (102mm). This panel consists of an aluminum extrusion 1/16” (1,6mm) thick and composed of modules with a 15° angle between them to facilitate the operation of the closure. The curtain is constructed of 6” (152mm) wide modules linked together by a continuous aluminum hinge. These hinges hold steel perforated panels with 3/16” (5mm) diameter holes providing a 51% visibility and ventilation through the panels. Locking: a. Lead post shall be equipped with a hook bolt lock with MobilFlex cylinders each side. b. Lead post shall engage a full height wall jamb. c. Trailing post shall be self-locking at the top and bottom inside the storage pocket. d. Free floating intermediate posts shall be located at all curves and at recommended intervals of 10 feet (3m) or 5 feet (1,5m) for counter top units. Intermediate posts shall be equipped with self-adjusting spring loaded drop bolts activated from the inside only. Drop bolts shall engage dustproof stainless steel receptacles. Track: a. Curtain shall be hung from an overhead track 1-5/16” (33mm) wide by 1-9/16” (40mm) high. Track shall be tempered aluminum alloy 6351-T6. b. Curves where required shall be 14” (356mm) radius standard. Stacking: Stacking shall not exceed a depth of 1.15” per foot of closure width plus 3” for each post (lead, end or intermediate). (95mm/lin. m + 76mm per post). Full egress doors add 7” (178mm). 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.2 Aluminum Finish 2.2.1 Clear anodized conforming to AMP-501, AA-M12C22A41. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08337 FOLDING SECURITY GRILLES Page 08337-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 Installation Erect grilles in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions Through-wall fastening will not be permitted. Install under manufacturer's supervision to ensure free-running, properly counterbalanced and tight-closing operation. Verify that other trades have completed all preparation work. Verify dimensions of opening prior to installation. Install closure as per printed instructions from MobilFlex and approved shop drawing. Clean and adjust closure to ensure smooth operation. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08520 EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 08521-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. This sections specifies exterior window / door systems and related accessories. 1.2 Referenced Standards General: Window manufacturers referenced standards and the following; Aluminum Association (AA), Designation System for Aluminum Finishes (2000) ASTM A653/A653M - Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. ASTM E330 - Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ASTM E547 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference CAN/CGSB-12.3 - Flat, Clear Float Glass. CAN/CGSB-12.8 – Insulating Glass Units. CAN/CGSB-12.1 – Tempered or Laminated Saftey Glass CSA-A440-00 – Windows, CSA-A440.1 User Selection Guide to CSA Standard CAN/CSA –A440-00 Windows CSA-G164 - Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. ASTM E2190 – Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation CAN/CGSB-12.20M – Structural Design of Glass for Buildings 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 Quality Assurance Qualification of Subcontractor: Execute work of this Section using a fabricator and erector who has adequate plant, equipment and skilled tradesmen to perform work expeditiously, and is known to have been responsible for satisfactory installations during a period of at least ten (10) years. Submit proof of experience upon request of Consultant. Work of this section must take into consideration and coordinate work of this section with other sections. Coordinate with other trades as required. Submittals Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300. .2 Submit one (1) representative 24” x 24” (600 mm x 600 mm) model of each window and door type. .3 Submit samples of operating hardware .4 Include frame, sash, sill, vision glass, operating unit and surface finishes Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340. .2 Indicate materials and details in scale full size for head, jamb and sill, profiles of components, interior and exterior trim junction between combination units, elevations of unit, anchorage details, location of isolation coating, description of related components, and exposed finishes, fasteners, and caulking. Indicate location of manufacturer's nameplates. .3 Submit design calculations that confirm window assemblies / insulated glass units / doors shall withstand wind loads and where required act as a guard in accordance with the Ontario Building Code. Calculations shall be stamped and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the Province of Ontario. Test Reports: Submit test reports from approved independent testing laboratories, certifying compliance with specifications, for: Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .1 .2 SECTION 08520 EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 08521-2 Windows: Provide test reports for the window that demonstrate the windows / doors comply with CSA-A440 ratings as defined in section 1.4 – Performance Requirements including; air leakage “fixed” rating for nonoperating windows, rating for operating windows, water leakage rating, wind load resistance , forced entry rating. Insulation Value .1 Overall and combined thermal resistance value inclusive of frame and insulated glazing unit of R5. 1.3.4 Warranties .1 Submit a warranty covering the maintenance, repair or replacement of defective work for a period of nine (9) years from the expiration of the standard one (1) year warranty included in the Contract under the General Conditions. Structural failure, leaking, loosening, fading, discolouration, deforming, delamination or separation of finish cladding from window member shall be judged as defective work. Total warranty period shall be ten (10) years. .2 Submit a warranty covering the maintenance, repair or replacement of defective work for a period of nineteen (19) years from the expiration of the standard one (1) year warranty included in the Contract under the General Conditions. Seal failure; interplane dusting, misting or condensation shall be judged as defective work. Total warranty period shall be twenty (20) years. 1.3.5 Manufacturer’s Instructions .1 Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's written data, including product technical bulletins, product catalogue installation instructions, product carton installation instructions, referenced standards and data sheets. 1.4 1.4.1 Performance Requirements System Design: Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind acting normal to plane of window as measured in accordance with the Ontario Building Code and in accordance with CAN/CGSB-12.20M – Structural Design of Glass for Buildings. Deflection: Limit member deflection to 1/200 of the longer dimension with full recovery of glazing materials. Assembly: To accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement between window and perimeter framing, deflection of lintel. Classification rating to CAN / CSA-A440.1 “User Selection Guide to CSA Standard CAN / CSA-A440-00, Windows.” CSAA440 air leakage “fixed” rating for non-operating windows and “A3” rating for operating windows, water leakage rating B7, wind load resistance C3, and forced entry rating F10. System Internal Drainage: Drain incidental water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to the exterior by a weep drainage network within glazing network. Air and Vapour Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapour retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing compound. 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Acceptable Manufacturers Drawings and specifications for work of this Section are based the following manufacturers and styles; .1 Fixed Windows: Donat Flamand Collection – DF 3103 Picture Windows as manufactured by Jeld Wen Windows & Doors. .2 Casement Windows: Donat Flamand Collection Series – DF 3103 Casement Windows as manufactured by Jeld Wen Windows & Doors. .2 Exterior Doors: United Series, Single Steel Entry Door, as manufactured by Jeld Wen. 2.2 System Descriptions Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08520 EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 08521-3 2.2.1 Windows: Donat Flamand Collection DF 3103 Casement Windows as manufactured by Jeld Wen. .1 Windows shall have the following characteristics; .1 Window Frame: shall be 3 1/4” deep, complete with a 3 1/2” brickmould and 6 1/8” PVC clad pine jamb extensions on the interior. Refer to drawings details for additional information and installation requirements. .2 Operating Unit: shall be casement style. Where required operators shall have locks to restrict opening of window greater than 4” in conformance with the Ontario Building Code 9.7.1.6 (1b). .3 Hardware: Each operating unit shall be ‘Encore’ folding hardware with multi point locking hardware. Finish colour to be white. .4 Glazing: Refer to section 08800 Glass and Glazing .5 Interior Finish: All exposed interior hemlock shall be stained finish as selected by the Owner at a later date. .6 Screens: glass fibre mesh, colour: black, located on interior of window in rolled aluminium, prefinished frame, sit with adjustable locking hardware. .7 Simulated Divided Lites: interior and exterior applied grilles shall be 7/8” wide and denoted as ‘SDL’ on the drawings. Colour shall match exterior window frame. .8 Weatherstripping: shall be polyethylene pile, thermoplastic elastomer bulb seal and extruded sill seal, permanently resilient, profiled to effect a continuous tight fitting weather seal. .9 Fasteners: shall be concealed, stainless steel. 2.2.2 Exterior Doors: Steel Entrance Doors as manufactured by Jeld Wen. .1 Exterior Doors shall have the following characteristics; .1 Basis of Design: Doors are based on the JELD-WEN®’s Gladiator Steel Doors. 1. Gladiator Ovolo A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. MATERIALS Wood Frames: Western Pine, preservative treated with AuraLast™ in accordance with WDMA I.S.4. Steel Skins: 24 gauge cold-rolled galvanized steel. Stiles and Rails Wood Edge Construction: 1 inch Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL). Core: Custom-fitted Polystyrene. STEEL ENTRANCE DOORS Thickness: 1-3/4 inch Edge Construction: Wood. Door Design a. Door Surface: Smooth b. Door Shape: Squared Top. c. Door Style: Solid d. Face Pattern: 3-Panel craftsman Sticking Profile: Standard Finish: Two coats of neutral, low sheen, baked-on enamel primer. Hardware: None. Prep door for owner supplied hinge and lockset. Hardware Finish: Refer to Finished Hardware 08710 PREHUNG HARDWOOD SYSTEMS Profile: System 01, Single Door Jamb: Solid pine Auralast wood. a. Profile: Rabbeted] b. Width: 6-9/16 inch. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 O. P. Q. 1.3 SECTION 08520 EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 08521-4 Casing: Brickmould Hinges: Solid brass concealed-bearing. a. Finish: Zinc Dichromate Sills: Aluminum with Polished Aluminum Finish. Hardware: Operating hardware shall include ball bearing hinges, multipoint locking system, deadbolt, extruded aluminum threshold, top / bottom bolts and astragal. All hardware shall have brushed nickel finish. Lockset / handles shall be elected by the Owner supplied by others. Coordinate installation of this hardware with the multipoint locking system on the doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 3.1.9 3.1.10 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 FABRICATION Fabricate framing and sash members with mortise and tenon joints. Glue and steel pin joints to hairline fit, Finger joints not permitted in units. Form metal cladding with integral nailing flange, sloped for wash. Form glass stops of solid wood sloped for wash. Form attachment flange integral to perimeter of unit. Fabricate components with consistent clearances, shim spaces around perimeter of assembly, enabling installation and dynamic movement of frame and perimeter seal. Arrange fasteners concealed from view. Assemble insect screen frame with reinforced frame corners. Stretch mesh taut into frame and secure. Fit frame with spring loaded steel pin retainers. Double weatherstrip operable units. Factory glaze window units. EXAMINATION Prior Inspection of the Structure: After lines and grades have been established, and before beginning installation in any area, examine all parts of the structure on which work of this section is to be placed in that area. Should any conditions be found which will prevent the proper execution of work, report such conditions in writing to the Consultant. Do not proceed with installation work until such conditions are corrected or adjusted to the satisfaction of the Consultant and the installation Contractor. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapour seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. INSTALLATION Lines and Grades: Obtain bench marks for elevations and building line offset marks for alignment on each floor level. Should any error be found in their location, notify the Consultant in writing. Do not proceed with installation work in the affected area until the errors have been corrected. Install windows and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. Install jamb extensions. Inject low expansion polyurethane foam into spaces at perimeter of window frame assembly to maintain continuity of air, vapour, and thermal barrier. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapour barrier materials. Install perimeter sealant to method required to achieve performance criteria using Type A sealant, backing materials, and installation criteria in Section 07900 – Sealants Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08520 EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 08521-5 3.4 3.4.1 ERECTION TOLERANCES Erect the work within the following tolerances: .1 Maximum variation from plane or location shown on reviewed shop drawings: 1/8” (3mm) per 10’-0” (3000 mm) of length or 6 mm in any total length. .2 Maximum offset from true alignment between two identical members abutting end to end in line or side by side: 1/32” (0.8 mm). 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 ADJUSTING Adjusting installed work. Adjust door for smooth / balanced door movement and full closure Adjust hardware for smooth operation and secure weathertight closure. 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 CLEANING Clean installed work. Clean off dirt resulting from erection on surfaces exposed to view. Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. Remove damaged, dented, defaced, defectively- finished or tool-marked components and replace with new. Refinish shop-applied finishes in field only with approval of Consultant. At all times, keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by work, and at the completion of the work, remove all rubbish and all tools, equipment and surplus materials from and about the work and leave the work clean. Replace glass broken during the course of the work. Remove, as work progresses, all excess or foreign materials or droppings which would set or become difficult to remove from wall cladding surfaces at time of final cleaning. Before building is turned over to the Owner, remove temporary protection, clean and polish exterior and exposed interior surfaces of all work of this Section. Use proper cleaning materials and methods to prevent damage to surfaces, finishes, sealer or work of other trades. Make good such damage to Consultant's satisfaction. Do not use steel wool, wire brushes or steel scrapers on any finished surfaces. Upon completion of work of this Section replace or make good all defective, scratched or damaged work to Consultant's satisfaction at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6 3.6.7 3.6.8 3.6.9 3.6.10 3.6.11 3.6.12 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK Protecting installed work. Do not permit continuing construction activities near unprotected finish surfaces. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 Referenced Standards General: Window manufacturers referenced standards and the following; CAN/CSA-A440-M00 Windows CAN/CSA-G164-M92 Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles CAN/CSA-S157-M83 Strength Design in Aluminium CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass CAN/CGSB-12.3-M91 Flat, Clear Float Glass CAN/CGSB-12.4-M91 Glass, Heat Absorbing CAN/CGSB-12.8-97 Insulating Glass Units CAN/CGSB-1.108-M89 Bituminous Solvent Type Paint CAN/CGSB 19.24-M90 Multi-component, Chemical-Curing Sealing Compound NAAMM AMP-505-88 The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Applied Coatings NAAMM AMP-501-88 The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Finishes for Aluminium AAMA 605.2 American Architectural Manufacturer's Association "Voluntary Specification for High Performance Organic Coating on Architectural Extrusions and Panels". CAN/CGSB-12.20-M89 Structural Design of Glass for Buildings ASTM E283-04 Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Window & Door system, Window & Door Systems, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen ASTM E330-02 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Window & Door Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference ASTM E331-00 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Window & Door Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 1.2.14 1.2.15 1.2.16 1.3 1.3.1 .1 .2 Design of Window & Door system Design Window & Door System to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/1.S.2/A 440 -08 and the SB10 of 2012 Ontario Building Code Design glazed aluminum Window & Door System following rainscreen principles. Ensure horizontal members are sealed to vertical members to form individual compartments in accordance with rainscreen principles. .3 Ventilate and pressure equalize air space outside exterior surface of insulation to exterior. .4 Window & Door System systems including glazing, must meet RSI (R-VALUES) described in SB10 of the 2012 Ontario Building Code. 1.3.2 Design aluminum components to CAN/CSA S157. 1.3.3 Design and size Window & Door system components to withstand dead and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind, acting normal to plane of wall using design pressure of 25 psf. .1 Design Window & Door system for expansion and contraction caused by cycling temperature range of 95 degrees C over 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .2 to SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-2 Thermal expansion: Ensure Window & Door system can withstand temperature differential of 85 degrees C and is able accommodate interior and exterior system expansion and contraction without damage to components or deterioration of seals. .3 Design vertical expansion joints with baffled overlaps and compressed resilient air seal laid between mullion ends. .4 Ensure system is designed to accommodate: .1 Movement within Window & Door system assembly. .2 Movement between system and perimeter framing components. .3 Dynamic loading and release of loads. .4 Deflection of structural support framing. .5 Shortening of building concrete structural columns. .6 Creep of concrete structural members. .7 Mid-span slab edge deflection: 6 mm maximum. .5 Thermal resistance .1 Vision glass areas: Insulating Glass Unit U 0.35 for operable units .2 Vision glass areas: Insulating Glass Unit U 0.30 for Window & Door system .6 Limit mullion deflection to [flexure limit of glass 19 mm , 0.75 inches, L/175 maximum with full recovery of glazing materials. .7 Deadload prevention: Design Window & Door system with separate, integrated support for insulating glass units. .8 Glass dimensions: Size glass units to CAN/CGSB-12.20. .9 Flatness criteria: 6 mm, 0.25 inches maximum in 6 m, 20 feet for each panel. .10 Air infiltration: 0.3 L/s/m2 (0.63 cfm) maximum of wall area to [AAMA 501] [ASTM E283] at differential pressure across assembly of 300 Pa (0.044 psi). .11 Water infiltration: None to [AAMA 501] [ASTM E331] [ASTM E1105] at differential pressure across assembly of 720Pa (0.104 psi). .12 Ensure interior surfaces have no condensation before exposed edges of sealed units reach dew point temperatures during testing to [AAMA 501]. .13 Maintain continuous air barrier and vapour retarder throughout building envelope and Window & Door system assembly. .14 Ensure no vibration harmonics, wind whistles, noises caused by thermal movement, thermal movement transmitted to other building elements, loosening, weakening, or fracturing of attachments or components of system occur. 1.3.4 Window & Door system and operators shall meet the following design requirements as per CAN/CSA A440. .1 Air tightness: A3. .2 Water tightness: B3. .3 Wind load resistance: C3. .4 Condensation resistance: Temperature Index, I58. .5 Forced Entry: F10. 1.3.5 The drawings and specifications do not intend to identify or solve the requirements of thermal, structural, vapour and air movement, drainage, methods of anchorage, flatness and other requirements. The responsibility of performance rests solely with the Window & Door system by manufacturer. Base Window & Door system design on the "rain screen principle", as advocated by the National Research Council, with all voids within components having: .1 Such gaskets, baffles, overlaps, and seals as required to provide a barrier "rain screen" to effectively prevent rainwater entry into any of the cavities and to interior rooms. Include in this section, all metal air/vapour barriers, and liners required for the project. .2 Provisions in the form of openings, between cavities and the building exterior, these orifices being of sufficient cross-sections to provide instantaneous pressure equalization. In addition, baffle all openings against direct rainwater entry. NOTE: Place all "air barriers" at locations to eliminate any contact between interior humid air and exterior cold air, and structure components and to subsequently prevent any moisture and ice build-up on the said surfaces during cold weather. .3 A thermal break that will provide absolute separation between the exterior and interior metal. The resultant frame resistance to heat transfer at all points shall equal or exceed that of the glazing. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-3 .4 1.3.6 1.3.7 1.3.8 1.3.9 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Provide at Window & Door System, a vented vapour flow bypass chamber to trap from interior of building and drain resultant condensation to exterior, thereby preventing its passage to space between the interior and exterior glass lights. .5 Overall and combined Imperial thermal resistance value of all window frame/glazing assemblies shall have the following minimum range; R3 +. Have work of this Section designed by a Professional Engineer licensed to design structures in the Province of Ontario. Comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. Comply with the design and performance requirements specified in the building codes, and as specified in this Section, and design and engineer the work accordingly. In designing and engineering the work, the following principles shall be followed: .1 Follow profiles and sizes shown on the Drawings. .2 Window & Door system glazing shall be replaceable from the interior. .3 Glass shall have a uniform appearance and colour. .4 The exposed components of the system shall have a uniform appearance. .5 Locate sealants, air/vapour seals, thermal breaks, thermal separations, drainage slots as required to meet requirements of this Section. .6 Provide an air and water tight seal at interior glass. .7 The pressure glazing bead shall contain provisions for thermal expansions and contractions. .8 Conceal fastenings, except where specified otherwise. Should some exposed fastenings be necessary and it can be demonstrated accordingly to the satisfaction of the Consultant, the exposed fastenings shall be in the same finish and colour as the member in which they occur. .9 Provide accessories required and necessary to complete the work including all framing accessories and door adapters at door jambs and heads. .10 Provide galvanized steel reinforcing within mullions and/or framing to support Window & Door system where and as required. .11 The work shall have a method of attachment to the structure which shall take into account site peculiarities and so that there shall be no possibility of site and air vibrations or normal temperature movements of the building to loosen, weaken, and/or fracture the connection between the units and the structure or between the units themselves. .12 Design, assemble, and secure the assembly in a manner that will keep any stresses on sealants within the manufacturer's recommended maximum. .13 Provide all reinforcing within aluminium members as required by design to provide structurally sound assembly. In any case, mullion size shall not be increased due to provision of reinforcing. .14 Thermally break frame members. Provide thermal breaks between exterior and interior components, insulate and isolate assemblies to provide total absence of condensation on interior metal or glass surfaces under maintained design conditions. .15 Design frames so that edges of inner pane of insulating glass units do not fall more than 8C below the temperature of the centre of the inner pane. .16 Window & Door system fastener supports shall coordinate and take into account conditions where exterior cladding relies on bent metal clips for fastening. All glass shall conform to CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90, and CAN/CGSB-12.20-M89. Provision For Thermal Movement, Structural Deflection and Creepage, and Interfacing With Other Trades Design, fabricate and install the wall assembly to provide for such expansion and contraction of component materials as will be caused by an ambient temperature for the location of the building, without causing buckling, delamination, oilcanning, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental defects. Similarly design, fabricate and install frames, and structural supports to accommodate structural deflection and column creep of 3/4” (19 mm) maximum without detriment to the work. Interface and co-ordinate with adjacent work of other trades particularly the air/vapour barrier and roofing trades to ensure that the final result will be a permanent watertight, and air/vapour tight assembly. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-4 1.5 1.5.1 Wind, Snow, Ice, and Glass Cleaning Loading Design, fabricate and install all work to support a wind force pressure and snow and ice loads for the locality in accordance with The Ontario Building Code. Deflection shall not exceed 1/175 and/or 20mm maximum. Submit structural calculations as requested by Consultant or authorities having jurisdiction. Also make allowance for pressures which window washing equipment will place on cladding. 1.6 1.6.1 Alignment of Structural Supports Be responsible for final horizontal and vertical setting and supply, installation and alignment of structural supports. 1.7 1.7.1 Quality Assurance Qualification of Subcontractor: Execute work of this Section using a fabricator and erector who has adequate plant, equipment and skilled tradesmen to perform work expeditiously, and is known to have been responsible for satisfactory installations during a period of at least ten (10) years. Submit proof of experience upon request of Consultant. Testing and Inspection .1 The Contractor shall retain an independent inspection company to inspect work of this section and to perform additional shop and field inspection as required. .2 The inspection company will verify that shop drawings show that the work of this Section has been designed in accordance with established Building Envelope design principles. .3 The costs of such inspection and testing will be paid for by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of 01400, Quality Control. .4 Third party testing to provide copy of reports to consultant within three (3) days. .5 Refer to section 1400 Quality Control .6 Refer also to section 01830 Facility Commissioning- Building Envelope. Coating Applicator: The metal finishing shall be performed by a finisher / applicator approved in writing by the manufacturer of the coatings and under the supervision of the manufacturer's qualified representative. Work of this section must take into consideration and coordinate work of this section with other sections. Coordinate with other trades as required. 1.7.2 1.7.3 1.7.4 1.8 1.8.1 Submittals Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300. .2 Submit one (1) representative 12” x 12” (300mm x 300 mm) model of each Window & Door systems. .3 Include frame, sash, sill, vision glass, spandrel panel and weatherproofing method, and surface finish. 1.8.2 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340. .2 Indicate materials and details in scale full size for head, jamb and sill, profiles of components, interior and exterior trim junction between combination units, elevations of unit, anchorage details, location of isolation coating, description of related components, and exposed finishes, fasteners, and caulking. Indicate location of manufacturer's nameplates. .3 Indicate size location of steel reinforcing located in aluminium mullions. .4 Shop drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a qualified Professional Structural Engineer licensed to practise in the Province of Ontario. .5 Shop drawings for windows and Window & Door System must coordinate with exterior cladding design and shop drawings. Shop drawings include plywood box. Indicate frame to plywood box fastening installation. 1.8.3 Test Reports: Submit test reports from approved independent testing laboratories, certifying compliance with specifications, for: Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .1 .2 .3 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-5 Windows: CSA-A440 air leakage “fixed” rating for non-operating windows and “A3” rating for operating windows, water leakage rating B3, wind load resistance C3, condensation resistance temperature index minimum 59, with insulating glazing units. Window & Door System .1 Structural performance shall be based on CSA Standard CAN3-S157 "Strength Design in Aluminium" and a maximum deflection of 1/175 (and 20mm maximum) of the span. .2 Air infiltration shall not exceed 0.0003 m³/s-m² when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at a pressure differential of 300 Pa. .3 There shall be no water infiltration when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 with a pressure differential of 720 Pa. Thermally, the grid members shall have a condensation resistance equal to or better than the area along the bottom of a 25 mm sealed glass unit as defined in Item 2.2 Materials of this Section. Insulation Value .1 Overall and combined thermal resistance value inclusive of frame and insulated glazing unit of R3+. 1.8.4 Warranty .1 Submit a warranty covering the maintenance, repair or replacement of defective work for a period of four (4) years from the expiration of the standard one (1) year warranty included in the Contract under the General Conditions. .2 Structural failure, leaking, loosening, fading, discolouration, deforming and failure of glazing units shall be judged as defective work. .3 Total warranty period shall be five (10) years. 1.8.5 Manufacturer’s Instructions .1 Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's written data, including product technical bulletins, product catalogue installation instructions, product carton installation instructions, referenced standards and data sheets. 1.8.6 Manufacturer's Letter of Compliance .1 Manufacturer will submit a sealed letter to the consultant, confirming compliance with all requirements noted above for every window system listed below. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 Acceptable Manufacturers Drawings and specifications for work of this Section are based the following manufacturers and styles; .1 CS 68 Windows & Doors System (Functional style) as manufactured by Reynaers Inc. .2 Vision 50 (Interior Aluminum Screen) as manufactured by Reynaers Inc. Glazing used for windows consists of 25.4mm thick insulated units, refer to section 08800 – Glass and Glazing. Aluminium sills shall be manufactured by the window supplier as detailed on drawings. Products and systems by other manufacturers of similar profile and conforming to all required design and performance requirements of the drawings and specifications are also acceptable. Acceptable manufacturers: .1 Reynaers Inc, www.reynaers.us/contact. Wherever possible all components (except glass products) shall come from a single source. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.2 2.2.1 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-6 Systems Descriptions CS 68 Windows & Doors System (Functional style) .1 Frames CS 68 is an aluminium framed window and door system, depths of sections 2 5/16” (59mm), glass weights and anticipated design wind loadings advised for the site. Opening windows and doors can be incorporated. Main system types are as follows. Aluminium WindowsReynaers CS68 system (openings) Type CS68 opening vents, side hung top hung and tilt & turn casements with fixed lights Designed system as dry glazed pressure equalised façade solution. Mullion supported with cleats in to centre chambers integrated transom profiles. EPDM gasket seals throughout, gasket setting connection seals between transom and mullion suspension profiles to accommodate expansion movement.. Allow complete drainage evacuation to the outside via transom weeps drainage, additional transom drainage to the exterior where recommended by system manufacturer. Ventilation allowance to be provided at perimeter of all infill panels and double / triple glazed units. Provide for all screen and building tolerances within the façade system including; - Sufficient edge cover on all infill panels to ensure and maintain weather seal - edge clearance from infill panels to accommodate expansion contraction and imposed loading bending accommodation within the façade system. Maximum thermal separation from internal and external aluminium surfaces to combat thermal bridging. Integrated hidden mechanical fixation of all external standard mullion and transom, Integrated hidden mechanical fixation of transom to mullion internal connection in combination with transom overlap detail to mullion profiles. Exterior visible dimensions, 2 5/16” (59mm) Interior visible dimension, 2 5/16”(59mm), depth of profile dependent on span. Exposure category, Design Wind Pressure advised as Project specific Design Wind Loading Site Wind speeds and design wind pressures for the building envelope shall be calculated in accordance with current national codes for determination of wind load on buildings. BS-6399-2. Weather performance: Exposure category: Performance to be equal to the following; Air permeability EN 12153, EN 12152, Test Pressure Class A4 to 600Pa Water tightness EN 12155, EN 12154, Test Pressure Class RE to 900Pa Wind Load resistance to frame deflection EN 12211, EN 12210, Test Pressure Class C to ≤ 1/300 Wind resistance EN 12211, EN 12210, Test Pressure Class 5 to 2000Pa Thermal performance: Performance and testing to conform to EN 10077-2 Average outerframe & vent combination ‘U’f values 1.8W/m2K to 2.9W/m2K Typical window ‘U’w whole window value of 1.6W/m2K, with dgu 1.1W/m2K centre pane value. Warm edge spanners to be used throughout. Thermal Stress in Glazing Glass panes/ units: Must have adequate resistance to thermal stress generated by orientation, shading, solar control and construction. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-7 Acoustic performance: Performance and testing to conform to EN ISO 140-3, EN ISO 717-1 As advised on the Contract tender documents and Glazing Schedules 40dB (Tra) to glazed elements of the Building Perimeter 25dB (Tra) to glazed elements of the Courtyard Glazing Type; Insulated DGU’s up to 44mm overall thickness Pane materials Thickness of DGU’s to be generally 28mm except where alternative prescriptions are required to meet the performances of Acoustic and Thermal properties. In so far as is possible a similar glass thickness is to be maintained on the building or at least on each façade. Where alternate glazing thickness are proposed detailed performance data sheets are to be provided to access performance ratings and light transmission. Samples for visual assesement must be provided to the satisfaction of the design team. Safety Glazing to be provided in accordance with current Building Regulations and codes of practice. Any window with glazing panels less than 800mm above GFL or FFL to comply with BS6206 Class C. Any glazing panel within a door located internally or externally and below 1.5m from FFL or within 300mm to the side of the door to comply with BS6206 Class A. Where the glazing panels are greater than 900mm width they shall satisfy the requirements of BS6206 Class B Or as specifically defined in window schedule Polished glass edges to all panes. Glass to glass corners to be provided with stepped edge overlap unit. Please refer to Architects section details to identify primary surface for stepped edge. Glass thicknesses and safety glasses to BS 6206 will comply with the requirements of BS 6262. Glazing system: Dry glazed with EPDM gaskets as per Reynaers recommendations. External E type gasket connection to frame with wedge type gasket to the interior at all times. Glass thickness’ and safety glasses to BS 6206 will comply with the requirements of BS 6262. Avoidance of Condensation Requirement: Notional psychrometric conditions under which condensation should not form on building interior surfaces of framing members or any part of infill panels/ facings are: External summer: +20 Deg C . External winter: -1 Deg C . Internal summer: +22 Deg C +/- 2DegC . Internal winter: +22 Deg C +/- 2DegC . Internal RH levels 40% Where compliance with all condensation risk parameters is not necessarily achievable indication of actual performance on the Window & Door Systeming framing only and Window & Door Systeming in combination with proprietary insert door solutions to be calculated and presented to the Architect / Design team on tender submission for consideration. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-8 Finish: All aluminum profiles to be polyester powder coated, Syntha Pulvin powder unless otherwise stated to RAL 9003 Signal white Standard colour finish in single colour application inside and out. Coating and finish to BS 6496. Minimum film thickness 60 microns standard application Special Characteristics: Satin finish ironmongery hinges and handles to the interior. DPM membrane material to be used for flashing connection and material separation in all locations within the screen construction. Perimeter connections of punch open window / or glazier into Window & Door Systems all to be provided with a proprietary shroud element bonded and mechanically fixed to the aluminum frames and available for bonding / sealing to the building envelope. Air-tight building connections required in all instances. For a quality production all aluminum shroud connections to be made in factory controlled environments for all profiles being delivered to the site. Particular care and attention to be given to the head and jamb building in details and interface junctions with other building materials. Fully insulated connections to be made to all reveals to reduce or eliminate cold bridging at these locations. Proprietary air sealing materials to be used on all junction connections between windows and doors system. Please refer to Architects typical details to identify proposed sealing products. All building connections to be highly insulated so as to ensure continuity of thermal performance designed for in both the glazed façade solution and the surrounding wall and floor constructions. Vapour control check layer to be provided on warm side of all perimeter insulations fitted by the glazing contractor to ensure no migration or trapping of moisture behind external weather seals. 2.3 2.3.1 Vision 50 (Interior Aluminum Screen) By Reynaers Inc. .1 Drawings and Specifications are based on Vision 50 Series (Interior Aluminum Screen) manufactured by Reynaers Aluminum. Drawings designate this series by the abbreviation ‘AL#’ - the number that follows the letters AL references the store front locations / configuration. Detailed description Door with square profile corners. Inward or outward opening. Non thermally broken. Side hung on pivot available in single or double door format. Manufactured under a quality assurance scheme to ISO 9001:2000. Guaranteed for ten years. Rated to Secured by Design standards. Product guidance - As Standard Material: Aluminium frames with a glass fibre reinforced polyamide thermal break, dry-glazed with EPDM or neutral silicone gaskets. Ironmongery/ Accessories: All handles, locks and rollers to be supplied by Reynaers Inc for details. Options Finish as delivered: Powder coating is available in any standard RAL colour, anodized finish also available. Different colours may be used internally and externally. Product specification Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-9 Manufacturer: Reynaers Inc Opening Double doors / Single door Configuration Manufacturer's standard - Sliding doors. Inward opening /Outward opening Pivot Manufacturer's standard Anti-finger trap Configuration Manufacturer's standard - Sliding doors. Inward opening / Outward opening Pivot Manufacturer's standard Anti-finger trap Finish as delivered Anodized Polyester powder coated Colour to be RAL 9003 Signal white Standard colour finish External colour to be RAL 9003 Signal white Standard colour finish Internal As external .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 .8 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 2.3.7 2.3.8 2.3.9 2.3.10 2.3.11 2.3.12 Face dimension (sightline) of principal members shall be 2” (50.3mm). Depth of members shall 3 15/16” (100mm). Aluminum Screen shall be of “single component” design, whereby the entire system shall be fabricated and installed as individual components. Assembly shall be by means of shear block. Assemble system using #400 stainless steel fasteners. Fasteners shall maintain integrity of system when subjected to specified loads and movements. Aluminum Screen shall accept glass units of 6mm overall thickness. Provide anodized aluminum closers and trim as detailed to suit project. Provide Door Adapters complete with door stop and weatherstripping. Materials – General Provide materials generally as described below, and in accordance with the window and/or glazing manufacturer’s requirements respectfully. Aluminium Extrusions and Sheet: AA6063-T54 alloy for extrusions; AA alloy 3003-H14 for sheets and plates. Screws, Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Rivets, and Other Fastening Devices: Stainless austenitic grade (300 Series) steel and of sufficient strength for the purpose. Pressure plate screws and anchor bolts, cadmium plated. Isolation Coating: to CAN/CGSB-1.108. Anchors, Steel Bracing and Supports: Prime-painted steel, conforming to CAN/CSA-G40.21, to suit indicated conditions and as required to properly support and anchor system. Thermal Break: Fabricate thermal break members of extruded PVC to suit glazing unit and in accordance with glazing/window manufacturer. Glazing Gaskets: Tremco "Visionstrip" exterior flexible tubular extruded EPDM, interior extruded polymer with integral spacer shim. Glazing Tape: 13/64” (5 mm) thick x height required 100% solid polyisobutylene-butyl, reinforced preformed tape with built in spacer. General Sealant Compound For Joints and Air/Vapour Foam Seals: ‘Silpruf’ as manufactured by General Electric Canada or ‘795’ as manufactured by Dow Corning, including primer as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Colour to match adjacent cladding colour. Heel Bead Sealant: Conforming to CAN/CGSB 19.13-M87. Foamed-in-place Insulation Air Seals: "Enerfoam" by Dow, "Froth-Pak" by Dow or other approved manufacturer. Sealant Backing Rod: Extruded, foamed, closed cell, round polyethylene rod, 25% wider than joint width. Setting Blocks and Spacer Shims: Neoprene or oil-resistant rubber or silicone, as approved by glass manufacturer. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.3.13 2.3.14 2.3.15 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-10 Metal Air / Vapour Barriers – NOT USED Air / Vapour Barrier (AVB) Transitions: Self adhesive sheet membrane as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, W.R. Grace, Monsey-Bakor, or Soprema. Provide complete with primer. Ensure compatibility with building air/vapour barrier installed by Others. Sills (typical) to be 1.2mm thick extruded aluminium sills as detailed on drawings. Finish to match (exterior) windows. At joints in sills provide a layer of Air Vapour Barrier (AVB) Transition for 4” on either side of joint in sills. Cover AVB with another layer of extruded aluminium sill, min 10” long. 2.4 2.4.1 Glass and Glazing Supply and Install in accordance with Section 08800. 2.5 2.5.1 Aluminium Finishes Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum frames, closures, panels and other exposed components in accordance with Aluminium Association Designation System for Aluminium Finishes. Interior Finishes: All interior exposed aluminum surfaces except as otherwise specified or shown shall be factory finished with an anodic oxide treatment to obtain an Architectural Class 2 clear anodized aluminum in accordance with Aluminium Association Specifications AA-M12C22A31. Exterior Finishes: All exterior exposed aluminum surfaces shall be factory finished with an anodic oxide treatment to obtain an Architectural Class 2 clear anodized aluminum in accordance with Aluminium Association Specifications AAM12C22A31. 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.7 2.7.1 Fabrication - General Structural performance shall be based on CSA Standard CAN3-S157 "Strength Design in Aluminium" and a maximum deflection of 1/175 of the span. Fabricate windows in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440 supplemented as follows: .1 Fabricate units square and true with maximum tolerance of plus or minus 1/16” (1.6 mm) for units with a diagonal measurement of 6’-0” (1800 mm) or less and plus or minus 1/8” (3 mm) for units with a diagonal measurement over 6’-0” (1800 mm). .2 Brace frames to maintain squareness and rigidity during shipment and installation. .3 Finish steel clips and reinforcement with shop coat primer to CAN/CGSB-1.40, 380 g/m² zinc coating to CAN/CSA-G164. .4 Fabricate framing from extrusions of sizes and shape shown on shop drawings. Framing shall be one part construction with a two part chemically curing, high density, polyurethane thermal barrier. Join the thermal barrier to the extrusion in such a way as to provide positive interlock, in addition to the adhesive bond, between the two materials. Ensure that the positive interlock in the event of any loss of adhesion, the thermal differential expansion/contraction of the composite section will be limited to 0.05% of the original length, and the composite section will continue to act structurally as an integral unit. Maintain the thermal integrity by the mechanical removal of the bridging element of the extrusion after curing. .5 Design framing for screw spline corner construction. Accurately machine all framing joints to allow site assembly and sealing, providing neat weathertight connections. Design coupling mullions to eliminate any seam joint on the exterior while providing a functional split to permit modular construction and allow for thermal expansion. Vent and drain glazing pockets to the exterior. All applied glass stop bases shall be mechanically fastened and sealed to the window frame and concealed with a snap on cover. Isolation Coating Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of a heavy application of isolation coating: .1 Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. .2 Concrete, mortar and masonry. .3 Wood. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM 2.8 2.8.1 Interior Closures Fabricate aluminum closures of minimum 1/8” (3 mm) thick aluminum sheet. 2.9 2.9.1 Aluminium Doors: Provide aluminum doors in accordance with the requirements of Section 08120, Aluminium Doors. Page 08521-11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 Installation Lines and Grades: Obtain bench marks for elevations and building line offset marks for alignment on each floor level. Should any error be found in their location, notify the Consultant in writing. Do not proceed with installation work in the affected area until the errors have been corrected. Prior Inspection of the Structure: After lines and grades have been established, and before beginning installation in any area, examine all parts of the structure on which work of this section is to be placed in that area. Should any conditions be found which will prevent the proper execution of work, report such conditions in writing to the Consultant. Do not proceed with installation work until such conditions are corrected or adjusted to the satisfaction of the Consultant and the installation Contractor. Workmanship: Erect windows and all parts of the Window & Door System plumb and true, in proper alignment and relationship to established lines and grades, as shown on reviewed shop drawings. Make the finished work rigid, neat in appearance, free from defects. Erection Tolerances: Erect the work within the following tolerances: .1 Maximum variation from plane or location shown on reviewed shop drawings: 1/8” (3mm) per 10’-0” (3000 mm) of length or 6 mm in any total length. .2 Maximum offset from true alignment between two identical members abutting end to end in line or side by side: 1/32” (0.8 mm). Anchorage: Anchor the work to the structure by permanent methods, in strict accordance with reviewed shop drawings. Design supporting brackets so as to provide three-dimensional adjustment and accurate location of wall components after the wall is properly positioned. Rigidly fix by welding or other approved means, all connections so designated on reviewed shop drawings. Window & Door System Window and Panel Installation .1 Install in accordance with CSA-A440-4. .2 Arrange components to prevent abrupt variation in colour. Sill Installation .1 Install metal sills with uniform wash to exterior, level in length, straight in alignment with plumb upstands and faces. Use one piece lengths at each location wherever possible. Install “S” Locks at joints. Leave at least 3/8” (10 mm) within “S” Lock for expansion. .2 Secure sills in place with continuous beads of caulking anchoring devices located at end joints of continuous sills and evenly spaced 24” (600 mm) o.c. in between. .3 Carry sills under jambs, and seal with caulking. Install drip deflectors at jambs. Metal and Self Adhered Air / Vapour Barrier Transitions .1 Preparation .1 Ensure that surfaces to receive sealant or glazing tape are dry, firm, straight, slightly textured for bond, and free from loose material, projections, ice, frost, slick, grease, oil or other matter detrimental to bond or uniform bedding of the material. .2 Supply inserts where required for attachment of supplementary framing to the concrete trades for casting-in-place. .3 Maintain surface and ambient temperatures constantly between 10C and 35C during application and curing of adhesive except as permitted otherwise by the Consultant in writing. .2 Erection Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 3.1.9 3.1.10 Glazing .1 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-12 Secure barriers to concrete and masonry using pneumatic fixings and to metal using self-tapping screws. Gun-apply a continuous 1/4” (6 mm) bead of sealant to all joints and barrier junctions and adjacent construction. Liberally butter screw fastenings where exposed to building interior. In addition to sealing, set barrier edges which abut concrete in a continuous bedding of glazing tape. Ensure the continuity of the air, vapour and thermal barrier within the construction specified herein and with adjacent barrier construction. Provide continuous air/vapour barrier seals at head and sill of windows. Provide air seals at locations where metal air/vapour barrier abuts other construction, between connections in air/vapour barrier components and elsewhere as shown. Perform sealing in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 07900, Sealants, as if fully cited herein, unless otherwise specified herein. Fill spaces in cavities behind closures with foam and semi-rigid insulation as detailed. Where indicated within Window & Door System and window assemblies install self adhered airvapour barrier transitions (noted as AVB) to maintain continuity with building air/vapour barrier installed by Others. Accurately measure glass openings and calculate glass size based on manufacturer's installation tables allowing for proper minimum edge engagement, rabbet width, rabbet depth, and expansion. .2 Before glazing, verify openings to see that they are square, plumb, and in true planes. If found otherwise, do not proceed with glazing until proper corrections are made. .3 Set insulating glass units on setting blocks placed at 1/8 points from each corner of glass. .4 Dry glaze by means of EPDM gaskets on interior and preformed glazing tape with built-in shim on exterior. Sealant and Air / Vapour Sealing .1 Arrange with the sealant manufacturer for a visit to the job site by one of its technical representatives before beginning the sealing installation to discuss with the Consultant the procedures to be adopted, to analyze site conditions and inspect the surfaces and joints to be sealed, in order that recommendations may be made, should adverse conditions exist. Discuss the following items: .1 Weather conditions under which work will be done. .2 Anticipated frequency and extent of joint movement. .3 Joint design. .4 Number of beads to be used in the sealing operation. .5 Have manufacturer send report to the Consultant. .2 Seal all joints required for a weatherproof installation and against air/vapour leakage. Use materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, and apply only by mechanics specially trained or experienced in their use. Before applying sealants or compressible foam air seal, completely remove all mortar, dirt, dust, moisture and other foreign matter from surfaces it will contact. Mask adjoining surfaces when required, to maintain a clean and neat appearance. Tool sealing compounds to fill the joint and provide a smooth finished surface. .3 Before sealant application, fill all spaces deeper than 1/2” (12.7 mm) with bedding material packed tightly in place to within 3/8” (10 mm) of finished surfaces. Bedding material shall be non-staining. .4 Prime surfaces to receive sealant as required to provide positive permanent adhesion and to prevent staining. .5 Fill remaining space with sealant compound. Application of sealant compound shall be by approved, recognized, skilled applicators and done in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions, under the supervision of and using pressure guns and equipment approved by the sealant compound manufacturer. Apply sealant compound to clean, dry, dust-free and grease and oil free surfaces. Exposed sealant compound shall be smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, air pockets and imbedded foreign materials. .6 Remove excess sealant compound or droppings which would set up or become difficult to remove from finished surfaces. Chemicals, scrapers or other tools which affect the finished surfaces shall not be used for Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .7 SECTION 08521 ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR SYSTEM Page 08521-13 such removal. The fact that the drawings do not show all locations to be sealed does not limit responsibility to seal all locations required to create and secure a continuous enclosure. 3.2 3.2.1 Caulking Apply sealant in accordance with Section 07900, Sealants. Conceal sealant within units except where exposed use is permitted by Consultant. 3.3 3.3.1 Closures, Trim and Flashings Install closures, trim and flashings. Provide closures at bottom of extrusion cavities and where required to provide backup support for air/vapour barrier. 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 Cleaning and Repairing Remove damaged, dented, defaced, defectively- finished or tool-marked components and replace with new. Refinish shop-applied finishes in field only with approval of Consultant. Clean off dirt resulting from erection on surfaces exposed to view. At all times, keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by work, and at the completion of the work, remove all rubbish and all tools, equipment and surplus materials from and about the work and leave the work clean. Replace glass broken during the course of the work. Remove, as work progresses, all excess or foreign materials or droppings which would set or become difficult to remove from wall cladding surfaces at time of final cleaning. Before building is turned over to the Owner, remove temporary protection, clean and polish exterior and exposed interior surfaces of all work of this Section. Use proper cleaning materials and methods to prevent damage to surfaces, finishes, sealer or work of other trades. Make good such damage to Consultant's satisfaction. Do not use steel wool, wire brushes or steel scrapers on any finished surfaces. Upon completion of work of this Section replace or make good all defective, scratched or damaged work to Consultant's satisfaction at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.4. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE Page 08710-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. Throughout the specification, type of materials are specified by manufacturer's name and catalogue number in order to establish standards of quality and performance and not for the purpose of limiting competition. Unless specifically stated otherwise such as locks/locksets, the bidder may use the alternate products specified, except that the burden is upon the bidder to prove such quality. Supply samples if required, to permit a fair evaluation of the proposed substitute with respect to quality, serviceability, warranty and cost. 1.2 1.2.1 Work Included in This Section Prepare a hardware schedule based on the drawings and specifications. Review schedule with Owner / Construction Manager and Architect. Coordinate Owners and project requirements as required prior to finalizing schedule and ordering hardware. Supply to the site, all finish hardware specified complete with templates and installation instructions, together with all required screws, expansion shields, anchors and other related accessories for satisfactorily attaching or installing all finish hardware. Package hardware separately for each opening and state clearly on each package the number and description of the opening for which the hardware is intended. 1.2.2 1.2.2 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 Hardware Consultant Provide the services of a fully experienced Architectural Hardware Consultant (A.H.C.) to prepare the hardware schedule and to field review as required during installation at normal working hours to co-ordinate and check shop drawings and provide consultation services when required and on-site inspections. All hardware shall be inspected after installation by the Manufacturer's and/or Owner's representative who shall certify in writing to the Owner, that all hardware has been supplied and installed in accordance with the specifications and Hardware List, and are functioning properly. At project completion instruct the Owner's Representative on all aspects of maintenance and adjustments of all Finish Hardware. Following award of contract, arrange to meet with Owner and Consultant to finalize the keying schedule. Co-ordination of Related Work Co-ordinate the hardware with other allied trades such as carpentry, millwork, aluminum door and screens, wood doors, hollow metal doors and frames, electrical and others. Power for door hardware including all raceways and boxes to wall switches and wiring to alarm system is to be supplied by Electrical Division 16. The automatic door operator supplier to co-ordinate and supply installation of electrical devices only in conjunction with the electric strike if required. All other electrical work shall be provided at each opening by the electrical contractor as required. The work of other trades to required to be performed to ensure proper installation and function of the automatic door operators shall be as follows: .1 .2 .3 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 Wiring and conduit between control devices and operator. Wiring, conduit and electrical equipment required to interface with door operators/controls and any other electrical control/monitoring systems supplied and installed by others. Preparation of wall and frame to provide adequate support for operator header. 120 Volt electrical service. Handling and Storage Handle and store materials on job site in such a manner that no damage will be done to the materials. Deliver and store materials undamaged in a dry area. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE Page 08710-2 1.5.3 Wrap all hardware in separate packages complete with all trimming and screws required for each item, distinctly labelled and numbered for each opening to correspond with the final reviewed Finish Hardware Schedule. 1.6 1.6.1 Hardware Reinforcement Provide all necessary hardware reinforcing required to provide a firm support for hardware described in these specifications; and, it shall be the responsibility of this section to check that all doors, frames and panels are reinforced in a satisfactory manner to provide a firm support. Coordinate any such requirements for doors, frames or panels with other trades. 1.7 1.7.1 Fire and Building Codes All hardware shall comply with applicable fire and building codes and requirements of local authority having jurisdiction over hardware. All electrical items must have CSA approval. For all doors indicated on Door Schedule as requiring a fire-resistance rating, hardware shall have been tested and listed by ULC as meeting requirements for use on labelled fire doors, and shall bear labels or markings attesting to such listing. 1.7.2 1.8 1.8.1 Barrier Free Requirements The building is designed to meet the needs of barrier free access. All hardware shall be supplied and installed in accordance with the Ontario Building Code and CAN/CSA-B61-M90. 1.9 1.9.1 Submittals Shop Drawings .1 It shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier to examine the plans and schedules to satisfy itself that all hardware listed can be used as specified. .2 Prepare and submit to the Consultant for review a copy of hardware schedule showing all hardware required for each opening. .3 Fully detail schedule as to actual factory catalogue numbers, quantities, hardware locations, etc. Include catalogue cut sheets of each item of hardware. .4 Arrange schedule in the same format and numerical sequence as that in the accompanying schedule. .5 All pages of the schedule shall be printed on 8-1/2" x 11" sized paper. 1.9.2 Samples .1 Submit samples of the complete line of hardware and finishes to the Consultant in accordance with Section 01300, if and when requested, to accompany any proposal for substitution. Fully label each sample as to manufacturer, type, size, and location for which its use is proposed. .2 Remove samples from the Consultant's office promptly upon request of Consultant. .3 Substitute new samples for any samples that are not considered by the Consultant to be equal to the hardware scheduled. Final approved samples will be retained by the Consultant until the project is completed. .4 Do not order hardware from the manufacturers until the samples have been approved by the Consultant, and the hardware and finishes supplied are identical with the approved samples. 1.9.3 For Maintenance Use 1.9.4 Submit the following to the Consultant: .1 One (1) set wrenches for locksets, exit devices and door closers. .2 Three (3) sets of manufacturer's installation instructions for locksets. .3 Three (3) sets of manufacturer's instructions in regard to proper care of hardware including lubrication of locksets, exit devices and door closers. .4 One (1) complete set of template schedules. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .5 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE Page 08710-3 Catalogue cuts of all hardware installed. 1.10 1.10.1 Changes Check all changes to the work of this section, that may be issued and revise the reviewed hardware schedule accordingly. Submit all revisions to the hardware schedule to the Consultant for review. 1.11 1.11.1 Warranty Submit a warranty in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals, covering the repair or replacement of defective work within specified periods. Provide total warranty of five (5) years for door closers and two (2) years for all other hardware. State in the warranty that any defective (material and operation) item of hardware shall be replaced immediately upon notification that item is defective at no expense to Owner. 1.11.2 1.11.3 1.12 1.12.1 Hardware Location of Doors Standard hardware location dimensions shall be in accordance with Canadian Metric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular Construction) prepared by Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturer’s Association unless indicated or scheduled otherwise. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1.1 All hardware shall be supplied by manufacturers approved within the hardware heading specifications to be provided at a later date. 2.1.2 Supply hardware as per attached hardware schedule. 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7 2.2.8 2.2.9 2.2.10 2.2.11 2.3 2.3.1 Keying System and Interchangeable Core Type Cylinder Develop new keying system for the building in consultation with Owner and Consultant. Keying system shall include keying alike, keying differently, keying in groups, sub-master keying and grand-master keying locks as required. Factory register all locks to a new system. Provide all locksets, dead bolts and exit devices with cylinders to be keyed alike and used as construction cylinders during construction. Prepare and submit keying chart and related explanatory data to Consultant for approval. Do not commence lock work until written confirmation of keying arrangements is received from Consultant. Supply three (3) keys per lockset. Stamp each key DO NOT DUPLICATE on one side and on the other with a key symbol consisting of not more than four letters or numbers. Supply for temporary construction use, Construction Master Keyed (CMK) cylinders, keyed alike as required. When no longer required, replace CMK's with permanent cylinder(s). Check operation of lock and keys. Supply keys, including a grand master and master keys, packed in separate envelopes for each group (key symbol) marked with the architectural door number(s) operated by the keys. Deliver all permanent keys to the Consultant and obtain a signature for same. Mortise and rim cylinders shall be interchangeable core type; all locks. All Cabinet locks shall be Master Keyed under one or more Master Key Systems. All keys STD Bow wherever possible shall be Large Bow GM-Large Bow. Supply following keys: .1 3 - grand-master keys, large bow - DO NOT DUPLICATE .2 3 - master keys (to later detail), large bow - DO NOT DUPLICATE .3 4 - change keys for each lock .4 10 - construction master keys Supplementary Material Requirements: The following supplements the Finish Hardware Schedule. Where conflict occurs, the Finish Hardware Schedule shall govern: Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE Page 08710-4 .1 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5.5 Locks and Latches .1 Supply strikes in stainless steel C32D. .2 Where lever handles are specified, locks and latches shall be specially designed for lever handles. Lever trim shall be through-bolted. .3 Latch bolts to be anti-friction three piece bolts. .2 Exit Devices: Exit devices shall be approved labelled device for fire rated and exit doors. .3 Closers .1 All door closers shall be hydraulically controlled and full rack and pinion in operation. .2 Each closer shall have adjustable general speed, latch speed and back check control. .3 Supply special closer keys and wrenches as usually packed with closers. .4 Supply all necessary attaching brackets, mounting channels, cover plates, etc. where necessary for correct application of door closers. .4 Thresholds .1 Supply thresholds in required widths and lengths to suit door openings. .2 Cut ends of thresholds to follow exactly the door frame profile. .5 Pulls, Pushplates, Kickplates .1 Door pulls shall have concealed mounting. .2 Length of kickplates shall be 1-1/2” (38 mm) less than door width for single door and 1” (25 mm) less than door width for door in pairs. .3 All stainless steel plates are to be 1/16” (1.6 mm) thick and of one manufacturer's product, free from burrs and sharp edges. Use Type 304 stainless steel only. .4 Provide pushplates and kickplates with temporary strippable plastic coating. .6 Seals, Thresholds .1 All seals (sound, light, weather) to be black sponge neoprene with aluminum extrusions of the same gauge, dimensions, quality and finish of those specified. Hollow metal exterior doors where parallel arm closers are used to have seal / stop type where brackets can be mounted on extrusions. .2 Supply thresholds complete with countersunk holes, and with screws and anchors as required for proper anchorage. .3 Modify sills to receive flush finish of adjacent floor finish. Templates All hardware applied to metal doors and frames shall be made to template. Check Hardware Schedule, Drawings and Specifications, and furnish promptly to applicable trades any templates, template information and manufacturer's literature, required for proper preparation for and application of hardware, in ample time to facilitate progress of work. Fasteners Provide screws, bolts, expansion shields, and other fastening devices as required for the satisfactory installation and operation of the hardware. Provide Robertson or Phillips heads. Fastening devices shall be of the same finish as the hardware which is to be fastened. Where a pull is scheduled on one side of the door and a pushplate on the other side, issue installation directions to the trade responsible for fixing, so that the pull is secured through the door from the reverse side, and the pushplate installed to cover the screws. Supply flush pulls with machine screws for attaching as specified above. For fastenings in concrete for floor stops and thresholds, use machine screws in expansion shields. For door closers for doors in wet areas, mount on non wet side with stainless steel or brass screws (nickel plated) to prevent corrosion. PART 3 - EXECUTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.2 3.2.1 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE Page 08710-5 Examination Before furnishing any hardware, carefully check all Architectural Drawings of work requiring hardware, verify door swings, door and frame material and operating conditions, and assure that hardware will fit work to which it is to be attached. Check shop drawings and frame and door lists affecting hardware type and installation, and certify to correctness thereof, or advise Consultant in writing of required revisions. Installation In accordance with the requirements of Section 06210. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING Page 08800-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 Referenced Standards CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 CAN/CGSB-12.3-M91 CAN/CGSB-12.6-M91 CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 CAN/CGSB-12.8-97 NFPA 80 Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass Glass, Polished Plate or Float, Flat, Clear Wired Safety Glazing Transparent (One Way) Mirrors Mirrors, Silvered. Insulating Glass Units National Fire Protection Association, Fire Doors and Windows. General: Design to requirements of Ontario Building Code and recognized standards of this trade. 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Samples: On request, submit samples of glass in accordance with Section 01300 for Consultant's approval. 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.3 Extended Warranty Submit a warranty for mirrors in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals, covering the repair or replacement of defective work within one (1) year warranty stated in the General Conditions. Warranty shall apply against defects in workmanship and materials and, against silver deterioration and loosening of fastenings, broken seals of the insulated units, condensation within the insulated unit or other indication that the insulated unit is not sealed and is permitting air / vapour to move in and out of the insulating unit. Submit ten (10) year manufacturer’s warranty covering the repair or replacement of any portion of the insulating unit resulting from defects in the manufacture of the insulating unit. Manufacturer’s Warranty to start at the date of substantial completion of the project. Manufacturer’s warranty shall cover labour and materials and include repair and replacement, to extent required, of all work of this Section in event of failure of the insulated units. Total warranty period shall be eleven (11) years. 1.5 1.5.1 Samples On request, submit samples of glass and mirror in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals for Consultant's approval. 1.4.2 1.4.3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.1.8 Materials - General General: Factory label every sheet of glass and keep in place until final cleaning. Wired Plate Glass (GWG): 1/4” (6 mm) thick "Georgian" polished wire plate, conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11 and CAN/CGSB-12.20. Shims, Spacers and Setting Blocks: Neoprene with Durometer hardness of 70-90, Shore ‘A’ for setting blocks; Durometer 40-60, Shore ‘A’ for shims and spacers. Use ULC approved materials for fire rated assemblies. Note: Spacers shall be as required to provide intended thermal design properties of low conductance black] stainless steel warm edge spacer to reduce heat/cold transfer. Glazing Channels: Extruded neoprene, EPDM or PVC channel gaskets. Tempered Glass (TGL): 6mm thick minimum, conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1 and CAN/CGSB-12.20. Float Glass (FGL): 6mm thick minimum, conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.3 and CAN/CGSB-12.20. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl with continuous spacer, Shore "A" 10-15 durometer hardness paper release, black colour, 1/8” (3 mm) x 3/8” (10 mm). Acid Etched Glass: Acid etched glass shall be ‘opaque clear’ texture manufactured by Walker Glass Co. Ltd. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING Page 08800-2 (www.walkerglass.com) 2.2 Glass Insulating Units .1 Provide glass insulating units of the following types and configurations; .1 Configuration for insulating glazing type GL-1 Outboard Lite: 6 mm clear glass with Solarban 70XL reflective coating on surface 2 by PPG Industries Inc. Type: tempered Inboard Lite: 6 mm clear glass by PPG Industries Inc. Type: tempered Space to be filled with: Argon – minimum Argon Concentration = 90% Overall unit thickness: 25.4mm .2 Configuration for insulating glazing type GL-2 Outboard Lite: 5 mm clear glass with lowE³ 366 coating on surface 2 by Cardinal Glass Industries Inc. Type: tempered Inboard Lite: 5 mm clear glass by Cardinal Glass Industries Inc. Type: tempered Space to be filled with: Argon – minimum Argon Concentration = 90% Overall unit thickness: 22mm .3 Configuration for insulating glazing type GL-3 Outboard Lite: 6 mm clear glass with Solarban 70XL reflective coating on surface 2 by PPG Industries Inc. Type: tempered Inboard Lite: 6 mm clear glass by PPG Industries Inc. with acid etching on surface 3. Type: tempered Space to be filled with: Argon – minimum Argon Concentration = 90% Overall unit thickness: 25.4mm PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation 3.1.1 Take critical site dimensions to ensure that adjustments in fabrication or installation are provided for, and that clearances to other constructions have been maintained. 3.1.2 Ensure that anchors and inserts installed by others are adequate to meet specified requirements, and make adaptations before installation. 3.1.3 Accurately measure openings and calculate light size based on manufacturer's installation tables, allowing for proper minimum edge engagement, rabbet width, rabbet depth, and expansion. 3.1.4 Free rabbets, stops and glass edges of dust, dirt, moisture, oil and other foreign matter detrimental to or obstructing the glazing material. 3.1.5 Follow manufacturer's recommendations for preparation. 3.2 Installation - General 3.2.1 Unless otherwise specified, dry glaze all interior glass. 3.2.2 Remove and replace glazing stops in original locations using original fasteners, securely set and undamaged. 3.2.3 Use setting blocks and spacers as required to properly support the glass, centred in place in glazing space independent of the materials and to uniformly distribute its load. 3.2.4 Use a minimum of 2 setting blocks, locate at 1/8 points. Locate spacers at jamb edges of glass, uniformly spaced at 24” (600 mm) o.c. maximum, and 12” (300 mm) maximum from top and bottom. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.2.5 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING Page 08800-3 Ensure rattle-free cushioning. Glass Insulating Units Surface Conditions .1 Prior to installation carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify work is completed to the point where work of this section may proceed. .2 Verify that the glass is installed in accordance with original design and in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations. Installation .1 Comply with window, storefront or curtain wall manufacturer guidelines for glazing Heat Mirror in their framing systems. .2 Setting blocks should be 85 Shore A durometer neoprene, 4” length, width equal to glass thickness and placed at the 1/8 points of the glazing unit base. Anti-walk (edge) blocks should be 55-65 Shore A. .3 Be sure exterior of the unit is set toward the building exterior. .4 Proceed with glazing only when glazing surfaces are accumulating no moisture from rain, mist or condensation. .5 When temperature of glazing surface is below 4 degrees Celsius, obtain approval of glazing methods and protective measures which will be used during glazing operations. Cleaning Remove deposits which affect appearance of units on completion of installation. Clean surfaces by washing with clear water, or with water and soap or detergent, followed by a clear water rinse. Clean and restore stained metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace if cleaning is impossible. Clean glazing with methods and materials recommended by glazing material manufacturer. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD Page 09250-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 Referenced Standards CAN/CSA-A82.27-M91 CSA-A82.31-M1991 GA-214-90 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling Package finish materials. Store materials in a protected dry area. Store gypsum board flat in piles with edges protected. Ensure that finish metal members are not bent, dented, or otherwise deformed. Deliver products only supplied under the work of this Section to those who are responsible for installation, to the place they direct, and to meet installation schedules. Package fire-rated materials with Underwriters Laboratories of Canada labels attached. 1.3.5 Gypsum Board Products Gypsum Board Application Gypsum Association. 1.4 1.4.1 Job Conditions Environmental Conditions .1 Install work only in areas closed and protected against weather, and maintained between 10C and 21C. In cold weather, ensure that heat is introduced in sufficient time, before work commences to bring surrounding materials up to these temperatures, and maintained until materials installed by this Section have cured. .2 Do not install work in any area unless satisfied that work in place has dried out, and that no further installation of damp materials is contemplated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 Materials Gypsum Board: Conforming to CAN/CSA-A82.27, as manufactured by Canadian Gypsum Company, Domtar Construction Materials or Certain Teed Canada Inc as follows: .1 Plain Gypsum Board: In thicknesses indicated, with tapered edges. .2 Fire-Rated Gypsum Board: Firecode C Core (qualifies as Type "X"), in thicknesses indicated, with tapered edges, classified for fire hazard by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada, and labelled in conformance with the ULC Label Service for the application specified. Joint Materials .1 Joint Reinforcing Tape: 2” (50 mm) wide x 0.3 mm thick perforated paper with chamfered edges. .2 Joint and Skim Compounds: gypsum with latex resin, possessing good adhesion, mixed with fresh, unadulterated water, having no detrimental effect on compounds. Accessories: As manufactured by Canadian Gypsum Company, Domtar Construction Materials, Westroc Industries Limited or Bailey Metal Products Limited as follows: .1 Corner Beads: #25 steel, zinc-coated with flanges suitable for thickness of wallboards on which applied, and suitable for taping and plastering over. .2 Casing Beads: #25 steel, zinc-coated, channel-shaped, suitable for taping and plastering over. .3 Ceiling and Wall Reveals / Edge Trims: purposed made, extruded aluminum, edge trims / reveal mouldings as manufactured by Pittcon Industries or Fry Reglet Corporation or alternate approved by Architect. The use of "J" moulding or roll formed steel is not permitted. .4 Control Joints: Crimped, roll-formed zinc, as CGC #093, with flanges for tape reinforcement or two casing beads set with gap for movement, and backed with flexible air seal membrane. .5 Thermal Break Tape: No.220D pvc tape manufactured by Sellotape Canada Ltd. or other reputable manufacturer. Fastenings and Ties .1 Screws: Self-drilling, self-tapping, case-hardened, Phillips head, gypsum board screws with corrosion- Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.1.8 2.1.9 2.1.10 2.1.11 2.1.12 2.1.13 2.1.14 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD Page 09250-2 resistant finish. #6 x 1” (25 mm) for single thickness panel fastening, and #7 x 1-5/8” (40 mm) for double thickness panel fastening. .2 Tie Wire: 1/16” (1.6 mm) diameter galvanized soft annealed steel wire. .3 Twist Clips: Caddy acoustical tee combination washer - wing nut, as manufactured by Erico Products Ltd. .4 Concrete Anchors: Phillips Red Head TW-614 or other make of tie wire sleeve anchors conforming to US Federal Specs. FF-S-325, Group II Type 3, Class 3, and QQ-2-235, Type II, Class 3. Do not use powder activated fasteners for ceiling support. Steel Studs: Depth and gauge to suit span. Minimum load is 5 psf. Max deflection is L/240. Provide studs with increased depth where indicated on the drawings. Minimum requirements include; knurled flanges 1-1/4” (32 mm) wide with edges doubled back at least 3/16” (4.8 mm); #20 gauge steel galvanized, typical, with girts as required and with service access holes. Retainer Studs: As manufactured by Bailey Metal Products, or Insulock Systems. Partition Runners: As specified for studs with flanges a minimum 5” (125 mm) high, and to suit depth of studs as required to serve as backing for carpet base or terrazzo where carpet or terrazzo occurs. Bracing Channels: For partitions, 3/4” wide x 1-1/2” high x 16 gauge thick (19 mm x 38.1 mm x 1.6 mm) cold-rolled, galvanized steel. Furring Channels: #25 gauge galvanized, nominal size of 7/8” (22 mm) deep by 1-1/4” (32 mm) face, hat type with knurled face. Resilient Channels: CGC RC-1 or equivalent by other reputable manufacturers. Ceiling Hanger System .1 Hangers: Galvanized annealed steel wire, #12 gauge to support a maximum weight of 68 kg. per hanger. #9 gauge to support a maximum weight of 140 kg. per hanger, and galvanized annealed steel rod 3/16” (4.8 mm) diameter to support a maximum weight of 250 kg. per hanger. .2 Inserts and Hanger Connection: Steel, galvanized after forming, suitable for structure and ceiling conditions and loading. .3 Runner Channels: Galvanized steel channels, #16 gauge (1.6 mm) overall thickness, 1-1/2” high (38.1 mm) with 3/4” (19 mm) wide flanges, for primary furring member in suspended gypsum board ceilings. Acoustical Caulking: "Acoustical Sealant" by Tremco (Canada) Limited. Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation: “AFB” – acoustical fire batts by the Roxul Company Control Joint Strip: Roll formed zinc coated metal with a tape protected void, 1/4” (6 mm) wide throat size x 1/2” (12.7 mm) deep with flanges for embedding in joint compound. Skim Coating: "Durabond 90" compound or equivalent manufactured by Domtar Gypsum. Exterior Grade Sheathing: Den Glass Gold, 16mm thick exterior grade sheathing as manufactured by GP Gypsum Corporation. Cement Board: Cementitious Fiber-Mat Reinforced Sheathing: ASTM C 1325, ANSI A118.9, cementitious backer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 Examination Before application of gypsum board commences, ensure that services have been installed, tested and approved by relevant Jurisdictional Authorities and Consultant; that conduits, pipes, cables and outlets are plugged, capped or covered; and that fastenings and supports installed by others are in place. Ensure that environmental conditions and work preceding that of this Section are satisfactory. Verify that work performed under other Sections as a part of a ULC specification for a fire-rated assembly has been done in accordance with that specification. Installation in General Install furring, studs, gypsum board, accessories, and all other related products in strict accordance with CSA Standard A82.31, including Appendix B "Control Joints". Where the standard does not incorporate specific products and methods, follow the manufacturer's directions. Use 5/8” (16 mm) thick gypsum board for interior work unless detailed otherwise. Install work within 1/8” (3 mm) of dimensioned location unless approved otherwise by Consultant, and flat to tolerance of 1/8” (3 mm) maximum in 10’-0” (3 m) and 1/16” (1.6 mm) maximum in any running 12’ (300 mm). Co-ordinate the work of this Section with that of other Sections. Ensure that adequate preparation is made for the Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.2.7 3.2.8 3.2.9 3.2.10 3.2.11 3.2.12 3.2.13 3.2.14 3.2.15 3.2.16 3.2.17 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD Page 09250-3 attachment of hangers, fasteners, stiffeners, and reinforcing. Provide for carrying and integration of flush-mounted and recessed components only after consultation and verification of methods with those performing the work of Divisions 15 and 16. Do not use through-the-roof hangers. Do not install metal framing, trim, casings, or accessories which have been bent, dented, or otherwise deformed. Securely attach trim, casings, framing and accessories. Attachment by means of tape is unacceptable. Framing and furring shown on Drawings is indicative, but do not regard it as exact or complete. Construct work to provide adequate strength to withstand stresses imposed by use without distortion and to maintain dimensions indicated on drawings. Erect supporting and finish materials to dimensions indicated on drawings, plumb, level, straight, and square to adjoining elements. Provide for movement at intersections with structural members to avoid transference of loads to this work. Construct vertically sliding deflection space at top of partitions by means of double channels. Secure top channel to structure and bottom channel to stud work. Secure board only to bottom track making allowance for up to 3/4” (19 mm) deflection of structure. Cut board short at top and caulk this joint. Make allowance for thermal movements in gypsum board systems. Provide control joints in gypsum board work in locations as indicated on Drawings and at no greater spacing than 20’-0” (6000 mm) in each direction, at perimeters of ceilings where they abut walls and other vertical surfaces, at abutting structural elements, at dissimilar walls and ceilings, at structural expansion and control joints, and at other locations where stresses are likely to develop as recommended by board manufacturer. Line up control joints with joints in other construction or with centrelines of mullions, columns, piers, or similar building elements. Form control joints using continuous furring channels along each side of joint locations, and filling control joint space with specified joint strip, secured in place, making straight joints. Install casings and thermal breaks at junctions of gypsum board with exterior door, window, or screen joints. Do not support the work of this Section from, nor make attachment to ducts, pipes, conduit or the support framing of the work of other Sections. Place supplementary steel supports as required to maintain hanger spacing and to keep mechanical ducts free from hangers being secured to. Do not apply gypsum board in close proximity to hot pipes or heating ducts. Install materials with the minimum of joints. Tightly butt joints without force and neatly align them. Frame openings on each side with suitable sections. Provide clearances required at mechanical and electrical services such as grilles, diffusers, access panels and lighting fixtures only after verification of requirements in each case. Co-operate with those installing the work of other Sections. Where the work of others penetrates gypsum board construction, fit openings snugly, and to ensure cover by escutcheons or plates utilized. 3.3 3.3.1 Fixture, Cabinet, Toilet Partition and Urinal Screen Supports Verify location of supports within gypsum board assemblies to support wall mounted lights, fitments, cabinets, plumbing fixtures, wall plates required for grab bars and any other item attached to drywall. Co-operate and co-ordinate with all trades and provide information in ample time to ensure supports are provided in the correct locations, and are adequate to support the loads. 3.4 3.4.1 Partition Stability Where partitions do not extend to structure, provide suitable internal reinforcement to prevent lateral movement of the partitions. Secure head runners to acoustic tees by means of "twist clips". 3.5 3.5.1 Concrete Anchors Locate anchorage points in reinforced concrete floor slab underside in accordance with gypsum board manufacturers suspension requirements. Drill holes with carbide-tipped drill bits conforming to ANSI B94.12. Install anchors; minimum installation depth and method of expansion shall be as recommended by the anchor manufacturer. 3.6 3.6.1 Installation of Suspended Ceiling Framing and Furring Include in the work of this Section the supply of hangers and supervision of their proper location, or inserts for hanger attachment, when either or both are embedded in concrete. Space hangers for runner channels to suit structure, to support ceiling load, at a maximum distance of 4’-0” (1220 mm) o.c. and at no greater distance than 6” (150 mm) from ends of runner channels. Install runner channels at 3’-0” (915 mm) o.c. generally, and at no greater distance than 6” (150 mm) from terminations 3.6.2 3.6.3 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6 3.6.7 3.6.8 3.6.9 3.6.10 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3 3.7.4 3.7.5 3.7.6 3.7.7 3.7.8 3.7.9 3.7.10 3.7.11 3.7.12 3.8 3.8.1 3.8.2 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD Page 09250-4 of supported cross-furring members. Bend rod hangers sharply under bottom flange of runners, and wire securely in place with saddle ties. Splice runner channels by lapping at least 12” (300 mm), with interlocking flanges and wires at each end with two loops. Splice only where unavoidable. Do not bunch or line up splices. Install cross-furring at 24” (600 mm) generally, and at no greater distance than 6” (150 mm) from walls, openings, breaks in continuity of ceilings, and changes of direction. Space furring in all cases to suit incorporated services, and so as to avoid contact with perimeter walls. Span hat-type furring no greater than 4’-0” (1220 mm). Use metal studs for greater spans: 1-5/8” (40 mm) deep spanning to 5’-0” (1525 mm), 2-1/2” (65 mm) deep to 6’-0” (1830 mm) and 3-5/8: (92 mm) deep to 8’-0” (2440 mm). Secure cross-furring to supports with double wire ties or approved equivalent attachment. Splice by nesting and tying together with8” (200 mm) overlap. Erect entire hanger and suspension system to adequately support the ceiling assembly, including services incorporated with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of span of each component member, and free from horizontal movement. Enclose ducts, pipes or beams that occur below the general finished ceiling level with metal furring and gypsum board, in rooms where gypsum board is specified. Enclose ducts, pipes, or beams that occur below the general finished ceiling level with metal furring and gypsum board, in rooms where acoustic treatment for ceilings is specified. Form recesses for light coves where indicated on drawings. Enclose all light coves with gypsum board. Metal Stud Partition Framing Secure runner channels at floor and tops of partitions for their full lengths, at 24” (610 mm) o.c. with concrete fasteners or as suitable for the substrate material. Install runner channels also at heads and sills of openings. Secure runners at openings by cutting flanges, turning up webs, and screwing to studs. Butt, not mitre, runners at wall intersections and corners. At ceilings, lap and screw channels together. Space studs at 16” (400 mm) o.c. generally, and at no greater distance than 2” (50 mm) from abutting walls, partitions and corners. Secure studs to runners by screws, crimping, or welding as required by stud type to conform with manufacturer's design specification. Utilize only proper stud sizes to meet all the requirements of this specification. Span studs of 1-5/8” (40 mm) depth no greater than 8’-10” (2700 mm) between supports, 2-1/2” (65 mm) depth, 11’-9” (3600 mm) and 3-5/8” (92 mm) depth, 15’-9” (4800 mm). Double studs at all door jambs. At each jamb of doors exceeding either 36” (915 mm) width or 2-1/2” (63 mm) in thickness or both, install a structural channel reinforcing extending from floor structure to structure above, and adequately anchored at each end. Brace studs with stiffeners over doors in partitions of greater height than 10’-0” (3000 mm) spaced as preceding, and above and below window type openings spaced not more than 6” (150 mm) from the top and bottom of openings. Stiffeners shall be 3/4” (19 mm) bracing channels, wire tied or welded to each stud, and extending horizontally across entire length of each braced partition and across two full stud spaces at each side of door and window openings. Splice studs only when unavoidable by nesting with 8” (200 mm) minimum lap, and fastened with one screw in each flange. Co-ordinate work with others installing horizontal runs of service lines so that work of all is done simultaneously. Where standard holes are too small for installed services, notch studs and splice notched flange with a splice piece 12” (300 mm) longer than notch, fastened with two screws. Unless shown otherwise on drawings, all partitions, together with wallboard facing, shall extend above ceilings to underside of structure above. Ensure that electrical and telephone boxes are not installed back to back. Screw frame anchor clips of frames supplied and installed under the work of another Section, to jamb studs and head and sill runners. Provide adequate fastening to prevent movement of frames within partitions. Furring at Masonry and Concrete Walls Install furring horizontally at 24” ( 600 mm) o.c. Space furring no greater than 2” (50 mm) from abutting walls, floors, ceilings, and openings. Secure furring to walls with fasteners, spaced at 24” (600 mm) o.c. on alternating or opposite channel flanges. Shim as required with metal spacers or use adjustable wall furring brackets. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD Page 09250-5 3.8.3 3.8.4 3.8.5 Return furring into reveals. Close all exposed open ends of furred space with suitable metal closure. Where wall furring is indicated clear of wall on drawings, construct framing as for metal stud partitions. 3.9 3.9.1 Acoustically Treated Walls and Bulkheads Install board 1/2” (12.7 mm) short at top, bottom and edges and fill with caulking. Caulk on both sides of wall. Caulk after gypsum board is in place, not before. Stagger all joints in double layer gypsum board construction. Pack partition cavities with acoustical insulation. Friction fit insulation securely between studs. Fill all butt joints of gypsum board with joint filler prior to taping or finishing. Caulk or plaster fill all penetrations through gypsum board for electrical boxes, wiring, pipes, ducts and all similar items. Caulk airtight around electrical and communication boxes before plate is installed. Do not let fastening screws extend through to opposite set of studs. Build bulkheads above acoustically rated doors and partitions and folding partitions as detailed. 3.9.2 3.9.3 3.9.4 3.9.5 3.9.6 3.9.7 3.10 3.10.1 3.10.2 3.10.3 3.10.4 3.10.5 3.10.6 3.11 3.11.1 3.11.2 3.11.3 3.11.4 3.11.5 3.12 3.12.1 3.12.2 3.13 3.13.1 3.13.2 Installation of Gypsum Board Extend boards into door, window, and other opening reveals. Back all joints with a framing member. Install boards in maximum lengths and widths to minimize joints, and never in lengths of under 6’-0” (1800 mm). Stagger end joints where they are unavoidable. Locate joints in ceilings and soffits where least prominently discernible. Form neat joints at mill ends and at field-cut edges of wallboard panels. Cut paper on face with a knife. Smooth by sanding and rubbing edges together. Fasten boards to metal support members by sheet metal gypsum board screws at 12” (300 mm) o.c. no closer than 3/8” (10 mm) to and no farther than 1/2” (12.7 mm) from centre of joints. Do not force adjacent boards into place. Allow moderate contact. Provide extension slips where required. Drive screws to form a slight depression, but no so paper cover is broken. Where curved gypsum board is indicated, wet boards and bend to required radius, and block in position until dry. Finished curved surface shall be smooth and even. Treatment of Gypsum Board Joints Fill joints, screwholes, and depressions on board surfaces exposed to view to provide smooth, seamless surfaces, and square, neat corners. Use jointing compounds and reinforcing tapes in conformance with manufacturer's specifications. Ensure that board is tight against framing members, fasteners are properly depressed, and adhesives have sufficiently cured. Fill joints, edges and corners by Gypsum Association Level 5 three coat tape and joint filler method. At external corners, install corner beads secured to framing at 6” (150 mm) o.c. on alternate flanges. Fill to nose of corner bead with joint filler and topping cement, as specified for bevelled joints. At casing beads installed at all edges of board exposed to view, where board butts against other materials, with no trim to conceal junction at control joints, at perimeter of ceiling surfaces, at top of partitions where they stop against continuous ceiling surfaces, and where otherwise shown on drawings, secure casing beads to framing at12” (300 mm) o.c. At screwheads, fill holes and depressions with a two-coat application of joint filler. Joint and Surface Treatment of Cement Board - Typical Apply 2” (50 mm) glass fibre tape over joints and corners. Press firmly and uniformly in place to avoid bumps. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Where board is to serve as substrate for paint or coating, apply 1/8” (3 mm) thick uniform water resistant skim coat, ready to receive paint or coating. Installation of Accessories Install accessories such as access panels, and grilles when supplied by other sections. Obtain prior Consultant's approval of locations of accessories prior to installation. Gypsum board infill at access panels shall have taped edges. Apply gypsum board with adhesive. Fill and sand smooth perimeter edges as specified for joint finishing. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.14 3.14.1 3.14.2 3.14.3 3.14.4 3.14.5 3.15 3.15.1 3.15.2 3.15.3 3.15.4 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD Page 09250-6 Fire Separations Construct gypsum board assemblies where located at fire separations of metal framing covered on both sides by firerated gypsum wallboard. Fit assemblies tightly to all enclosing constructions to maintain integrity of the separations. Install casing beads at all perimeter edges. Ensure that caulking work under Section 07900 relative to non-sound rated assemblies, i.e. perimeter joints in concealed locations is done, before continuing with the work of this Section. For two layers of gypsum board, attach one layer of gypsum board to each side of studs with long edges on studs by screws at 16” (400 mm) o.c. as well as at intermediate studs and runners. Attach second layer of gypsum wallboard by screws at 16” (400 mm) o.c. at studs and 12” (300 mm) o.c. at runners. Stagger joints at first and second layers 12” (300 mm) tape joints only where exposed to view. Fill screw holes. For tested assemblies secure in accordance with test data. Assemblies constructed other than those indicated may be approved by the Consultant on presentation of affidavits which validate fire resistance ratings by acceptance of the Jurisdictional Authorities. For walls containing fire dampers provide gypsum board end covers over studs between duct and stud. Cleaning and Patching Remove droppings and excess joint compound from work of others and from work of this Section, before it sets. Make good to cut-outs for services and other work, fill in defective joints, holes, and other depressions with joint compounds. Make good defective work, and ensure that surfaces are smooth, evenly textured, and within specified tolerances to receive finish treatments. Clean off beads, casings, and other metal trim, and leave all surfaces ready for specified finishes. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09300 CERAMIC TILE Page 09300-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards Do tile work in accordance with 1998 Specification Guide 09300 Tile Installation Manual, produced by Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada (TTMAC), except where specified otherwise. ANSI A108.1-1992 Installation of Ceramic Tile ASTM C206-84 (1992) Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime ASTM C207-79 (1992) Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime For Masonry Purposes CAN/CSA-A5-93 Portland Cement CAN3-A23.1M77 Dry Washed Concrete Sand CAN/CGSB-75.1-M88 Tile, Ceramic CSA A82.56-M1976 Aggregate For Masonry Mortar. 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.6 1.6.1 Quality Assurance Work of this Section shall be executed by company that is a member in good standing of Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Guild of Canada, as applicable, except where specified otherwise. Submit evidence of such qualifications to Consultant upon request. Submittals Samples .1 Submit two (2) samples of each type and colour of tile an all accessories in accordance with Section 01300. Validation of Standards: Submit a letter of validation from the supplier that materials supplied under these requirements meet CGSB Standards. Maintenance Instructions: Submit maintenance instructions issued by TTMAC to Consultant in accordance with Section 01300, for incorporation in Manufacturer's Data Book. Maintenance Material: Provide minimum 3% of each type and colour of tile and trim required for the project for Owner's future maintenance use. Deliver where directed by Consultant. Tile and trim shall be from the same production run as those installed. Extended Warranty .1 Submit a warranty of the work of this Section in accordance with Section 01300, covering the period for one (1) years beyond the expiration of the standard one (1) year warranty included in the General Conditions. .2 Defective work shall include, but not be limited to loss of bond, loosening, leaking, cracking, splitting, and warping, corrosion or other deformations of the tile and related accessories. .3 Total warranty period shall be two (2) years. Job Conditions Environmental Temperature: Install tile only when base surfaces and air temperatures have been maintained between 10C and 21C for 72 hours preceding installation, and will be so maintained during installation and until setting materials have cured. Protection .1 Prevent traffic and work on newly-laid floors by barricading areas for at least 48 hours following installation. .2 In areas where flammable adhesives are used, ensure that adequate ventilation and spark-proof electrical equipment are provided, and that smoking is prohibited. Store materials to prevent spontaneous combustion. Mock-Ups Erect sample installations where designated on site, approximately 5’-0” x 5’-0” (1500 mm x 1500 mm) in size, typical for floor and washroom wall. Mock-ups to illustrate floor tile, wall tile, accent tile as required, grout joints, control joints, floor profiles, stair nosing profiles. Modify or replace mock-up to obtain Consultant’s approval. After acceptance, retain mockup as standard of quality for installation. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.7 1.7.1 SECTION 09300 CERAMIC TILE Page 09300-2 Maintenance Provide minimum 2% of each type and colour of tile required for the project to a maximum of six(6) extra cartons of tile for Owner’s future maintenance use. Deliver where directed by Consultant. Tile and trim shall be from the same production run as those installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.2 Mortar and Adhesive Materials General: Materials for work of this Section are based on products manufactured by Laticrete International Inc. Products of other manufacturers are also acceptable, provided they conform to the requirements of these specifications. Acceptable Manufacturers: .1 Laticrete International Inc. .2 Mapei Canada .3 Proma Adhesive Inc. .4 TEC Accucolor .5 Alternate approved by Consultant. Slurry Bond Coat: For, levelling substrate variations up to 1/4” (6 mm) shall be Laticrete Underlayment by Laticrete International Inc. or Planicrete 20 by Mapei Canada Inc. or equivalent by Proma. Unmodified Thin Set Mortar: Mapei Kerabond and conforming to ANSI A118.1 Grout: TEC Accucolor polymer enhanced sanded grout for joints from 1/8”-1/2” wide meets with ANSI 118.6 as recommended by manufacturer and distributed by Centura or alternate equal by Mapei or Mapei Canada Inc. Colours as selected by Consultant. Ceramic Floor Tile (PCT F): 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.3 Ceramic Floor Tile (PCT W): 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 Refer to Floor Pattern Layout drawing A-2.1 for floor type location. F7 - Regal Series (Flamed) distributed by Olympia, unglazed finish, non-slip, through body porcelain tile. Typical size 12” x 24” x and conforming to CAN/CGSB-75.1-M88 Type 4 MR1. Colour to be “Light Mocha”. Tile to be installed in orthagonal patterns to be confirmed by Consultant at later date. Provide matching tile bases with finished edges for use at exposed top edge of base and for external angles and projections. Porcelain wall tiles to be install in Kitchen, refer to Floor Plan for location. Plains-Polished Series (PURO White) distributed by Olympia, unglazed finish, non-slip, through body porcelain tile. Typical size 12” x 24” x and conforming to CAN/CGSB-75.1-M88 Type 4 MR1. Colour to be “Light Mocha”. Tile to be installed in orthagonal patterns to be confirmed by Consultant at later date. Provide matching tile bases with finished edges for use at exposed top edge of base and for external angles and projections. Miscellaneous Water: potable, non-staining from domestic water supply. Caulking Compound: Tremco THC 900 or approved equivalent, for tile control joints. Comply with application requirements specified in Section 07900. Colours shall match grout colour. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09300 CERAMIC TILE Page 09300-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 3.1.9 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.2 3.2.1 3.4.2 3.4.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.5.2 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 Workmanship Prepare materials and set tile in accordance with specifications and details in the Tile Installation Manual published by the Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada, except where specified otherwise. Make joints between tiles not larger than 1/16” (1.6 mm) wide – (use the blue spacers), plumb, straight, true, even and flush with adjacent tile. Align patterns and maintain uniform joint appearance. Maximum surface tolerance shall be 1:800. Layout work so that fields are centred on areas, with no tiles of less than half-size included. Maintain heights of panels in full courses to nearest indicated dimension. Apply tile and backing materials to clean and sound surfaces and in accordance with setting system specified. Fit tile around corners, fitments, fixtures, drains and other built-in objects. Cut and grind tile accurately, and without damage, to fit openings and at intersections and against trim finish. Drill tile for hardware and for pipes where possible; otherwise at pipes and fittings, fit tile closely so that escutcheons cover cuts. Rub exposed edges smooth with abrasive stone. Sound tiles after setting and replace hollow sounding units to obtain full bond. Use round trim at termination of wall tile panels, except where panel abuts projecting or right angle surface or flush adjacent surface. Allow minimum 24 hours after installation of tiles before grouting. Prepare and apply grout to manufacturer's instructions. Clean installed tile surfaces after grouting cured. Installation of Tile All tile shall be set in thin-set bond coat installed in accordance with respective TTMAC specifications and manufacturer's instructions. Beat tile into position to ensure no less than 95% coverage of mortar coat to each unit. Lightly tap tiles with a solid object. If there is a hollow sound, remove tile, check for adhesion and re-tile area. Control Joints Install control joints in accordance with Detail EJ171-98 of the Tile Council of America; Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation and / or TTMAC Detail 301MJ-2002 Unless shown otherwise, control joints shall be 5mm wide and at 4200mm on centre (maximum) and as shown on the drawings. Install anti-fracture membrane at each control joint. Where applicable coordinate location of control joint to match sawcut control joints located in concrete slab. Provide control joint at all door thresholds. Provide space for movement of tile at all floor/wall intersections. Grouting Conform to grout manufacturer’s printed recommendations. Remove all spacer string, wet joints and tile that have become dry before grouting. Force maximum grout into joints for full depth of joints using trowel, squeegee or brush application method. Make joints watertight, well tooled and dense. Remove excess grout from surface of tile. Caulking Caulk tile control joints and around piping and fittings extending through tiled surfaces. Tool to a smooth, flush surface, free from air bubbles and contamination. Refer also to the requirements of Section 07900. Patching and Cleaning Before project completion, remove and replace defective, damaged, loose and unbonded tile, and point defective joints. After grouting has cured, clean and polish tile. Cleaning shall be in strict accordance with TTMAC recommendations for treating new work as specified in its “Maintenance Guide”; the specific system shall be as required for the type of tile to Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.6.3 SECTION 09300 CERAMIC TILE be cleaned. Do not use acid for cleaning. Re-point joints after cleaning as required to eliminate imperfections. Avoid scratching tile surfaces. END OF SECTION Page 09300-4 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 09510-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards ASTM C635-94 1.2.2 ASTM C636-92 1.2.3 1.2.4 CAN/CGSB-92.1-M89 ULC 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Samples: Submit duplicate 12” x 12” (300 mm x 300 mm) samples of each acoustical unit and 12” (300 mm) long grid system, (main and cross tees, and intermediate tee if specified) in accordance with Section 01300. Fixture And Air Boot Suspension Confirmation .1 In accordance with Rule 30-302(1) November 1995 of the Ontario Hydro Code submit written confirmation from an independent testing company and inspection company to the Consultant that the suspended ceiling has been designed and installed to support the additional weight of the fixtures and any associated wiring, in accordance with the Ontario Hydro Electrical Safety Code, and air diffusers and pressure of flexible ducts. .2 In addition, submit an engineering report from the lay-in suspension system manufacturer certifying that the suspension system used can safely support the loads imposed on it. Maintenance Materials: Deliver a quantity equivalent to 2% of each pattern and type of acoustical units required for this project for maintenance use. Put in cartons. Store where directed. Clearly identify contents. Maintenance materials to be same production run as installed materials. 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 Specifications For Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension System for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. Sound Absorptive Prefabricated Acoustical Units Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada Environmental Conditions Commence installation after building is enclosed and dust-generating activities have been completed. Permit wet work to dry prior to commencement of installation. Maintain uniform minimum 15C and humidity of 20 to 40% prior to, during, and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Suspension System Manufacturers: Products for Work of this Section shall be as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd. Or Certain Teed Canada and to the following specifications: 2.1.1 Basic Steel Material and Finish: Commercial quality cold rolled steel minimum 0.179" (26 ga) thick, galvanized to zinc coating designation Z275. Exposed surfaces of metal products shall be factory finished with satin white enamel. 2.1.2 Main Tees: 12'-0” (3650 mm) long, 15/16" (23.8 mm) face width double web design, rectangular bulb at top of web, 11/2" (38.1 mm) web height. 2.1.3 Main Tee Splices: Designed to lock lengths of main tees together so that joined lengths of tee function structurally as single unit with tee faces at joint perfectly aligned and presenting tight seam 2.1.4 Cross Tees: 4’-0” (1220 mm) long, 1” (25 mm) web height structural cross-section, design same as main tees, designed to connect at main tees forming positive lock without play, loss or gain in grid dimensions with offset over-ride of face flange over main tee flange to provide flush joint 2.1.5 Edge Moulding: Materials and finish to match tees. 2.1.6 Accessories: Miscellaneous clips, splicers, connectors, screws, nails, and other standard accessories shall be zinccoated and shall be of strength and design compatible with the system specified. Provide all special accessories to complete work. 2.1.7 Hangers and Anchors: .1 #12 galvanized annealed steel wire for support of a maximum weight of 68 kg. per hanger; #9 galvanized Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.1.8 2.1.9 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 09510-2 annealed steel wire for support of a maximum weight of 140 kg. per hanger; 3/16” (4.5 mm) diameter galvanized annealed steel rod to support a maximum weight of 250 kg. per hanger. .2 Inserts and attachments to structure for hanger connections shall suit conditions and loading, and galvanized after forming. Minimum tensile strength 390 MPa. .3 Concrete anchors shall be Phillips Red Head TW-614 or other make of tie wire sleeve anchors conforming to US Federal Specifications FF-S-325, Group II Type III, Class 3, and QQ-2-325, Type II, Class 3. Tie Wire: #12 galvanized annealed steel. Hold-Down Clips: Spring steel clips by CGC Inc. or Armstrong. Suspended Ceiling Grid System Suspended Ceiling Grid System (Typical): shall be “Prelude XL” Series as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd., www.armstrong.com or Certain Teed Canada. All exposed suspension system materials shall be factory finished, colour ‘’white’’. Provide this suspension system for all acoustic lay-in panels types. System Trim: where detailed shall be “Axiom Classic” Series, 10” (200mm) x ¾” (19mm) as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd. www.armstrong.com or Certain Teed Canada. All exposed suspension system materials shall be factory finished, colour ‘’white’’. Acoustic Lay-in Panels ACT (typical – as denoted on the room finish schedule): shall be 24” (610 mm) x 48” (1220 mm) x 3/4” (19 mm) square tegular edge panels and 24” (610 mm) x 24” (610 mm) x 3/4” (19 mm) square tegular edge panels, “Optima Open Plan 3257”, colour ‘white’, NRC 0.95, as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd. Or Certain Teed Canada. ACT-2 (as denoted on the room finish schedule): shall be 24” (610 mm) x 48” (1220 mm) x 3/4” (19 mm) square edge panels, “Clean Room Mylar - 1716 ”, colour ‘white’, NRC 0.55, as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd. Or Certain Teed Canada. ACT(W) (as denoted on the room finish schedule): shall be 5.553” x 8’-0” x 3/4", tongue and groove edge panels, Woodworks Channeled Natural Variations Ceiling Plank System (W9)(Dark Cherry NDC), NRC 0.60, as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd. Or Certain Teed Canada. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Installation General .1 Installation shall be by skilled tradesmen and in strict accordance with system manufacturer's printed directions to produce a first-class flush-finished surface, in true planes, and free from uneven joints, and dropping, warped, damaged tile or panels. Butt joints evenly. .2 Install suspension system in general conformity with ASTM C636. .3 Do not erect ceiling suspension system until work above ceiling has been inspected by Consultant. .4 Hangers for systems shall be spaced at approximately 4’-0” (1220 mm) centres both ways, and where normally required in good standard practice for the systems specified. Supporting and grid members shall provide adequate support for the ceiling and services incorporated with a maximum deflection of 1/360 in each grid member span. Support luminaries and diffusers with additional hangers placed within 6” (150 mm) of each corner and at a maximum of 24” (600 mm) around perimeter of luminaire and/or diffuser. .5 Secure hangers firmly to grid and to anchors. Twist wire a minimum of two (2) turns around vertical hanging wire. .4 Erect suspension system at required elevation and level to tolerance of 1/8” (3 mm) over 12’-0” (3650 mm). Frame around recessed fixtures, diffusers, grilles and openings, and where normally required in good standard practice. Furr around ducts, beams, bulkheads or the like, as shown or required in best standard practice. Tape or adhesive attachment is unacceptable. .5 Install main grid with intersections arranged in a basket weave pattern. .6 Co-ordinate the work with all trades affected by the work of this Section. Provide a layout of hangers and Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 .13 3.1.2 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 09510-3 framing suitable to accommodate fittings and units of equipment. Failure to follow this procedure will require that the hangers and channels be revised to suit as necessary without additional cost to the Owner. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and all related carrying channels and furring as required to span the greater distance. Lay out work in accordance with reflected ceiling plans. Allowable tolerance of finished acoustical ceiling system: 1/8” (3 mm) in 12’-0” (3650 mm), and1/64” (0.04 mm) between adjacent metal members. Tolerances shall not be cumulative. Hang suspended ceilings independently of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of the longitudinal axis of face plane of adjacent members. Centre acoustical ceiling installation on room axis leaving equal border pieces but not less than half the size of the panel specified. Provide a row of hangers adjacent to and parallel with the walls for the support of the ends of the main tee runners at not more than 6” (150 mm) from the ends of runners. Carefully fit Install components to form a level ceiling with all parts flush and true, parallel to the module lines, and to the pattern shown. Install panels in level, uniform plane free from twist, warp, dents and flush, without gaps and exposed face of carrying members. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. Ensure that flanges of recessed light fixtures fit snugly and flush to ceiling plane. Install cut panel at sprinkler heads. Install hold-down clips on lay-in panels to hold such panels tight to grid system where within 20’-0” (6100 mm) of exterior doors or interior vestibule doors. Adjustments: Adjust any sags or twists which develop in the suspension system and replace any part of the complete system which is damaged or faulty. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09650 VINYL TILE FLOORING AND BASE Page 09650-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 Referenced Standards ASTM F1700 ASTM E648-06 1.2.3 ASTM C1028 1.2.4 1.2.5 ASTM F925 ASTM F1515 1.2.6 ASTM D3884 1.2.7 ASTM F2199 1.2.8 1.2.9 ASTM F970 ASTM F137 1.2.10 ASTM F 1514 1.2.11 ASTM E 989 1.2.12 ASTM F 2170 1.2.13 ASTM F 2055 1.2.14 ASTM F 1914 1.2.15 CAN/CSA A126.5-M87 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 Submittals Samples: Submit samples of tiles and base for Consultant's and Owner’s approval, in accordance with Section 01300. Maintenance Instructions: Submit maintenance instructions in accordance with Section 01300, for incorporation into Manufacturer's Data book. 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Package flooring materials and identify contents of each package. Store materials at 21ºC, for at least 48 hours before installation. 1.5 1.5.1 Job Conditions Environmental Temperatures .1 Verify that moisture content of concrete slab is within allowable tolerances of flooring manufacturer. .2 Install vinyl flooring only when base surfaces and air temperatures have been maintained between 21ºC and 32ºC for 72 hours preceding installation, and will be so maintained during installation and for 7 days thereafter. Protection .1 Prevent traffic and work on newly laid floors by barricading until work has set. 1.5.2 Solid Vinyl Floor Tile Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull-Meter Method Standard Test Method for Resistance to Chemicals of Vinyl Flooring Standard Test Method for Measuring Light Stability of Vinyl Flooring by Color Change Standard Guide for Abrasion Resistance of Textile Fabrics (Rotary Platform, Double-Head Method) Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensional Stability of Vinyl Floor Tile after Exposure to Heat Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit Standard Test Method for Flexibility of Vinyl Flooring Materials with Cylindrical Mandrel Apparatus. Standard Test Method for Measuring Heat Stability of Resilient Flooring by Color Change. Standard Classification for Determination of Impact Insulation Class (IIC). Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes. Standard Test Method for Size and Squareness of Resilient Floor Tile by Dial Gage Method. Standard Test Methods for Short-Term Indentation and Residual Indentation of Resilient Floor Covering. Vinyl Wall Base. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09650 VINYL TILE FLOORING AND BASE Page 09650-2 .2 After floors have set, and until project completion, cover work by methods which will ensure that they are not damaged by traffic. .3 Ensure that adequate ventilation and spark-proof electrical equipment are provided, and smoking is prohibited, in areas where flammable adhesives are used. Store materials to prevent spontaneous combustion. 1.6 Maintenance Material 1.6.1 Deliver to Owner on completion of work, 2% (to nearest full carton) of vinyl flooring of each material and each colour installed, in labelled packages. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Vinyl Tile Flooring (VTF): Acceptable Manufacturer: Karndean Designflooring, available from: GO resilient Canada; #33250 Harvester Road, Burlington, ON L7L 1P7; Toll Free Tel: 866-819-6825; Fax: 905-336-2180; Email:.request info [email protected]; Web:www.karndean.com or equivalent as approved by Architect; Refer to Floor Pattern Layout drawing A-2.1 for floor type location. F1 – Opus series, Terra, SP212 F2 – Art Select series, Winter Oak, RL04 F5 – Van Gogh series, Jatoba, VGW42T F6 – Opus series, Vita, SP713 F8 – Da Vinci series, Canadian Maple, RP61 F9 – Art Select, Alderney, LM03 2.1.2 Rubber Base (RB): Top set, coved for hard floor surfaces, vinyl, continuous coil lengths (no joints permitted) and 4” (100 mm) high x 1/8” (3.18 mm) thick. 2.1.3 Filler: As recommended by vinyl tile manufacturer. 2.1.4 Primers and Adhesives: As recommended by manufacturer of each material for each subfloor condition. 2.1.5 Cleaner: as recommended by manufacturer PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 Installation Lay each material in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Products must be laid only on subfloors with moisture level below 75%RH when tested with a hygrometer (in line with BS8203-4; 2001 - Installation of resilient floor coverings). If hygrometer readings are above 75%RH it would be necessary to install a surface damp proof membrane (DPM), regardless old or new floors. Flooring contractor to provide RH testing. Karndean does not mandate any one brand of resilient flooring underlayment. Permanent HVAC system shall be turned on and set to a minimum of 65 degrees F (20 degrees C) for a minimum of 48 hours prior to, during and 48 hours after installation. After the installations, the maximum temperature should not exceed 125 degrees F (37 degrees C). 1. All products shall be allowed to acclimate at least 24 to 48 hours before installation. This means product shall be placed in the same room as the install that is taking place and removed from its factory packaging. 2. Material shall be visually inspected prior to installation. 3. Ensure that all recommendations for sub-floor and jobsite conditions are met prior to beginning the installation. Once the installation is started, Contractor and installer have accepted those conditions. 4. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions for each product type and application specified. 5. In order to achieve a random natural wood look, take planks and cut nominal lengths to be used on the first course; example: 10 inches (254 mm), 40 inches (1016 mm), 15 inches (381 mm), 25 inches (635 mm), 8 inches (203 mm). At the end of the first course, all cut planks remaining should be used on the next course. Position planks so the end seams are no closer than the width of the plank being installed. Maintain this approach to staggering the planks throughout the entire installation. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 1.2 1.3 1.4 SECTION 09650 VINYL TILE FLOORING AND BASE Page 09650-3 6. Center tiles or planks in rooms and hallways so borders are not less than half a tile or plank when possible. 7. Cut edges shall always be installed against a wall. 8. Install using tile and plank installation techniques recommended by manufacturer. 9. Install tiles, planks, borders and feature strips in locations and configurations indicated on the Drawings. 10. Any spread glue has to be covered with material and rolled within the recommended time frame described on the adhesive container. 11. If troweled adhesive skims over, scrape up and reapply. 12. Install in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. 13. Refer to manufacturer's literature for selection criteria for trowel size, type. 14. Using proper trowel size, apply adhesive in accordance with label on adhesive. 15. Spread a 4 inch (100 mm) wide band of adhesive around the perimeter of the area designated as an extreme condition area. 16. An additional 4 inch (100 mm) band should be spread at approximately 10 foot (3 m) intervals. 17. For transitional areas, from loose lay to another floor covering of a different height, a 4 inch (100 mm) band of adhesive should be spread across the length of the transition. CLEANING A. Wipe off any adhesive on floor as installation proceeds. Wait 48 hours before applying the cleaning and maintenance products. B. Prior to installation of permanent fixtures or furniture, remove all dirt, debris, or residual adhesive and clean the floor. If desired, a protective covering may be applied at this time. Specific products and instructions are available from the manufacturer. PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. MAINTENANCE A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proper cleaning and maintenance of the products. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09756 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING Page 09756-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Submittals Maintenance Instructions: Submit two (2) copies of maintenance instructions to Consultant in accordance with Section 01300, for incorporation into Manufacturer's Data book. 1.3 1.3.1 Special Precautions Immediately after using, immerse and store used wiping cloths in water and remove from site each night after operation. Take every precaution to prevent spontaneous combustion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Materials Refer to Floor Pattern Layout drawing A-2.1 for floor type location. F4 - Concrete sealer and hardener shall be ‘Ashford Formula’ as manufactured by Curecrete Chemical Company Inc. or Sika S3 or equivalent as approved by the Architect. Use for floor areas with the abbreviation "CS" as indicated on the Room Schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 Examination Before commencing with the work examine floors to be sealed, and verify compatibility between curing sealing agent if one was used to seal floors and final concrete sealer applied under work of this Section. Sandblast, acid etch, lightly grind, whichever is required to prepare floors to ensure bonding if curing-sealing agent has been used to cure concrete. 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 Application Apply sealer in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and recommendation with respect to this project. Apply sealer in temperatures between 1.7 and 57 degrees C. For coloured concrete commence sealing as soon as concrete surfaces have cured for the minimum period recommended by the sealant manufacturer, and after tests indicate moisture and chemical conditions are satisfactory for application. Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Do not use wheelabrator method. Clean concrete of any dirt, dust, oil, grease, stains, paint, or other contamination detrimental the bond of sealer and final appearance. Apply sealer in dust-free conditions suitable for achieving good results. Apply sealer in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. Apply sealer to present uniformly-coloured surfaces, free from runs, bubbles, brush marks, crawls, dirt or dust particles, or other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 3.2.4 3.2.5 * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page 09900-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. Examine the Specifications and Drawings for the work of other Sections regarding the provisions for prime and finish coats. Paint or finish all materials installed throughout the project which are required to be painted and which are left unfinished or unpainted by other Sections. The only exception to this requirement is where the drawings, specifications, or schedules state positively and explicitly that a surface is not to be finish painted. Refer also to the Door Schedule and the Room Finish Schedule. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards SSPC 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 1.2.14 1.2.15 1.2.16 1.2.17 1.2.18 1.2.19 1.2.20 1.2.21 1.2.22 1.2.23 1.2.24 1.2.25 1.2.26 1.2.27 ASTM D523-89 CAN/CGSB-1.2-M89 CAN/CGSB-1.4-92 CAN/CGSB-1.5-M91 CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89 CAN/CGSB-1.57-M90 CAN/CGSB-1.59-M89 CAN/CGSB-1.68-M91 CAN/CGSB-1.76-M91 CAN/CGSB-1.100-M89 CAN/CGSB-1.119-M89 CAN/CGSB-1.135-M91 CAN/CGSB-1.143-M90 CAN/CGSB-1.181-92 CAN/CGSB-1.188-M90 CAN/CGSB-1.195-M90 CAN/CGSB-1.209-93 CGSB 85-GP-16M CGSB 85-GP-32M CAN/CGSB-85.100-93 ECP ECP-07-89 ECP-12-89 OPCA ULC CAN/ULC-S102-M88 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Samples .1 Submit 2-12” x12” (300 mm x 300 mm) samples of every colour required in accordance with Section 01300. Include a complete list of paint and finish materials to be used, showing the name of the manufacturer, the catalogue number, grade and quality of the materials proposed for use. .2 Colours shall match those specified in the Material and Colour Schedule. Colours selected for work of this Section shall be based on products manufactured by Para Paints Canada Inc. .3 Apply samples of finishes in a testing area in the building in the presence of the Consultant. Apply samples with the correct material, number of coats, colour, texture and degree of gloss required. Refinish if required, until approval of the Consultant is obtained. Location of testing area shall be as approved by the Consultant. Steel Structures Painting Council, "Steel Structures Painting Manual, Vol. 2" Test Method for Specular Gloss Boiled Linseed Oil Petroleum Spirits Thinner Low Flash Petroleum Spirits Thinner Primer, Structural Steel, Oil Alkyd Type Alkyd, Interior, Semigloss Enamel Alkyd, Exterior Gloss Enamel Solvent Type Primer-Sealer for Interior Wall Interior and Exterior Heat Resistant Enamel Interior Latex Type, Flat Paint Primer-Sealer, Wall, Interior Latex Type Flat Alkyd Enamel for Equipment Heat Resistant Aluminum Enamel, Silicone Alkyd Ready Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating Emulsion Type Filler Masonry Block Interior Semi-gloss Latex Paint Low Sheen Latex Interior Paint Painting Galvanized Steel Painting Concrete Floors Painting Environmental Choice Program Water-borne Surface Coatings Solvent-borne Paints Ontario Painting Contractors Association Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page 09900-2 .4 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 Leave test areas undisturbed until completion of the work. Approved work in the test area shall serve as a standard for similar work throughout the project. Work which does not match the approved finishes shall be corrected and refinished at no expense to the Owner. .5 Submit opaque paint samples in triplicate on 4” x 8” (100 mm x 200 mm) draw down cards on black and white. Submit samples of stains and clear finishes in triplicate on 2" x 4" x 3/8” thick (50 mm x 100 mm x 10mm) piece of wood of same species as scheduled to receive stain or clear finish. List of Materials: Submit a list of materials proposed for use on the work, for review at least thirty (30) days before the materials are required. The list shall bear the manufacturer's official certification that the materials listed thereon are the best quality made by the company. Extra Materials: Supply Owner with one clearly identified sealed 4 litre can of each colour and type of paint, stain, and varnish for this work for future maintenance. Take such materials to designated storage area in the building. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Storage and Safety Precautions: Store containers of paint, varnish, thinner, and other volatile materials in well-ventilated designated room under lock and key, where they will not be exposed to excessive heat or direct rays of the sun. Keep containers tightly closed when not in actual use. Remove used cloths from building every night, and when not in use. Take precautions against spontaneous combustion by burning, drenching in water, or placing in air-tight covered metal containers. Provide warning signs where toxic materials and explosive solvents are used. Provide CO2 fire extinguisher of 9 kg. capacity in this room while area is used for paint storage. Ventilation: Ventilate, heat and maintain storage area at minimum temperature of 10 deg C (50 deg F) and protected from direct rays of sun. Protection: Protect the work of other trades from damage. Post signs at freshly-painted surfaces immediately following their completion. Any soiling of concrete pavement attributable to this section due to spillage, mixing of material, or any other cause whatsoever, to be entirely reinstated under this Section at no expense to the Owner. Job Conditions Environmental Temperature: Do not paint or finish in unclean or improperly ventilated areas. Maintain ambient and substrate temperatures and humidity conditions within acceptable limits as recommended by paint manufacturer. Maintain adequate ventilation at all times to control excessive humidity. Protection .1 Provide metal pans or adequate tarpaulins to protect floors in areas assigned for the storage and mixing of paints. .2 Use sufficient drop cloths and protective coverings for the full protection of floors, furnishings, and work not being painted. Protect mechanical, electrical, and special equipment hardware, all other components of the building which do not require painting from paint spotting and other soiling during the painting process. .3 Leave above areas clean and free from evidence of occupancy upon completion of painting. .4 Protect paint materials from fire and freezing. .5 Keep waste rags in metal drums containing water, and remove from building at end of each working shift. Lighting: Provide a minimum of 161 lux lighting on surfaces to be painted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 Materials Paint .1 Highest grade, first line quality product of the manufacturer. Painting and finishing materials shall comply with or exceed CAN2-85-100 for Premium Grade Work and complying with the specified generic formula guide in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Refer to Material and Colour Schedule for colours. Paints are identified as (P). Colours will be selected from Para Paints Canada Inc. and shall be matched by paint supplier. The following manufacturers are acceptable: .1 Para Paints Canada Inc. .2 ICI Paints Canada (Glidden) Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 2.1.2 2.1.3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page 09900-3 .3 Pratt and Lambert Inc. .4 PPG Canada Inc. .5 Sherwin-Williams Company of Canada Limited .6 Colour Your World .7 Benjamin Moore Paints .8 Sico Inc. The Consultant reserves the right to refuse any paint or finishing material if in his opinion it is incapable of matching specified colours or is not suitable or adequate for the use which it is proposed. Paint and finishing materials for each procedure listed in Finish Schedule shall be products of single manufacturer. Paint products shall meet or exceed requirements of ECP-07 Guidelines for water based paints and ECP-12 Guidelines for solvent based paints. In addition, paint products shall meet or exceed applicable performance standards issued by CGSB or other such standards approved by accredited standards writing organizations. Paint shall have excellent flowing and brushing properties. Paint shall cure free of sags, runs, wrinkles to yield desired finish specified. Sheen shall be as selected by Consultant. Paints shall have low VOC content in accordance with applicable legislation. Stain: Pigmented type conforming to CAN/CGSB-1.145-M90, Solvent-Based, pigmented stain, in colour selected by Consultant. Polyurethane Varnish: Unless specified otherwise interior grade, oil modified conforming to CAN/CGSB-1.175-M89. Sheen shall be as selected by Consultant. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 Inspection Verify moisture content of surfaces with electronic moisture metre. Do not proceed without written directions if moisture reading is higher than 12-15%. Ensure temperature of surfaces to be finished is between 10 and 20 deg C (50 and 68 deg F). Proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for production of a first-class job. Report to Consultant, in writing, any surfaces which are found to be unsatisfactory. Commencement of work shall imply acceptance of substrate surfaces. Remove dust, grease, rust, and extraneous matter from all surfaces, except that rust occurring on items specified to be primed under other Sections shall be removed and work re-primed under those Sections. Preparation Concrete and Masonry .1 Test surfaces for alkalinity with pink litmus paper or other standard industry method. .2 Where extreme alkalinity occurs, wash surface with 4% solution tetrapotassium pyrophosphate where latex base paint is to be used, and with zinc sulphate solution where other paint bases are to be used. .3 Etch normal concrete surface to receive alkyd paint with commercial muriatic acid solution (1 part to 20 parts water by volume). Follow with complete rinsing with clean water. .4 Rub down surfaces of different textures and remove mortar spots and sharp edges with a scraper. Patch where required. Fill masonry and concrete surfaces with primer/block filler to fill all holes and pores. Gypsum Board: Inspect to ensure joints are completely filled and sanded smooth. Inspect surfaces for "nail popping", screw heads not recessed and taped, breaks in surface or other imperfections and have repaired as required. Fill small nicks or holes with patching compound and sand smooth. Unprimed Ferrous Metal Surfaces: sandblast / spongeblast / grind metal surface to SSPC-SP6 (to remove all rust and expose metal surfaces) specifications before application of the primer coat. Galvanized and Pre-Primed Surfaces .1 New Metal With Wipe Coated Galvanizing: Thoroughly clean to remove all grease, oil, dirt and all other contaminants which may be present on the surface. Mineral Spirits or Xylol are acceptable solvents to use for Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page 09900-4 this purpose - that is, to remove grease, oil, dirt and similar contaminants. Remove scale by wire brushing. Weathered Metal With Wipe Coated Galvanizing: For old and weathered galvanized and preprimed metal, thorough surface preparation is essential - to ensure that all contaminants have been removed from the surface and pretreat as for New Metal. .3 Spangled Type Galvanizing: Treat with vinyl wash primer to provide proper bond for paint finish. Hardware: Remove finish hardware, switch plates and accessories, removable trim, grilles, etc; mask any that are not removable. Re-install these when paint is thoroughly dry and clean them. Do not clean hardware with solvent. Primepainted hardware items shall be painted to match the surface on which they are installed. Preprimed Pumps, Motors, and Similar Equipment: Prior to painting pre-primed pumps, motors, and similar equipment, remove paint protective coating such as silicone, to ensure good paint adhesion. .2 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 3.3.9 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.5 3.5.1 Protection Provide scaffolding, staging, platforms and ladders, as required for execution of work. Erect scaffolding to avoid interference with work of other trades. Comply with Occupational Health and Safety Act. Provide drop cloths or adequate plastic sheets to protect floors in areas assigned for storage and mixing of paints. Mask and cover all surrounding surfaces to provide neat, clean, true juncture lines, and to keep paint from adjacent surfaces. Upon completion, remove masking and clean adjacent surfaces free of overspray spatters, drips, smears and overspray. Mask labels and specification plates occurring on equipment to be painted and ULC labels on doors and frames. Remove finish hardware, electrical switch and outlet covers to protect from paint splatter. Mask items not removable. Use sufficient drop cloths and protective coverings for full protection of floors, furnishings, mechanical, electrical and special equipment, all other components of building which do not require painting or to be removed, from paint spotting and other soiling. Re-install items when paint is dry. Clean any components that are paint spotted or soiled. Keep waste rags in covered metal drums containing water and remove from building at end of each day. Prohibit traffic, where possible, from areas where painting is being carried out and until paint is cured. Post “wet paint” or other warning signage during and on completion of work. When handling solvent coating materials, wear approved vapour/particulate respirator as protection from vapours. Dust respirators do not provide protection from vapours. Protect and keep sprinkler heads free of paint. Workmanship Apply work using skilled tradesmen working under direction of a capable foreman, and according to manufacturer's specifications; in a workmanlike manner; with suitable clean equipment in good condition; in dust-free and under adequate illumination and suitable conditions for production of best results; evenly, uniform in sheen, colour and texture, free from brush marks, sags, crawls, runs, or other defects detrimental to appearance or performance; and in a manner to prevent spattering or spilling over finished surfaces. Mix paint on site and use unadulterated, except where specified otherwise in manufacturer's directions. Use same brand of paint for primer, intermediate, and finish coats. Do not apply succeeding coats until preceding coat is dry and hard. Lighten preceding coats 25% white (tint white coats) from the colour called for in the Colour and Material Schedule. It is generally intended that material be applied by brush or roller. Spray painting will be permitted in areas where advantageous, but Consultant shall be consulted and shall approve each area before spray painting commences. Consultant may at any time prohibit the use of spray painting for such reasons during application as carelessness, poor masking, or protective measures, paint fogs drifting into prepainted surfaces or other finishes, disturbance to other trades, or failure to obtain a dense, even, opaque finish. Sand lightly between coats with No. 00 sandpaper. Do not apply last coat of varnish on stained wood surfaces until all gloss varnish applications have been inspected and approved by the Consultant. Application Note: In addition to specific notes included in this specification refer to Material and Colour Schedule for additional Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.5.5 3.5.6 3.5.7 3.5.8 3.5.9 3.5.10 3.5.11 3.5.12 3.5.13 3.5.14 3.5.15 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page 09900-5 requirements. Provide finish uniform in sheen, colour and texture, free from streaks, shiners and brush or roller marks or other defects. Follow manufacturer's preparation and application instructions. Paint all exposed surfaces where specifically noted on Room, Material and Finish Schedule. Unless specifically noted, do not paint stainless steel, chrome, baked enamel, plastic laminate, solid phenolic plastic, glass, tile, porcelain enamel, ceramic surfaces, equipment name or specification plates, fire resistance labels, washroom fixtures, manhole and catch basin covers, floors or sprinkler heads. Make good paint finish on items where painted surfaces have become marred or defaced. Examine the Drawings and Specifications for the work of other sections regarding the provisions for prime and finish coats. Paint or finish all materials installed throughout the project which are required to be painted and which are left unfinished or unpainted by other sections. The only exception to this requirement is where the Drawings, specifications or schedules state positively and explicitly that a surface is not to be finish painted. In areas where painting is not called for, painting is not required, with the following exceptions, which require paint: plywood backboards, all other exposed wood and hollow metal doors and frames. Colours selected by Consultant. Paint interior of all pipe and duct spaces, visible through grilles and slots in suspended acoustic tile ceiling grid, black matte finish. Paint interior of lighting coves and valances, including interior of angles supporting louvres, white. Paint glazing rebates and stops of hollow metal sections before glass is installed. Paint convectors, grilles, conduit, pipes, ducts, hangers, brackets, panels, access panels, exposed steel, concrete inserts, bus ducts, and other articles on or near finished surface shall to match the colour of the surface on which the article appears, except where noted otherwise on Schedules. Identification paint schedule as follows: .1 Fire protection system: red, alkyd enamel. .2 Systems posing safety hazards: yellow, alkyd enamel. .3 Safe systems: green, alkyd enamel. Do not paint circuit breakers, switches, and receptacles, or similar electrical components. Paint surfaces where mirrors will be directly applied to prevent moisture bleed through wall. For finished interior wood that is to be painted, apply one coat of approved best grade white interior trim primer, reduced with thinners in accordance with manufacturer's printed directions, to ALL surfaces of wood as soon as material is delivered and before it is built in. Use brushes for applying material to interior wood. Paint entire plane of areas exhibiting incomplete or unsatisfactory coverage and of areas which have been cut and patched. Patching not acceptable. Do not paint over ULC labels on doors and frames and over identification labels on mechanical and electrical equipment. Disposal of Paint Waste Be responsible for removal and disposal of material and waste generated by this Section. Remove empty and partly used containers from Site and recycle or disposed of as Hazardous Waste in accordance with local municipal, provincial and federal environmental regulations. Provide proof of such action in form of receipts of tipping fees, disposal fees or bills of lading, as applicable. Remove from Site peripheral items, such as clean up solvents, paint brushes, rags, and similar items and dispose of where necessary in accordance with local municipal, provincial and federal environmental regulations Do not rinse off of latex paints from brushes and rags under running water tap. While work is ongoing, whether using latex or alkyd products, rinse off all brushes and rags in container with appropriate solvent (water or paint thinner). Leave such container in well lit and well ventilated area, away from any flammable conditions. Dispose of emulsion created in accordance with local municipal, provincial and federal environmental regulations. Finish Schedule The following Formulae are intended to provide completely opaque surfaces. If surfaces are not completely opaque, apply additional coats at no additional cost to the Owner. Consult Consultant before painting any surface not included in the formulae as listed. Existing Painted Masonry or Concrete: One (1) coat of primer if required Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page 09900-6 Two (2) coats of latex, eggshell finish. 3.7.4 3.7.5 3.7.6 3.7.7 3.7.8 3.7.9 3.7.10 3.7.11 3.7.12 New Masonry or Concrete: One (1) coat of surface filler Two (2) coats of latex, eggshell finish Exposed Gypsum Board Wall Surfaces: One (1) coat of primer - sealer, Two (2) coats of interior latex, pearl finish. Exposed Gypsum Board Ceilings, Coves and Bulkheads: One (1) coat of primer - sealer, Two (2) coats of interior latex, pearl finish. Ferrous Metal Surfaces (if not shop primed): One (1) coat of rust inhibitive primer Two (2) coats of latex, semi-gloss finish. Use exterior grade for exterior work and interior grade for interior work. Ferrous Galvanized Metal Surfaces (if not shop primed): One (1) coat of rust inhibitive acrylic primer Two (2) coats of latex, semi-gloss finish. Use exterior grade for exterior work and interior grade for interior work. Ferrous Metal Surfaces (if shop primed): Touch-up only with same paint as that applied in the shop Two (2) coats of latex, semi-gloss finish. Use exterior grade for exterior work and interior grade for interior work. Exposed Exterior Ferrous Metal Surfaces (unprimed ferrous metal) – for exterior columns Prepare steel in accordance with 3.2.3. One (1) coat zinc rich primer Shop apply intermediate one (1) coat International Interguard epoxy 345. Provide touch ups in field where required. Shop apply one (1) top coat Interthane 990. Interior Natural or Stained Wood - Clear Finish: One (1) coat wiping stain One (1) coat waterborne urethane thinned 25%, satin finish, Two (2) coat waterborne urethane full strength, satin finish. Prepare surfaces as required by applying proper primers on the surface to which paint is applied. For surfaces above ceilings, paint surfaces after all services have been installed and prior to ceiling installation. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 10160 TOILET PARTITIONS Page 10160-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. Referenced Standards ASTM A446/A446M-89 Specification For Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized by the Hot Dip Process), Structural (Physical) Quality CGSB 1-GP-88M Enamel, Alkyd, Air Drying and Baking, Gloss CAN/CGSB-1.81-M90 Air Drying and Baking Alkyd Primer for Vehicles and Equipment Submittals Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, for Consultant's review before fabrication indicating material, finish, dimensions, details of connections and fastenings, elevations, plans, sections, hardware and other pertinent information. Samples: Submit samples of finish hardware and baked enamel in selected colour in accordance with Section 01300, for approval of Consultant. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 Approved Manufacturers The following manufacturers are acceptable provided they comply with the requirements of these specifications: .1 Hadrian Manufacturing Inc. .2 Shanahans Mfg. (distributed by W.G. Wood Sales) .3 Ambico Sales Ltd. .4 Ontario Accurate Partitions .5 Wm. Aikenheads Bldg. Specialties .6 Watrous Inc. .7 CDA Industries Inc. .8 General Storage Systems. Design: Toilet partitions shall headrail braced toilet compartments. Materials-General Steel: Zinc coated steel, ASTM A446 Grade A, fully pickled and free from scale and internal defects. Surfaces shall be free from perceptible waves, buckles, and other imperfections. Minimum nominal core thickness shall be as follows: panels and doors 22 gauge (.762 mm), pilasters 20 gauge (.914 mm), headrails 18 gauge (1.2 mm). Hardware: Brushed finish, extruded aluminum alloy of chrome plated zinc die coatings. Bolts shall be stainless steel. Stainless Steel Sheet: Type 304 alloy, No. 4 finish, 24 gauge (0.610 mm) nominal thickness. Aluminum: Extruded alumimum sections with anodized finish. Shop Finish: Spray applied baked enamel conforming to CAN/CGSB 1-GP-81M (primer) and CGSB 1-GP-88, Type II, (finish), or baked polyurethane powder coating, colour as selected by Consultant from manufacturer's ‘standard colours’ range. Fabrication Face both sides of doors, partitions, urinal screens and pilasters with flush steel panels which are flat and free from distortion. Fabricate cores of honeycomb laminated to faces under pressure with waterproof binder. Cores of doors and partitions may be fibreboard in place of honeycomb. Close edges of doors, partitions, urinal screens and pilasters with crowned steel welded and continuously sealed to faces. Mitre and weld corners. Fabricate pilasters minimum 1-1/4” (32 mm) thick, and doors minimum 1” (25 mm) thick. Fabricate urinal screens 18” (450 mm) wide x 42” (1070 mm) long. Unless detailed otherwise, provide closure pilasters as required at end units of compartment banks. Reinforce doors, partitions, urinal screens and pilasters for hardware and for partition mounted tissue dispensers, in the Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.3.7 2.3.8 2.3.9 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 SECTION 10160 TOILET PARTITIONS Page 10160-2 case of partitions. Provide panel brackets, pilaster attachments, concealed gravity type hinges, door stops, pilaster shoes, coat hooks, bumpers, latches, and pull on the outside of doors in the case of accessible compartments. Coat hooks in accessible compartments shall be on the side wall, and shall project 1” (25 mm) maximum. Locate coat hooks at 48” (1220 mm) above finished floor. Where grab bar is connected to partition, reinforce partition to receive it. Use metal end caps only, in colour to match partition panels. Shop Finishing Clean, degrease and neutralize steel components with phosphate or chromate treatment. Apply finish to doors and pilaster/panels, and urinal screens and oven bake to achieve a minimum coating of dry film thickness of 25.4 microns. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 Installation - General 3.1.1 Install partition assemblies and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.1.2 Set partitions, screens and doors 12” (300 mm) above the finished floor in accurate position, plumb, level and free from sag and distortion. 3.1.3 Fasten all pilasters, partitions and screens to masonry walls with "U" brackets. Provide three (3) brackets per panel. 3.1.4 At partitions adjacent to a urinal, provide a 16” (406 mm) wide x 36” (915 mm) high stainless steel panel. Fasten with concealed fasteners. 3.1.5 Ensure spaces between panels and pilasters, between panels and walls and between pilasters and walls are of uniform consistent width and sized to ensure it is not possible to see persons using the compartments. 3.1.6 Perform drilling of steel, masonry and concrete necessary to install the work of this Section. 3.1.7 Co-ordinate installation with the work of trades providing wall and floor finishes, washroom accessories and other adjacent components and construction. 3.1.8 Use non-corrosive anchors and fasteners. Ferrous metals are not acceptable. 3.2 Adjustment 3.2.1 Upon completion of the work or when directed, remove all traces of protective coating or paper, and wipe partitions. 3.2.2 Test hinges, locks and hatches and where necessary, adjust and lubricate. Set hinges so that doors stand open 30 degrees when compartment is not in use. Ensure that partitions are in working order. 3.3 Schedule of Metal Toilet Partitions 3.3.1 Install headrail braced toilet compartments in the following washrooms, refer to drawings for additional details and extent of partitioning required: .1 W.R. 139 .2 W.R. 140 * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 10800-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 Referenced Standards ASTM A167-87 1.2.2 ASTM A525 1.2.3 CAN/CSA-G164-M92 1.3 1.3.1 Submittals Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340, for Consultant's review before fabrication. Shop drawings of units for use by the handicapped shall be distinctly marked and cross-referenced to the corresponding article in the specifications. Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process (Metric) Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.3 2.3.1 2.5.2 Materials - Generally Metals .1 Ferrous Steel: Sheet, cold-rolled furniture steel, double annealed, mill stretched and levelled, and fully pickled. Otherwise, steel shall be hot-rolled or cold-rolled of alloy to suit needs of fabrication, use, and appearance. .2 Stainless Steel: Type 304, No. 4 finish. .3 Galvanized Steel: For sheet, Z275 zinc coating designation in accordance with ASTM Specification A525. For irregular sections, hot dip galvanized to comply with CSA G164. Anchors and Fastenings: Where exposed, use stainless steel and otherwise to match metal anchored. Where nonexposed, use the same as that specified for exposed, or use galvanized steel. Anchors and fastenings shall be of the type appropriate for the substrate to which accessory unit is secured. Acceptable Manufacturers Washroom materials shall be of same materials, construction and finishes, similar in function, design, appearance and conforming to standards of those specified, as manufactured by: .1 Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Limited. .2 Watrous Inc. .3 Twin-Cee Ltd. .4 Frost Products Limited .5 Mitsubishi .6 Alternate approved by Consultant. The listed product manufacturers are all acceptable. The Contractor shall not intermix products of different manufacturers in his submitted list of washroom accessories, unless chosen manufacturer cannot provide required product or as specified otherwise. Refer to schedule of accessories and co-ordinate locations of all accessories as specified in the following lists. Toilet Tissue Dispenser (TTD) Toilet tissue dispenser shall be Cast aluminum, satin finish. Plastic spindles, concealed locking device; theft-resistant. Holds two rolls up to 6" (150mm) diameter (2000 sheets). Unit 12 1⁄2" (320mm) wide, proj. 4 7⁄8" (125mm) from wall. No controlled delivery. Acceptable Products: .1 Bobrick Model No. B-2740 .2 Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.4 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.8 2.8.1 2.8.2 2.8.2 2.9 2.9.1 2.9.2 2.9.2 2.10 2.10.1 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 10800-2 Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser (PTD) Surface mounted paper towel dispenser shall have the following characteristics; satin-finish stainless steel, tumbler lock on top of cabinet, door swings down for loading towels. Dispenses 400 C fold or 525 multifold towels. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 10 13⁄16" W, 13 1⁄4" H, 4 7⁄8" D (275 x 335 x 125mm). Acceptable Products: .1 Bobrick Model No. B-4262 .2 Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Bins (SND) Satin-finish stainless steel. Cover is drawn, one-piece construction; secured to cabinet with full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Capacity: 1.0-gal. (3.8-L). Unit 7 1⁄2" W, 10" H, 3 13⁄16" D (190 x 255 x 95mm). Acceptable Products: .1 Bobrick Model No. B-270 .2 Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost. Grab Bars (GB-1) (GB-2) (GB-3) Equip water closet compartments designated for the handicapped with grab bars in conformance with the Ontario Building Code and as follows. .1 One (1) L-shaped bar with 2’-6” (762 mm) long horizontal and 3’-0 (915 mm) long vertical component mounted on wall adjacent to the water closet. (GB-1) .2 One (1) bar 2’-0” (610 mm) long mounted horizontally on wall behind water closet. (GB-2) .3 One (1) bar 2’-0” (610 mm) long mounted vertically on wall next to urinal (GB-3) .3 Grab bars shall have concealed non-corrosive anchorage systems of types approved by Consultant. Grab bar material and anchorage shall withstand downward force of 2.2 kN (500 lbs.). .4 Fabricate grab bars with minimum 16 gauge (1.6 mm) thick, 1-1/4” (32 mm) diameter peened surface tubular stainless steel with welded concealed flanges. Acceptable Manufacturers: .1 Bobrick .2 Watrous .3 Twin-Cee .4 Frost Mirrors (M-1) Surface mounted frameless mirror shall be Type 304 polished stainless steel #8 architectural bright finish with all-welded construction. Unit size shall be approximately 23-1/2” (600 mm) wide x 35-1/2” (900 mm) high. Acceptable Products .1 Bobrick Model No. B-1556 2436 frameless .2 Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost. Mirrors (M-2) Surface mounted Barrier Free Tilt Mirror gapless fit mirror shall be Type 304 polished stainless steel #8 architectural bright finish with all-welded construction. Unit size shall be approximately 24” (610 mm) wide x 36” (910mm) high. Acceptable Products .1 Bobrick Model No. B-293 .2 Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost. Recessed Paper Towel Disposal (PTD/DIS) Surface mounted paper towel dispenser unit shall have the following characteristics; .1 Cabinet — 18-8, type-304, heavy-gauge stainless steel. All-welded construction. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 10800-3 Flange — 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. Door — 18-8, type-304, 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel. 9/16" (14mm) 90° return edges for maximum rigidity. Secured to cabinet with a concealed, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a stainless steel cable door-swing limiter and friction catch. Paper Towel Dispenser — 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel. Capacity: 300 C-fold or 400 multifold paper towels. Waste Container — Removable, leakproof, rigid molded plastic. Capacity: 1.6-gal. (6.1-L). Recessed paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle shall be type-304 stainless steel with all-welded construction. Exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Flange shall be drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. Door shall be 18 gauge (1.2mm); have 9/16" (14mm) 90° return edges; be secured to cabinet with a concealed, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge; and equipped with a stainless steel cable door-swing limiter and friction catch. Door conceals flange from view. Paper towel dispenser shall be capable of dispensing 300 C-fold or 400 multifold paper towels without adjustment or use of adapters. Waste receptacle shall be furnished with a removable, leakproof, rigid molded plastic waste-container with a capacity of 1.6-gal. 2.10.2 .1 .2 2.11 2.11.1 Soap Dispensers (SD) Soap Dispenser to be made of 0.8 mm thick, (22 gauge) 1.4301, Type CrNi 18/10, AISI 304 stainless steel with a brushed, satin finish; plastic container for soap cartridges (up to 500 ml), as well as for bulk refill of soap (up to 500 ml); lockable and soap level indicator. 2.11.2 .1 .2 2.12 2.12.1 .1 .2 Acceptable Product: Bobrick B-287 – Folding Utility Shelf Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost Coat Hook (CH) Clothes hook shall be type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Faceplate shall have sloped edges and be constructed of 14-gauge (2mm). Hook shall release at a load of 40lbs or greater. Unit shall be furnished with tamper-resistant mounting screws. Unit is constructed of of 14-gauge (2mm) type 304 stainless steel with exposed surfaces polished to a satin finish. Auto-release hook is tested to hold a minimum of 20 lbs. and release at 40 lbs. or greater. Faceplate shall have sloped edges. 2.13.2 .1 .2 2.12 Acceptable Product: Bobrick B-26627 – Foam Soap Dispenser Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost Shelf (SH) Folding utility shelf shall be type-304 stainless steel with all-welded construction; exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Shelf shall be equipped with a heavy-duty internal spring. Shelf holds 100 lbs (45.36 Kg) when properly installed. Shelf shall automatically return to upright position when not in use. 2.12.2 2.13 2.13.1 Acceptable Product: Bobrick B-36903 – Recessed Paper Towel Disposal/Disposal Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost. Acceptable Product: Bobrick B-983 – Vandal Resistant Clothes Hook (Collapsible) Equivalent as manufactured by Watrous, Twin-Cee or Frost Component Minimum Requirements Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.12.1 2.12.2 2.12.3 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 10800-4 Construction .1 Fabricate with materials, component sizes, metal gauges, reinforcing, anchors and fasteners of adequate strength to withstand intended use. .2 Where specified as frameless, provide stainless steel accessories with one-piece fronts having 90 degree formed returns at their edges and openings. .3 Where accessory fronts are framed, frame edges, both inside and outside, with 90 degree formed returns continuously welded and ground smooth at the corners. Doors shall also have 90 degree formed returns as specified. .4 Unless otherwise specified, hinges shall be semi-concealed stainless steel piano hinges extending full-length of hinged element. Provide hinged elements with concealed, mechanically-retained rubber bumpers for silent closing, and shall close flush with faces of fronts or frames. .5 Ensure that work will remain free of warping, buckling, opening of joints and seams, distortion and permanent deformation. .6 No exposed fixings permitted. Cut edges and openings square and smooth. Chamfer corners of edges and cut-outs 1/16” (1.6 mm). Assembly .1 Accurately cut, machine and fit joints, corners, copes and mitres so that junctions between components fit together tightly and in true planes. .2 Fasten work with concealed methods, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. .3 Weld all connections where possible, bolt where not possible and cut off bolts flush with nuts. Countersunk bolt heads, and provide method to prevent loosening of nuts. Ream holes drilled for fastening. .4 Welded joints shall be tight, flush, and in true planes with base metals. Make welds continuous at joints where entry of water into voids of members or assemblies is possible. .5 Provide for differential movements within assemblies and at junctions of assemblies with surrounding work. .6 Welds in exposed locations shall be ground and polished smooth. Finish Work .1 Provide holes and connections for work installed under other Sections of this specification. .2 Cleanly and smoothly finish exposed edges of materials, including holes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection of Site 3.1.1 Take site measurements to ensure that work is fabricated to fit surrounding construction around obstructions and projects in place, or as shown on drawings, and to suit service locations. 3.2 Installation 3.2.1 Securely fasten accessories plumb, true, square, straight, level, and accurately and tightly fitted together and to surrounding work. Install in locations shown and specified herein. Mounting heights as shown or in accordance with the OBC in the case of barrier-free accessories. 3.2.2 Work shall include anchor bolts, bolts, washers and nuts, lag screws, expansion shields, toggles, straps, sleeve brackets, clips, and other items necessary for secure installation, as required by loading and by Jurisdictional Authorities. 3.2.3 Attach work at wood by screws through countersunk holes in metal. 3.2.4 Attach work to masonry with lead plugs and non-corrosive fastenings, to support load with a safety factor of 3. Perform all drilling necessary to install the work. 3.2.5 Insulate between dissimilar metals or between metals and masonry or concrete with bituminous paint, to prevent electrolysis. 3.2.6 Co-ordinate installation with the work of other trades adjacent to accessories to achieve the reveals or other edge conditions shown, where their front faces are flush with the finished wall surfaces. 3.2.7 Install accessories in rooms as scheduled herein. Exact locations to be confirmed by Architect at later date. 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 Cleaning Up and Adjustment Upon completion of the work, or when directed, remove all traces of protective coatings or paper. Test mechanisms, hinges, locks and latches, and where necessary, adjust and lubricate and ensure that accessories are in perfect working order. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 3.4 Schedule of Washroom Accessories 3.4.1 Universal Toilet 138 mirror (M-2) toilet tissue paper dispenser (TTD) paper towel dispenser/disposal (PTD/DIS) soap dispenser (SD) grab bars (GB-1)(GB-2) 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 Female 139 mirror (M-1) toilet tissue paper dispenser (TTD) sanitary napkin disposal paper towel dispenser/disposal (PTD/DIS) soap dispenser (SD) Men 140 mirror (M-1) toilet tissue paper dispenser (TTD) paper towel dispenser/disposal (PTD/DIS) soap dispenser (SD) grab bars (GB-1)(GB-2)(GB-3) Staff W.R. 143 mirror (M-1) toilet tissue paper dispenser (TTD) paper towel dispenser/disposal (PTD/DIS) sanitary napkin disposal soap dispenser (SD) SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 * * * END OF SECTION Page 10800-5 Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 10990 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Page 10990-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 Tolerances 1.2.1 Fabricate work of this Section within tolerances specified for work in which it is built. 1.3 Shop Drawings 1.3.1 Submit shop drawings for each specialty product, for Consultant's review before fabrication, in accordance with Section 01340. 1.4 Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling 1.4.1 Package or crate and brace products to prevent distortion in shipment and handling. Label packages and crates, and protect finish surfaces by sturdy wrappings. 1.4.2 Deliver products to location at building site designated by Construction Manager. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Horizontal Mailboxes 2.1.1 Horizontal mailboxes shall be model 1200(front loading) as manufactured by Canadian Mailbox Company or approved equal. Provide two units tallying up to sixty (63) mailboxes. Unit 1 to have type A mailboxes 5” high, 6” wide x 17” deep in banks of 7 units high X 6 units wide with 4 type C 10 3/8” high by 1’-0” wide. Mailboxes shall be front loaded. Unit 2 to have type A mailboxes 5” high, 6” wide x 17” deep in banks of 7 units high X 3 units wide with 1 type C 10 3/8” high by 1’-0” wide and 1 type BV 10 3/8” high by 6” wide. Mailboxes shall be front loaded. HIGH SECURITY PANEL (HSP): Extruded 6063 aluminum alloy 3/32" (2.38mm) thick x 4" (101.6mm) wide with a clear anodized finish COMPARTMENTS: Shelves and dividers are 24 gauge satin coated steel with extruded aluminum support bars assembled with metal screws DOORS: Extruded 6360 aluminum alloy 3/32" (2.38mm) thick with a clear anodized finish FRAME: Extruded 6063 aluminum alloy with a clear anodized finish LOCKS: 5 pin cylinder cam locks with 1000 different changes. Each lock has three (3) keys DOOR IDENTIFICAITON: Each door has an oval indentation 5/8" (15.88mm) High x 2-1/4" (57.15mm) Wide to accomodate adhesive gravoply plastic (black engraving on gray background) FINISH: All surfaces are clear anodized finish. 2.2 Gas Fired Fireplace 2.2.1 Gas Fireplace shall be the Ascent Multi-View model BHD4STFC as manufactured by Napoleon or approved equal. Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 2.2.2 SECTION 10990 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Page 10990-2 Fireplace characteristics: 1. Overall size is 45” in width and 38 ¼” in height. 2. BTU input of 30,000 3. Venting 5” x 8” 4. Glass type – tempered 5. Glass area - 2024 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation 3.1.1 Strictly follow manufacturer's installation procedures. Install work square, plumb, straight, true, and accurately fitted. Provide all accessory components as required to completed installation 3.1.2 Include anchors, dowels, and fastenings necessary to anchor work together and to work of other trades. * * * END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 11521 ACCESS / ROOF HATCH Page 11521-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. 1.3 1.4 Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Roof framing and opening support. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store attic access door hatch in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store attic access door hatch until installation inside under cover in dry area out of direct sunlight. WARRANTY A. Limited Warranty: One year against defective material and workmanship, covering parts only, no labor or freight. Defective parts, if deemed so by the manufacturer, will be replaced at no charge, freight excluded, upon inspection at manufacturer's plant which warrants same. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Battic Door Energy Conservation Products. Box 15, Mansfield, MA 02048-0015 U.S.A. Phone: (508) 320-9082; Fax: (508) 339-4571 e: info@batticdoor,com; i: www.batticdoor.com As distributed by Home Depot 2.2 FABRICATION A. 2.3 OVERVIEW OF PRODUCT A. 2.4 Manufacture each access panel assembly as an integral unit ready for installation. Model DELUXE 22 x 30 Attic Access Door System is an R-42 insulated and triple-gasketed door that installs in minutes and provides an air sealed, insulated access opening to residential attic space. Door is provided with wood trim attached to the wood frame. The door face and trim are pre-finished satin white and the unit is shipped ready to install. Exceeds 2009, 2012 and 2015 IBC and IECC requirements. Deluxe model comes with 2 recessed handles and a 4 point, keyed, locking latch system that is designed when door handles and / or security is desired. Also may be used in knee wall applications. An R-50 Version is also available. MATERIALS A. Wood frame and door. Unit installs into a 22-1/2” x 30-1/2” framed opening. Fits within the standard space between trusses spaced 24' o.c. or joists 16" o.c. to simplify installation. Pre-painted satin white door face and trim. R-42 insulated door core is 10" thick Extruded Polystyrene (EPS). Door face is mineral board facer and is painted satin white. Wood trim is attached to door frame and is painted satin white. Triple rubber gaskets provided for air tight Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 11521 ACCESS / ROOF HATCH Page 11521-2 seal. Solid wood frame and trim. Two recessed handles and a 4 point, keyed, locking latch included. Four keys are included with each door. Doors are available keyed alike or different as desired. An R-50 Version is also available. 2.5 ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME FOR ATTIC ACCESS IN RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS A. Non-rated attic access doors and frames. 1. Door: White mineral board face, extruded polystyrene (EPS) R-42 core 10" thick, and fire rated rubber sealing gasket over top of EPS core. Door is pre-finished and painted satin white to match trim. R-50 Version also available. 2. Frame: Plywood frame is installed into a wood framed 22-1/2” x 30-1/2” rough opening. Frame is 12” tall and provides insulation dam. Wood trim is pre-secured to frame. Rubber gasket is installed on trim on each side of frame. 3. Trim: Tapered wood trim 2" wide is pre-secured to frame and painted satin white to match door. 4. Finish: Pre-finished satin white painted wood door and trim. 5. Lock: A 4 point, keyed, locking latch system is incorporated into the DELUXE door. 4 keys included. A nonlocking STANDARD door is also available. 6. Handles: Two recessed handles incorporated into the DELUXE door. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 EXAMINATION A. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. B. Examine materials upon arrival at site. Notify the carrier and manufacturer of any damage. INSTALLATION A. 3.3 Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 SECTION 12480 RECESSED FLOOR GRILLES Page 12480-1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.1.1 General Requirements Division One, General Requirements is part of this Section and shall apply as if repeated here. 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings for Consultant's review before fabrication, in accordance with Section 01340. Show and describe in detail material, finishes, dimensions, details of connections and fastenings, elevations, plans, sections, metal thicknesses, hardware and any other pertinent information. 1.3 1.3.1 Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Package or crate and brace grille to prevent distortion in shipment and handling. Label and protect finish surfaces by sturdy wrappings. Deliver to location at building site designated by Contractor. 1.3.2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1.1 General Furnish and install recessed extruded aluminum foot grilles in sizes as scheduled and locations indicated on drawings. 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 Fabrication Fabricate grille frames in single length. Mitre corners and join with corner gusset plates to produce hairline joints. Fabricate frames to suit grille depth. Engineer, provide and install all necessary framing for matte grille to support a minimum of 4.8 kN/m2 (100 psf). All foot grille materials, including support framing shall be clear anodized aluminum alloy type 6351-T6. Foot grille blades shall be T-shaped, 3/8” x 1/8” x 1.5” (9.5 mm x 3 mm x 32 mm) minimum depth with maximum 3/16” (4.7 mm) spacing between bars. Alternate bars are striated every 3/8” (9.5 mm) on the top face. Back coat surfaces of frames which will contact cementitious material with zinc chromate primer or other suitable material. Fabricate foot grille in removable sections with concealed lock-downs to facilitate cleaning of recessed pit. Sections shall be sized to permit operation with lifting hooks / hinge / lock notch by one person – max size of grill section shall be 3’-0” x 3’-0”. Foot grilles shall be equipped with 22 ga x 25mm deep stainless steel pan. 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.3 2.3.1 Acceptable Products Acceptable foot grille profile shall be Model No. BSA-1 complete with ‘TT regular installation VV’ as manufactured by Bolar Canada Inc. 50 Omer de Serres Blainville, Québec J7C 5H2, tel 1.800.552.6527 or equivalent as approved by the Architect. The foot grilles shall have the follwoign characteristics; .1 All aluminum components shall be extruded aluminum alloy 6061-T6 .2 Deflection under live load: The foot grilles shall be so conceived so as to accept a minimum uniform load of 2260 Newton applied over a 4 square inch (100mm) surface in order to obtain a 1/180" deflection over a 2'0" (610 mm) span. .3 The perimeter frames shall be an inverted "T" shape such as model "VV" by Bolar, in order to anchor the structure into the concrete. Supplied with sound gasket. For sections larger than 6'-0 * 8'-0 (1828mm x 2438mm) a mechanical joint is to be provided. .4 Blades shall be "T" shaped, size: 3/8" * 1/8" * 1" (9.5mm * 3mm * 25mm) striated at every 3/8" (9.5mm). The notch shall be 9/64" (3.2mm) in width by 3/16" (4.7mm). Spacing between blades is not to exceed 3/16" (4.7mm). Such as model BSA-1 by Bolar. Overall depth: 2" (50mm) from finished floor. .5 Spacing between blades and retaining rods shall be so as to meet manufacturer's specifications for the minimum weight capacity. Foot grille will be manufactured in sections so as to increase ease of Cochrane Supported Housing – Seniors Living 515 11th Street, Cochrane, Ontario project no 1504 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 .13 SECTION 12480 RECESSED FLOOR GRILLES Page 12480-2 maintenance. The frames will be supplied with a pan. Pan shall be of 22 gauges stainless steel, no drain. The sections shall have a friction coefficient of 0.94 and a cleaning efficiency of 69%, percentage of opening shall be 53%. The deformation under lateral charge is not to exceed 8 (visual) after application of a maximal charge of 6130 Newton (1380 pounds) at a 45 degree angle in relation to the surface. All sections shall be in accordance with ASTM B117 norms, and be able to sustain a 1000 hours salt fog without any notable changes. Hinges and lock notch: All sections of grille will be supplied with hinges and lock notch. The hinges and lock notch will be fabricated in stainless steel and installed on the grille by the manufacturer. Hinges will be attached to the frame by the general contractor and operation shall be verified by the architect. Lifting hooks: All grilles will be supplied with lifting hooks in order to provide easy lifting of sections without efforts or risk of damaging the grille surface (one per vestibule). Fabricate foot grille in sizes to permit on person to lift / open a typical section of foot grille. Sound gasket: All frame sections will be supplied with a sound gasket, as per manufacturer's specifications. The sound gasket's function will be to buffer noise and vibrations that could occur between frames and blades. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 Installation Strictly follow manufacturer's installation procedures. Install work square, plumb, straight, true, and accurately fitted. Include anchors, dowels, and fastenings necessary to anchor work together and to work of other trades. Verify location, and dimensions before installation. Anchor in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Insulate where necessary to prevent electrolysis between metal to metal or metal to masonry or concrete contact. Install all foot grilles, square and level with finished floor so as to permit easy manipulation of all sections. All frame members and intermediary supports are to be level and well supported on all their lengths in order to avoid any deflection over a long term period. All frames and pans are to be thoroughly cleaned before installing any grille section in order for them not to exceed finished floor level. All sound gaskets damaged during installation, are to be replaced before final inspection. Protect grilles from construction traffic. Install all hinges. Verify that all latches are in a closed position. * * * END OF SECTION
© Copyright 2024